Post on 31-Jul-2020
DRAFT ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT
& ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN
OF
SGR LABORATORIES PVT. LTD.
LOCATED AT
Sy No: 290 & Parts, Dondapadu (V) Chintalapalem (M), Suryapet District, Telangana State.
FOR
PROPOSED BULK DRUGS AND INTERMEDIATES
MANUFACTURING UNIT
Proposal for
ENVIRONMENTAL CLEARANCE Industry falls under 5(f) ‘A’ Category as per the EIA Notification, 2006.
Area: 9.00 Acres
Project Cost: 12 Crores.
Baseline Period – Oct – 2018 to Dec - 2018
Project Proponent
Mr. A. Koti Reddy,
Director,
Plot No.108, SVCIE, IDA,
Jeedimetla, Hyderabad,
Telangana State -500055
Prepared by:
Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd Plot No: 203, H.No:5-36/203, Prashanthi Nagar, IDA, Kukatpally, Hyderabad – 500072. Ph: 040-23070602, 23075699. 40126589. Email: info@rightsource.co.in.
NABET Accreditation No: NABET/EIA/1821/RA 0100
UNDERTAKING BY PROJECT
AUTHORITIES
UNDERTAKING BY THE PROJECT AUTHORITIES
This is to undertake that I own the contents (information and data) of the Draft EIA
Report prepared for Green field project of SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd. at Survey
No: 290 & Parts, Dondapadu Village, Chinthalapalem Mandal, Suryapet District,
Telangana. I also confirm that I shall be fully accountable for any misleading
information mentioned in this report.
Place: Hyderabad
Date: 26/02/2019
For SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Mr. A. Koti Reddy
Director
DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS
ENGAGED
ANNEXURE
Declaration by Experts contributing to the Draft EIA of SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd. , Sy No:
290 and parts, Dondapadu (V) Chinthalapalem (M), Suryapet District, Telangana state.
I, hereby, certify that I was a part of the EIA team in the following capacity that developed the
above Draft EIA.
EIA coord inator:
Name: P. S. N. Murthy
Signature: ~ Period of involvement: April 2018 - Till date
Contact information: Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd.
Plot No: 203, H.No:5-36/203, Prashanthi Nagar, IDA,
Kukatpally, Hyderabad- 500072. Ph: 040-23070602, 23075699.
info@rightsource.co.in , eiaemp@rightsource.co.in
Functional Area Experts:
s. Functional Name of the Involvement Signature No. areas expertls (period and task-)
Period: April 2018 -Till date Task: Selecting ambient air monitoring sites based on IMD
~ P.S.N. data, Review of the 1 AP Murthy meteorological data, Process
em1ss1ons and AAQ data, suggesting air pollution control measures.
Period: April 2018 -Till date Task: Identification of water
~ P.S.N. monitoring sites, estimating 2 WP Murthy water requirement, Suggesting
Recycling of water, waste water treatment methods & disposal schemes.
Period: April 2018- Till date
~ P.S.N. Task: I nventorization of
3 SHW* Murthy Hazardous waste, Solid wastes, etc. , suggesting treatment options viz., landfill, incineration,
DECLARATION OF ASSOCIATION IN THE EIA
S. Functional Name of the No. areas expert/s
4 SE
5 EB
6 HG
7 GEO
8 AQ
Setti VR Bhaskara
Rao
Dr. K. Bayapureddy
E. V. Naresh Kumar
E. V. Naresh Kumar
P. Praveen Kumar
Involvement (period and task**)
recycling, and stabilization.
Period: April 2018- Till date Task: Generating primary SE data, livestock inventory and impacts, conducted focused group discussions, taken public opinion on the project. Identified villages wise amenities and needs
Period: April 2018- Till date Task: Collected secondary data from forest/ agricultural/ fisheries department, generation of primary flora and fauna data from study area & core area, ground truthing for ecological assessment, development of status report, suggested species for greenbelt development.
Period: Oct 2018- Till date Task: Measurement of ground water levels from the existing wells present in and around project site, observation of surface water bodies, establishing groundwater flow direction and its gradient and evaluation of rainfall data and suggesting suitable depth for secured land fill base, and identification of development of monitoring wells.
Period: Oct 2018 -Till date Task: Observations made towards the Identification of country rock, development of porosity, thickness and extent of weathered formations, area seismicity and evaluation of soil permeability for suggesting suitable civil structures.
Period: April 2018 - Till date Task: Meteorological & Air Pollution dispersion studies, suggesting environmental
Signature
\-~ ~
DECLARATION OF ASSOCIATION IN THE EIA
s. No.
9
10
11
12
S. No.
1
2
Functional areas
NV
LU
RH
sc
Name of the
expert/s
Yarlagadda V. Prasad
Dr. Y. Rama Mohan
P. Praveen Kumar
Dr. K. Bayapureddy
Involvement (period and task**)
Period: April 2017 - Till date Task: Monitoring of noise I vibration levels using instrument, processing and analysis of Data for suggesting suitable noise mitigating measures
Period: October 2018 - Till date Task: Collection of GPS readings from the project site and prepared layout, preparation of TOPO map through SOl 1 :50,000 scale TOPO sheet. Collections of ground through data from the field. Preparation of LU map through Satellite imagery, SOl, Google map & Ground through data.
Period: April 2018 -Till date Task: Identification of Hazards and Hazardous substances from process & warehouse, storage tanks. Risks and consequence analysis using software and lethality damages, DMP and EPP for onsite & offsite were provided
Period: Oct 2018 -Till date Task: Monitoring of soil condition at project site and analysis of baseline data for suggesting suitable soil conservation measures.
Functional Name of the FAAs Involvement Areas Period
AP&AQ Y. Prathyusha April 2018 - Till date
LU G. Sandeep April 2018 - Till date
Signature
Signature
f,-ofh~tAS~
Wf•
DECLARATION OF ASSOCIATION IN THE EIA
Functional Name of the Team Involvement S. No. Signature
Areas Members Period
1 sc G. Raja Reddy April 2018 -Till date ~
2 RH Y. Prathyusha April 2018 - Till date - Ruthrs~
3 WP&SHW* K Aruna Kumari Dec 2018- Till date k' -~
Declaration by the Head of the accredited consultant organization/ authorized person
I, Yarlagadda V. Prasad, hereby, confirm that the above mentioned experts prepared
the EIA of SRR Laboratories at Sy. No. 290 & Parts, Dondapadu (V), Chinthalapalem
(M), Suryapet District, Telangana. I also confirm that the consultant organization shall
be fully accountable for any mis-leading information mentioned in this statement.
Signature:
Name: Yarlagadda V. Prasad
Designation: Managing Director
Name of the EIA consultant organization: Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd.
NABET Certificate No. & Issue Date: NABET Accreditation No: NABET/EIA/1821/RA 0100
DECLARATION OF ASSOCIATION IN THE EIA •
COPY OF
TERMS OF REFERENCE [TOR]
No.IA-J-11011/14/2019-IA-II(I)
Goverment of India
Minister of Enviroment,Forest and Climate Change
Impact Assessment Division
***
Indira Paryavaran Bhavan,
Vayu Wing,3rd Floor,Aliganj,
Jor Bagh Road,New Delhi-110003
13 Feb 2019
To,
M/s SGR LABORATORIES PVT LTD
Plot No. 108, SVCIE, IDA, Jeedimetla, Hyderabad,
Rangareddi-500055
Telangana
Tel.No.040-23070602; Email:sgrlaboratories@gmail.com
Sir/Madam,
This has reference to the proposal submitted in the Ministry of Environment, Forest
and Climate Change to prescribe the Terms of Reference (TOR) for undertaking detailed EIA
study for the purpose of obtaining Environmental Clearance in accordance with the provisions of
the EIA Notification, 2006. For this purpose, the proponent had submitted online information in the
prescribed format (Form-1 ) along with a Pre-feasibility Report. The details of the proposal are
given below:
1. Proposal No.: IA/TG/IND2/90705/2019
2. Name of the Proposal:
Proposed Bulk Drugs and Drug Intermediates
Manufacturing Unit by SGR Laboratories
Private Limited
3. Category of the Proposal: Industrial Projects - 2
4. Project/Activity applied for: 5(f) Synthetic organic chemicals industry (dyes
& dye intermediates; bulk
5. Date of submission for TOR: 08 Jan 2019
In this regard, under the provisions of the EIA Notification 2006 as amended, the Standard TOR
for the purpose of preparing environment impact assessment report and environment
management plan for obtaining prior environment clearance is prescribed with public consultation
as follows:
STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE (TOR) FOR EIA/EMP REPORT FOR PROJECTS/ACTIVITIES REQUIRING ENVIRONMENT CLEARANCE
5(f):STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE FOR CONDUCTINGENVIRONMENT IMPACT ASSESSMENT STUDY FOR SYNTHETICORGANIC CHEMICALS INDUSTRY (DYES & DYEINTERMEDIATES; BULK DRUGS AND INTERMEDIATESEXCLUDING DRUG FORMULATIONS; SYNTHETIC RUBBERS;BASIC ORGANIC CHEMICALS, OTHER SYNTHETIC ORGANICCHEMICALS AND CHEMICAL INTERMEDIATES) ANDINFORMATION TO BE INCLUDED IN EIA/EMP REPORT
A. STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE
1) Executive Summary
2) Introduction
i. Details of the EIA Consultant including NABET accreditation
ii. Information about the project proponent
iii. Importance and benefits of the project
3) Project Description
i. Cost of project and time of completion.
ii. Products with capacities for the proposed project.
iii. If expansion project, details of existing products with capacities and whether adequate landis available for expansion, reference of earlier EC if any.
iv. List of raw materials required and their source along with mode of transportation.
v. Other chemicals and materials required with quantities and storage capacities
vi. Details of Emission, effluents, hazardous waste generation and their management.
vii. Requirement of water, power, with source of supply, status of approval, water balance diagram,man-power requirement (regular and contract)
viii. Process description along with major equipments and machineries, process flow sheet(quantative) from raw material to products to be provided
ix. Hazard identification and details of proposed safety systems.
x. Expansion/modernization proposals:
c. Copy of all the Environmental Clearance(s) including Amendments thereto obtained forthe project from MOEF/SEIAA shall be attached as an Annexure. A certified copy of thelatest Monitoring Report of the Regional Office of the Ministry of Environment and Forestsas per circular dated 30th May, 2012 on the status of compliance of conditions stipulatedin all the existing environmental clearances including Amendments shall be provided. In
STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE (TOR) FOR EIA/EMP REPORT FORPROJECTS/ACTIVITIES REQUIRING ENVIRONMENT CLEARANCE
addition, status of compliance of Consent to Operate for the ongoing Iexisting operationof the project from SPCB shall be attached with the EIA-EMP report.
d. In case the existing project has not obtained environmental clearance, reasons for nottaking EC under the provisions of the EIA Notification 1994 and/or EIA Notification2006 shall be provided. Copies of Consent to Establish/No Objection Certificate andConsent to Operate (in case of units operating prior to EIA Notification 2006, CTE andCTO of FY 2005-2006) obtained from the SPCB shall be submitted. Further, compliancereport to the conditions of consents from the SPCB shall be submitted.
4) Site Details
i. Location of the project site covering village, Taluka/Tehsil, District and State, Justificationfor selecting the site, whether other sites were considered.
ii. A toposheet of the study area of radius of 10km and site location on 1:50,000/1:25,000 scaleon an A3/A2 sheet. (including all eco-sensitive areas and environmentally sensitive places)
iii. Details w.r.t. option analysis for selection of site
iv. Co-ordinates (lat-long) of all four corners of the site.
v. Google map-Earth downloaded of the project site.
vi. Layout maps indicating existing unit as well as proposed unit indicating storage area, plantarea, greenbelt area, utilities etc. If located within an Industrial area/Estate/Complex, layoutof Industrial Area indicating location of unit within the Industrial area/Estate.
vii. Photographs of the proposed and existing (if applicable) plant site. If existing, showphotographs of plantation/greenbelt, in particular.
viii. Landuse break-up of total land of the project site (identified and acquired), government/private - agricultural, forest, wasteland, water bodies, settlements, etc shall be included. (notrequired for industrial area)
ix. A list of major industries with name and type within study area (10km radius) shall beincorporated. Land use details of the study area
x. Geological features and Geo-hydrological status of the study area shall be included.
xi. Details of Drainage of the project upto 5km radius of study area. If the site is within 1 kmradius of any major river, peak and lean season river discharge as well as flood occurrencefrequency based on peak rainfall data of the past 30 years. Details of Flood Level of theproject site and maximum Flood Level of the river shall also be provided. (mega green fieldprojects)
xii. Status of acquisition of land. If acquisition is not complete, stage of the acquisition processand expected time of complete possession of the land.
xiii. R&R details in respect of land in line with state Government policy.
STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE (TOR) FOR EIA/EMP REPORT FOR PROJECTS/ACTIVITIES REQUIRING ENVIRONMENT CLEARANCE
5) Forest and wildlife related issues (if applicable):
i. Permission and approval for the use of forest land (forestry clearance), if any, andrecommendations of the State Forest Department. (if applicable)
ii. Landuse map based on High resolution satellite imagery (GPS) of the proposed site delineatingthe forestland (in case of projects involving forest land more than 40 ha)
iii. Status of Application submitted for obtaining the stage I forestry clearance along with lateststatus shall be submitted.
iv. The projects to be located within 10 km of the National Parks, Sanctuaries, Biosphere Reserves,Migratory Corridors of Wild Animals, the project proponent shall submit the map dulyauthenticated by Chief Wildlife Warden showing these features vis-à-vis the project locationand the recommendations or comments of the Chief Wildlife Warden-thereon.
v. Wildlife Conservation Plan duly authenticated by the Chief Wildlife Warden of the StateGovernment for conservation of Schedule I fauna, if any exists in the study area.
vi. Copy of application submitted for clearance under the Wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972, to theStanding Committee of the National Board for Wildlife.
6) Environmental Status
i. Determination of atmospheric inversion level at the project site and site-specific micro-meteorological data using temperature, relative humidity, hourly wind speed and directionand rainfall.
ii. AAQ data (except monsoon) at 8 locations for PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOX, CO and otherparameters relevant to the project shall be collected. The monitoring stations shall be basedCPCB guidelines and take into account the pre-dominant wind direction, population zoneand sensitive receptors including reserved forests.
iii. Raw data of all AAQ measurement for 12 weeks of all stations as per frequency given in theNAQQM Notification of Nov. 2009 along with - min., max., average and 98% values foreach of the AAQ parameters from data of all AAQ stations should be provided as an annexureto the EIA Report.
iv. Surface water quality of nearby River (100m upstream and downstream of discharge point)and other surface drains at eight locations as per CPCB/MoEF&CC guidelines.
v. Whether the site falls near to polluted stretch of river identified by the CPCB/MoEF&CC, ifyes give details.
vi. Ground water monitoring at minimum at 8 locations shall be included.
vii. Noise levels monitoring at 8 locations within the study area.
viii. Soil Characteristic as per CPCB guidelines.
ix. Traffic study of the area, type of vehicles, frequency of vehicles for transportation of materials,additional traffic due to proposed project, parking arrangement etc.
STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE (TOR) FOR EIA/EMP REPORT FORPROJECTS/ACTIVITIES REQUIRING ENVIRONMENT CLEARANCE
x. Detailed description of flora and fauna (terrestrial and aquatic) existing in the study areashall be given with special reference to rare, endemic and endangered species. If Schedule-I fauna are found within the study area, a Wildlife Conservation Plan shall be prepared andfurnished.
xi. Socio-economic status of the study area.
7) Impact and Environment Management Plan
i. Assessment of ground level concentration of pollutants from the stack emission based onsite-specific meteorological features. In case the project is located on a hilly terrain, theAQIP Modelling shall be done using inputs of the specific terrain characteristics fordetermining the potential impacts of the project on the AAQ. Cumulative impact of all sourcesof emissions (including transportation) on the AAQ of the area shall be assessed. Details ofthe model used and the input data used for modelling shall also be provided. The air qualitycontours shall be plotted on a location map showing the location of project site, habitationnearby, sensitive receptors, if any.
ii. Water Quality modelling - in case of discharge in water body
iii. Impact of the transport of the raw materials and end products on the surrounding environmenthall be assessed and provided. In this regard, options for transport of raw materials andfinished products and wastes (large quantities) by rail or rail-cum road transport or conveyor-cum-rail transport shall be examined.
iv. A note on treatment of wastewater from different plant operations, extent recycled and reusedfor different purposes shall be included. Complete scheme of effluent treatment. Characteristicsof untreated and treated effluent to meet the prescribed standards of discharge under E(P)Rules.
v. Details of stack emission and action plan for control of emissions to meet standards.
vi. Measures for fugitive emission control
vii. Details of hazardous waste generation and their storage, utilization and management. Copiesof MOU regarding utilization of solid and hazardous waste in cement plant shall also beincluded. EMP shall include the concept of waste-minimization, recycle/reuse/recovertechniques, Energy conservation, and natural resource conservation.
viii. Proper utilization of fly ash shall be ensured as per Fly Ash Notification, 2009. A detailedplan of action shall be provided.
ix. Action plan for the green belt development plan in 33 % area i.e. land with not less than1,500 trees per ha. Giving details of species, width of plantation, planning schedule etc. shallbe included. The green belt shall be around the project boundary and a scheme for greeningof the roads used for the project shall also be incorporated.
x. Action plan for rainwater harvesting measures at plant site shall be submitted to harvestrainwater from the roof tops and storm water drains to recharge the ground water and also to
STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE (TOR) FOR EIA/EMP REPORT FOR PROJECTS/ACTIVITIES REQUIRING ENVIRONMENT CLEARANCE
use for the various activities at the project site to conserve fresh water and reduce the waterrequirement from other sources.
xi. Total capital cost and recurring cost/annum for environmental pollution control measuresshall be included.
xii. Action plan for post-project environmental monitoring shall be submitted.
xiii. Onsite and Offsite Disaster (natural and Man-made) Preparedness and Emergency ManagementPlan including Risk Assessment and damage control. Disaster management plan should belinked with District Disaster Management Plan.
8) Occupational health
i. Plan and fund allocation to ensure the occupational health & safety of all contract and casualworkers
ii. Details of exposure specific health status evaluation of worker. If the workers' health is beingevaluated by pre designed format, chest x rays, Audiometry, Spirometry, Vision testing (Far& Near vision, colour vision and any other ocular defect) ECG, during pre placement andperiodical examinations give the details of the same. Details regarding last month analyzeddata of above mentioned parameters as per age, sex, duration of exposure and departmentwise.
iii. Details of existing Occupational & Safety Hazards. What are the exposure levels of hazardsand whether they are within Permissible Exposure level (PEL). If these are not within PEL,what measures the company has adopted to keep them within PEL so that health of the workerscan be preserved,
iv. Annual report of heath status of workers with special reference to Occupational Health andSafety.
9) Corporate Environment Policy
i. Does the company have a well laid down Environment Policy approved by its Board ofDirectors? If so, it may be detailed in the EIA report.
ii. Does the Environment Policy prescribe for standard operating process / procedures to bringinto focus any infringement / deviation / violation of the environmental or forest norms /conditions? If so, it may be detailed in the EIA.
iii. What is the hierarchical system or Administrative order of the company to deal with theenvironmental issues and for ensuring compliance with the environmental clearanceconditions? Details of this system may be given.
iv. Does the company have system of reporting of non compliances / violations of environmentalnorms to the Board of Directors of the company and / or shareholders or stakeholders atlarge? This reporting mechanism shall be detailed in the EIA report
STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE (TOR) FOR EIA/EMP REPORT FORPROJECTS/ACTIVITIES REQUIRING ENVIRONMENT CLEARANCE
10) Details regarding infrastructure facilities such as sanitation, fuel, restroom etc. to be provided to thelabour force during construction as well as to the casual workers including truck drivers duringoperation phase.
11) Enterprise Social Commitment (ESC)
i. Adequate funds (at least 2.5 % of the project cost) shall be earmarked towards the EnterpriseSocial Commitment based on Public Hearing issues and item-wise details along with timebound action plan shall be included. Socio-economic development activities need to beelaborated upon.
12) Any litigation pending against the project and/or any direction/order passed by any Court of Lawagainst the project, if so, details thereof shall also be included. Has the unit received any noticeunder the Section 5 of Environment (Protection) Act, 1986 or relevant Sections of Air and WaterActs? If so, details thereof and compliance/ATR to the notice(s) and present status of the case.
13) 'A tabular chart with index for point wise compliance of above TOR.
B. SPECIFIC TERMS OF REFERENCEFOREIASTUDIES FOR SYNTHETICORGANIC CHEMICALS INDUSTRY (DYES & DYE INTERMEDIATES;BULK DRUGS AND INTERMEDIATES EXCLUDING DRUGFORMULATIONS; SYNTHETIC RUBBERS; BASIC ORGANICCHEMICALS, OTHER SYNTHETIC ORGANIC CHEMICALS ANDCHEMICAL INTERMEDIATES)
1. Detailsonsolvents to be used,measuresfor solventrecovery and for emissions control.
2. Details of process emissions from the proposed unit and its arrangement to control.
3. Ambient air quality data should include VOC, otherprocess-specificpollutants* like NH3*, chlorine*,HCl*, HBr*, H2S*, HF*,etc.,(*-asapplicable)
4. Work zone monitoring arrangements for hazardous chemicals.
5. Detailed effluent treatment scheme including ssegregation of effluent streams for units adopting'Zero' liquid discharge.
6. Action plan for odour control to be submitted.
7. A copy of the Memorandum of Understanding signed with cement manufacturers indicating clearlythat they co-process organic solid/hazardous waste generated.
8. Authorization/Membership for the disposal of liquid effluent in CETP and solid/hazardous waste inTSDF, if any.
9. Action plan for utilization of MEE/dryers salts.
10. Material Safety Data Sheet for all the Chemicals are being used/will be used.
11. Authorization/Membership for the disposal of solid/hazardous waste in TSDF.
STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE (TOR) FOR EIA/EMP REPORT FOR PROJECTS/ACTIVITIES REQUIRING ENVIRONMENT CLEARANCE
12. Details of incinerator if to be installed.
13. Risk assessment for storage and handling of hazardous chemicals/solvents. Action plan for handling& safety system to be incorporated.
14. Arrangements for ensuring health and safety of workers engaged in handling of toxic materials.
***
TOR COMPLIANCE
TOR Compliance SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page I
ToR COMPLIANCE
S. No Standard Terms of Reference Chapters Page Nos
1. Executive Summary Enclosed in Draft EIA Report
2. Introduction
1. Details of the EIA Consultant including NABET
accreditation Enclosed as Enclosure -II
2. Information about the project proponent Chapter - I 2
3. Importance and benefits of the project Chapter - VIII 307
3 Project Description
I. 1. Cost of project and time of completion Chapter - I Chapter - II
1 15-16
II. 2. Products with capacities for the proposed
project. Chapter - II 15
III.
3. If expansion project, details of existing products with capacities and whether adequate land is available for expansion, reference of earlier EC if any.
It is a Greenfield project
IV. 4. List of raw materials required and their source
along with mode of transportation. Chapter - II 112-118
V. 5. Other chemicals and materials required with
quantities and storage capacities. Chapter - VII 252
VI 6. Details of Emission, effluents, hazardous waste
generating and their management Chapter - X 312-325
VII.
7. Requirement of water, power, with source of supply, status of approval, water balance diagram, man-power requirement (regular and contract)
Chapter - II Chapter - VIII
103-104 304
VIII.
8. Process description along with major equipments and machineries, process flow sheet (quantities) from raw material to products to be provided.
Chapter - II 17-99
IX. 9. Hazard identification and details of proposed
safety systems. Chapter - VII 241-251
X.
X. Expansion/modernization proposals a. Copy of all Environmental Clearance (s) including Amendments thereto obtained for the project from MOEF/SEIAA shall be attached as an Annexure. A certified copy of the latest Monitoring report of the Regional Office of the Ministry of Environment and Forests as per circular dated 30th May, 2012 on the status of compliance of conditions stipulated in all the existing environmental clearances including Amendments shall be provided In addition, status of compliance of consent to operate for
It is a Greenfield Project
TOR Compliance SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page II
S. No Standard Terms of Reference Chapters Page Nos
the ongoing existing operation of the project from SPCB shall be attached with the EIA-EMP report. d. In case the existing project has not obtained environmental clearance, reasons for not taking EC under the provisions of the EIA Notification 2006 shall be provided. Copies of Consent to Establish /No Objection Certificate and Consent to Operate (in case of units operating prior to EIA Notification 2006, CTE and CTO of FY 2005-2006) obtained from the SPCB shall be submitted. Further, compliance report to the conditions of consents from the SPCB shall be submitted
4
Site Details i. Location of the project site covering village,
Taluka /Tehsil, District and State, Justification for selecting the site, whether other sites were considered.
ii. A toposheet of the study area of radius of 10 KMs and site location on 1:50,000/1:25,000 scale on an A3/A2 sheet. (including all eco-sensitive areas and environmentally sensitive places)
iii. Details w.r.t. option analysis for selection of site
iv. Co-ordinates (lat-long) of all four corners of the site.
v. Google map –Earth downloaded of the project site
vi. Layout maps indicating existing unit as well as proposed unit indicating storage area, plant area, greenbelt area, utilities etc. If located within an Industrial area/Estate /Complex, layout of Industrial Area indicating location of unit within the Industrial area/Estate.
vii. Photographs of the proposed and existing (if
Chapter - II Chapter - I
Chapter - II
Site is suitable for Industrial
Establishment & no need of
alternative site analysis.
Chapter - II
Chapter - II
Chapter - II
Chapter - II
8 4
13
13
11
14
12
TOR Compliance SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page III
S. No Standard Terms of Reference Chapters Page Nos
applicable) plant site. If existing, show photographs of plantation /greenbelt, in particular.
viii. Landuse break up of total land of the project site (identified and acquired), government/ private-agricultural, forest, wasteland, water bodies, settlement, etc shall be included. (not required for industrial area)
ix. A list of major industries with name and type within study area (10KMs radius) shall be incorporated. Land use details of the study area
x. Geological features and Geo-hydrological status of the study area shall be included.
xi. Details of Drainage of the project upto 5km radius of study area. If the site is within 1 km radius of any major river, peak and lean season river discharge as well as flood occurrence frequency based on peak rainfall data of thee past 30 years, Details of Flood Level of the project site and maximum Flood level of the river shall also be provided. (mega green field projects)
xii. Status of acquisition of land. If acquisition is not complete, stage of the acquisition process and expected time of complete possession of the land.
xiii. R&R details in respect of land in line with state Government policy.
Chapter - II
Chapter - I
Chapter - III
Proposed land for unit was acquired
by Proponent
The proposed unit is established in
9.0 Acres, so R&R is applicable
9
4
127
TOR Compliance SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page IV
S. No Standard Terms of Reference Chapters Page Nos
5
Forest and wildlife related issues (if applicable)
i. i. Permission and approval for the use of forest land (forestry clearance), if any, and recommendations of the State Forest Department (if applicable) ii. Landuse map base on High resolution satellite imagery (GPS) of the proposed site delineating the forestland (in case of projects involving forest land more than 40 ha) iii. Status of Application submitted for obtaining the stage I forestry clearance along with latest status shall be submitted. iv. The projects to be located within 10 KMs of the National Parks, Sanctuaries, Biosphere Reserves, Migratory Corridors of Wild Animals, the project proponent shall submit the map duly authenticated by chief wildlife warden showing these features vis-à-vis the project location and the recommendations or comments of the Chief Wildlife Warden –there on. v. Wildlife Conservation plan duly authenticated by the chief wildlife warden of the state government for conservation of schedule 1 fauna, if any exists in the study area. vi. Copy of application submitted for clearance under the wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972, to be standing committee of the national board for wildlife.
The project area is non- forest land. Land use map based on satellite imaginary of the proposed site is presented in chapter - III, Page no: 171-172 Not applicable There are no National parks, Sanctuaries, Biosphere Reserves, Migratory corridors of Wild Animals, within the 10 Km buffer zone Not Applicable Not Applicable
6 Environmental Status
i. i) Determination of atmospheric inversion level at the project site and site-specific micro-
meteorological data using temperature, relative humidity, hourly wind speed and direction and rainfall.
Chapter - III
128- 131
TOR Compliance SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page V
S. No Standard Terms of Reference Chapters Page Nos
ii) AAQ data (except monsoon) at 8 locations for PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOX, CO and other parameters relevant to the project shall be collected. The monitoring stations shall be based CPCB guidelines and take into account the pre-dominant wind direction, population zone and sensitive receptors including reserved forests.
ii. iii) Raw data of all AAQ measurement for 12 weeks of all stations as per frequency given in the NAQQM Notification of Nov.2009 along with –min., max., average and 98% values for each of the AAQ parameters from data of all AAQ stations should be provided as an annexure to the EIA Report.
iii. iv. iv) Surface water quality of nearby River (100m
upstream and downstream of discharge point and other surface drains at eight locations as per CPCB / MoEF&CC guidelines. V) Whether the site falls near to polluted stretch of river identified by the CPCB/ MoEFCC, if yes give details. Vi) Ground water monitoring at minimum at 8 locations shall be included vii) Noise levels monitoring at 8 locations within the study area. Viii) Soil characteristic as per CPCB guidelines. ix) Traffic study of the area, type of vehicles, frequency of vehicles for transportation of materials, additional traffic due to proposed project, parking arrangement etc. x) Detailed description of flora and fauna (terrestrial and aquatic) existing in the study area shall be given with special reference to rare, endemic and endangered species. If Schedule-I fauna are found within the study area, a wildlife conservation plan shall be prepared and furnished.
Chapter - III
Chapter - III
Chapter - III
Not Applicable
Chapter - III
Chapter - III
Chapter - III
Chapter - III
Chapter - III
134-135
137-143
146-147
148-149
154-155
160-162
157-159
173-190
TOR Compliance SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page VI
S. No Standard Terms of Reference Chapters Page Nos
xi) Socio-economic status of the study area. Chapter - III 190-193
7 Impact and Environment Management Plan
i. i) Assessment of ground level concentration of pollutants from the stack emission based on site –specific meteorological features. In case the project is located on a hilly terrain, the AQIP Modeling shall be done using inputs of the specific terrain characteristics for determining the potential impacts of the project on the AAQ. Cumulative impact of all sources of emissions (including transportation) on the AAQ of the area shall be assessed. Details of the model used and the input data used for modeling shall also be provided. The air quality contours shall be plotted on a location map showing the location of project site, habitation nearby, sensitive receptors, if any.
ii. iii. ii) Water Quality modeling –in case of discharge
in water body iii) Impact of the transport of the raw materials and end products on the surrounding environment hall be assessed and provided. In this regard, options for transport of raw materials and finished products and wastes (large quantities) by rail or rail-cum road transport or conveyor- cum –rail transport shall be examined. iv) A note on treatment of wastewater from different plant operations, extent recycled and reused for different purposes shall be included. Complete scheme of effluent treatment, Characteristics of untreated and treated effluent to meet the prescribed standards of discharge under E (P) Rules. v) Details of stack emission and action plan for control of emissions to meet standards VI) Measures for fugitive emission control
Chapter - IV
The proposed unit will employ ZLD
system
Chapter - X
Chapter - X
Chapter - X
Chapter - X
326-329
313
314-323
312
334-337
TOR Compliance SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page VII
S. No Standard Terms of Reference Chapters Page Nos
VII) Details of hazardous waste generation and their storage, utilization and management. Copies of MOU regarding utilization of solid and hazardous waste in cement plant shall also be included. EMP shall include the concept of waste – minimization, recycle/reuse/ recover techniques, Energy conservation, and natural resource conservation. VIII) Proper utilization of fly ash shall be ensured as per fly ash notification, 2009. A detailed plan of action shall be provided. IX) Acton plan for the green belt development plan in 33% area i.e. land with not less than 1,500 trees per ha. Giving details of species, width of plantation, planning schedule etc. shall be included. The green belt shall be around the project boundary and a scheme for greening of the roads used for the project shall also be incorporated. X) Action plan for rainwater harvesting measures at plant site shall be submitted to harvest rainwater from the roof tops and storm water drains to recharge the ground water and also to use for the various activities at the project site to conserve fresh water and reduce the water requirement from other sources. XI) Total capital cost and recurring cost /annum for environmental pollution control measures shall be included. XII) Action plan for post –project environment monitoring shall be submitted. XIII) Onsite and offsite Disaster (natural and Man –made) Preparedness and Emergency Management Plan including Risk Assessment and damage control. Disaster management plan should be linked with District Disaster Management Plan.
Chapter - X
Chapter - X Chapter - IV
Chapter - X
Chapter - X
Chapter - X
Chapter - VI Chapter - X
Chapter - VII
339
339 218
329-330
340-341
342
230-232 331-332
287-303
8 Occupational health
i. Plan and fund allocation to ensure the Chapter - VII 278-281
TOR Compliance SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page VIII
S. No Standard Terms of Reference Chapters Page Nos
occupational health & safety of all contract and casual workers
ii. Details of exposure specific health status evaluation of workers’ health is being evaluated by pre designed format, chest x rays, Audiometry, Spirometry, Vision testing (Far & Near vision, colour vision and any other ocular defect) EGG, during pre placement and periodical examinations give the details of the same details regarding last month analyzed data of above mentioned parameters as per age, sex, duration of exposure and department wise. Details of existing Occupational & safety Hazards. What are the exposure levels of hazards and whether they are within permissible Exposure level (PEL) If these are not within PEL, what measures the company has adopted to keep them within PEL so that health of the workers. Can be preserved, Annual report of heath status of workers with special reference to Occupational Health and safety.
9
Corporate Environment Policy i. Does the company have a well laid down Environment Policy approved by its Board of Directors? If so, it may be detailed in the EIA report. ii. Does the Environment Policy prescribe for standard operation process / procedures to bring into focus any infringement / deviation / violation of the environmental or forest norms/ conditions? If so, it may be detailed in the EIA. iii. What is the hierarchical system or Administrative order of the company to deal with the environmental issues and for ensuring compliance with the environmental clearance conditions? Details of this system may be given iv. Does the company have system of reporting of non compliance /violations of environmental norms to the Board of Directors of the company and / or shareholders or stakeholders at large? This reporting mechanism shall be detailed in the EIA report.
Chapter -VI - - -
226-227 - - -
TOR Compliance SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page IX
S. No Standard Terms of Reference Chapters Page Nos
10
Details regarding infrastructure facilities such as sanitation, fuel, restroom etc. to be provided to the labour force during construction as well as to the casual workers including truck drivers during operation phase.
The proposed unit will provide all the facilities for construction labour during construction phase and as well as the casual workers including truck drivers during operation phase
11
Enterprise Social Commitment(ESC) 1. Adequate funds (at least 2.5% of the project
cost) shall be earmarked towards the Enterprise social commitment based on public hearing issues and item –wise details along with time bound action plan shall be included socio-economic development activities need to be elaborated upon.
Chapter - VIII The fund allocated for Enterprise Social Commitment will be utilized as suggested during Public Hearing
305 - 306
12
Any litigation pending against the project and / or any direction/ order passed by any Court or law against the project, if so, details thereof shall also be included. Has the unit received any notice under the section 5 of environment (protection) Act 1986 or relevant sections of air and water acts? If so, details thereof and compliance /ATR to the notice (s) and present status of the case.
No Litigations against proposed project
13 A tabular chart with index for point wise compliance of above TOR.
Enclosed along with EIA & EMP Report
A Specific ToR
1 Details on solvents to be used, measures for solvent recovery and for emissions control.
Chapter - X 334-337
2 Details of process emissions from the proposed unit and its arrangement to control
Chapter - X 333-334
3 Ambient air quality data should include VOC, etc.,
Chapter - III 143
4 Work zone monitoring arrangements for hazardous chemicals
Chapter - VII 258-260
5 Detailed effluent treatment scheme including segregation of effluent streams for units adopting zero liquid discharge
NA NA
6 Action plan for odour control to be submitted; - -
7
A copy of the Memorandum of Understanding signed with cement manufactures indicating clearly that they co-process organic solid/hazardous waste generated.
Yet to make MOU with Cement Industries as it is a Greenfield Project
8 Authorization / Membership for the disposal of liquid effluent I CETP and solid/ hazardous waste in TSDF, If any.
Yet to take Membership of TSDS as it is a Proposed Project
TOR Compliance SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page X
S. No Standard Terms of Reference Chapters Page Nos
9 Action plan for utilization of MEE/dryers salts. Chapter -X 465
10 Material safety data sheet for all the chemicals are being used/ will be used.
MSDS for all the chemicals will be used and kept in plant for reference.
11 Authorization/ Membership for the disposal of solid/hazardous waste in TSDF are being used /will be used
Yet to take Membership of TSDF as it is a Proposed Project
12 Details of incinerator if to be installed No proposal for installation of Incinerator
13 Risk assessment for storage and hazardous chemicals/solvents, Action plan for handling & safety system to be incorporated.
Chapter - VII 258-260
14 Arrangements for ensuring health and safety of workers engaged in handling of toxic materials.
Chapter - VII 278-281
LIST OF CONTENTS
[INDEX]
Index of Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd
LIST OF CONTENTS
CHAPTER - I INTRODUCTION
S. No Description Page No
1.1 Purpose of the Project 1
1.2 Identification of project & Project proponent 1
1.2.1 Identification of Project 1
1.2.2 About the Promoters 1
1.3 Objective and Scope of the Study 2
1.4 Brief Description of the Project 2
1.4.1 Nature of the Project 2
1.4.2 Size of the Project 3
1.4.3 Location of the Project 3
1.4.4 Project and its Importance to the Country & Region.
5
1.5 Scope of Study. 5
1.5.1 Environmental Impact Assessment 5
1.5.2 Socio-Economic Assessment 5
1.5.3 Regulatory Framework 6
1.5.4 Regulatory Scoping 6
1.6 Legal Policy and Institutional Frameworks 6-7
CHA PTER - II PROJECT DESCRIPTION
S. No Description Page No
2.1 Type of the project 8
2.2 Need For The Project 8
2.3 Location 8
2.4 Size and Magnitude of Operation 15
2.5 Proposed schedule for approval and implementation 15-16
2.6 Technology and process description 16
2.6.1 Manufacturing process of the Products 17-99
2.7 Pollution Load 99
2.8 Details of Process Emissions and its mitigation measures
101
2.9 Proposed Water Consumption Details 103
2.10 Expected Waste Water Generation Details 104
2.11 Waste Water Characteristics 106
2.12 Hazardous & Solid Waste Generation Details 106-107
2.13 Power(Energy) requirement 107
2.14 Utilities 107
2.15 Proposed Boilers & DG sets 108
2.16 Details Of Proposed Solvents Input, Recovery & Loss 109
2.17 List Of The Raw Materials Product Wise 112-118
2.18 Environmental aspects, impacts and mitigation measures of proposed industry
118-120
2.19 Assessment of new & untested technology for risk of 121
Index of Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd
technological failure
CHAPTER - III DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT
S. No Description Page No
3.0 Introduction 122
3.1 Study Area 122
3.1.2 Study Period 122
3.2 Geological & Hydro geological Environment 122-123
3.2.1 Geomorphology and soil types 123
3.2.2 Geology 124
3.2.3 Hydrogeology 124
3.2.4 Ground water Conditions 124
3.2.5 Drainage Pattern of Study Area 125
3.2.6 Drainage Map 126
3.3 Micrometeorology And Climate 128-129
3.4 Air Environment 133
3.4.1 National Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS) 136
3.4.2 Ambient Air Quality Data (AAQ) 142-143
3.5 Water Environment 145
3.5.1 Methodology For Water Quality Monitoring 145
3.6 Noise Environment 153
3.6.1 Noise Monitoring Stations 153-154
3.6.2 Traffic Study 157
3.7 Soil Environment 160
3.8 Land Use Pattern 164
3.8.1 Data Used 164
3.8.2 Land use / Land Cover Map 165
3.8.2.1 Basic concepts of land use 166
3.8.2.2 Methodology for land use / land cover mapping 166-168
3.9 Ecological Environment 173
3.9.1 Detailed Description of Flora and Fauna 173
3.9.2 Vegetation and Flora of the study area 176
3.9.3 Terrestrial fauna of the project area and the study area
182
3.9.3.1 Methodology for Mammals study 182-183
3.9.3.2 Methodology for Herpeto-fauna 183
3.9.3.3 Methodology for Birds in Study Area 183
3.9.4 Aquatic flora and fauna 186
3.9.5 RET and Schedule I Fauna 189-190
3.10 Socio Economic Study 190
3.10.1 Methodology Adopted for the Study 190
3.10.2 Distribution of Population in the study area 190
3.10.3 Literacy & Illiteracy Rate 191-192
3.10.4 Occupational Structure 192-193
3.10.5 Civic Amenities Available In The Study Area 194-195
3.10.6 Corporate Social Responsibility of the Project Proponent
195
Index of Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd
CHAPTER - IV ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES
S. No Description Page No
4.1 Introduction 196
4.2 Investigated Environmental Impacts Due To Proposed Project
196-197
4.3 Construction Phase 197
4.3.1 Impact on Land Use 197
4.3.2 Impact on Land / Soil Environment 197
4.3.3 Impact on Topography 197-198
4.3.4 Impact on Air Quality 198
4.3.5 Impact on Water Environment 198
4.3.6 Impact on Noise Levels 199
4.3.7 Impact on Ecology 199
4.3.8 Impact on Socio-Economic Environment 199-200
4.4 Mitigative measures of impacts during construction phase
201
4.5 Prediction of Impacts During Operational Phase 203
4.6 Air Environment 204
4.6.1 Source of Air Pollution 204-205
4.6.2 Prediction of Impacts on Air Environment 206-208
4.7 Water Environment 214-216
4.8 Noise Environment 216
4.9 Land/Soil Environment 216-218
4.10 Impact of Solid Waste 218
4.11 Impacts on Ecology 219-220
4.12 Impacts on Socio- Economy 220-221
4.13 Impacts on Hydrology and Geology 221
CHAPTER - V ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES (TECHNOLOGY & SITE)
S. No Description Page No
5.0 Analysis Of Alternatives 222
5.1 Site Selection Criteria 222-223
5.2 Selection Of Process Technology 223-224
CHAPTER - VI ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM
S. No Description Page No
6.1 Introduction 225
6.2 Environmental Management System 225-226
6.3 Environmental Management Cell Responsibilities 226-227
6.4 Environmental Monitoring and Reporting Procedure 228
6.4.1 Objectives of Monitoring 228
6.4.2 Monitoring Schedule for Construction and Operation Phases.
229-230
6.5 Location of Monitoring Stations 232-233
Index of Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd
6.6 Monitoring and Data Analysis 233
6.6.1 Air Quality Monitoring and Data Analysis 233-234
6.6.2 Water and Waste Water Quality Monitoring and Data Analysis.
234-235
6.6.3 Noise Levels 235
6.6.4 Soil Quality 235
6.7 Reporting Schedule of the Monitoring Data 235
6.8 Environmental Laboratory 235
6.8.1 Air Quality and Meteorology 236
6.9 Occupational Safety and Health aspects 236
CHAPTER -VII ADDITIONAL STUDIES, RISK ASSESSMENT & DISASTER MANAGEMENT REPORT
S. No Description Page No
7.1. Additional Studies 237
7.1.1 Scope of this Study 237
7.1.2 Methodology 237
7.2 Introduction to Risk Assessment 238
7.2.1 Objectives of Risk Assessment 238
7.2.2 Identification of Hazards 239-240
7.3 Solvents/Chemicals 252
7.4 Potential Hazards of solvents and chemicals 253-258
7.5 Safe practices [handling, storage, transportation and unloading of chemicals]
258
7.5.1 Measures to avoid Evaporation 258
7.5.2 Safety Systems 258-259
7.5.3 Transportation /unloading 259
7.5.4 Spill Control 260
7.5.5 Effect and Consequence Analysis 260
7.6 Inventory 260-261
7.7 Loss of Containment 261-263
7.8 Damage Criteria 263-266
7.9 Damages to human life due to heat radiation 266-267
7.10 Maximum credible loss accident scenarios 267-268
7.11 Risk Analysis 268
7.12 Risk Modeling Scenarios 268-278
7.13 Occupational Health 278-280
7.13.1 Sampling Devices 280-281
7.14 Chemical exposure limits & emp for the occupational safety & health hazards
282-284
7.15 Treatment of workers affected by accidental spillage of chemicals
284-286
7.16 Communication System 286
7.17 Safety Inspections 286
7.18 Predictive and preventive maintenance 286-287
7.19 Onsite emergency plan 287
7.20 Structure of emergency management system
Index of Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd
CHAPTER - VIII PROJECT BENEFITS
S. No Description Page No
8.1 Employment Potential 304
8.2 Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) & CER 304
8.3 Direct revenue earning to the National and State exchequer
307
8.4 Improvements in the Physical Infrastructure 307
8.5 Improvements in the Social Infrastructure 307
8.6 Other Tangible Benefits 307
7.21 Emergency Management system-Roles & Responsibilities
288
7.21.1 Site Main Controller (SMC) 288-289
7.22 Incident Controller/Deputy Incident Controller 289-290
7.23 Key Personnel’s 290
7.24 Essential workers 290-291
7.25 Other Elements of DMP 291
7.26.1 Assembly Point 291-292
7.26.2 Emergency Control Center 292
7.26.3 Fire Services 292-293
7.26.4 Medical Services 293
7.26.5 Security Services 294
7.26.6 Mutual Aid 294
7.27 Emergency Response 295
7.28 Emergency Capabilities 295
7.29 Emergency Handling Procedures 295-297
7.30 Mitigation of Environmental Impact during Fire Emergency
297
7.30.1 Raising the Alarm 298
7.31 Declaring Major Emergency 298
7.32 Transport and evacuation arrangements 298
7.33 Plant Operations 299
7.34 Telephone Messages 299
7.35 Mock Drill 299-300
7.36 Offsite emergency plan 300-302
7.37 Role of the factory management 302
7.37.1 Role of Local Authority 302
7.37.2 Role of Fire Authority 302
7.37.3 Role of Police 302
7.37.4 Role of Health Authorities 302
7.37.5 Role of the Mutual aid agencies 303
7.37.6 Role of the Factory Inspectorate 303
Index of Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd
CHAPTER - IX ENVIRONMENTAL COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS
S. No Description Page No
9.1 Cost benefit analysis 308
CHAPTER - X ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN
S. No Description Page No
10.1 Introduction 309
10.2 Pre-Project Environmental Management Plan 311
10.2.1 Site Preparation 311
10.2.2 Sanitation 311
10.2.3 Noise 311
10.2.4 Construction Equipment And Waste 311
10.2.5 Site Security 311
10.3 Environmental Management During Operation 311
10.3.1 Air Quality 311
10.3.1.1 Air Pollution Control / Management 312
A Stack Design 312
B Fugitive Emission from Solvents 312
C Storage and Transportation of Raw Materials 313
10.3.2 Noise Pollution 313
10.3.3 Water Quality 313-315
10.3.3.1 Details of ZLD system 319
10.3.3.2 The technical details of the systems are as follows 320
10.3.3.3 MEE plant configuration 320
10.3.3.4 Process description (Part - A) 320
10.3.3.5 Process description (Part - B) 321-322
10.3.3.6 Process description (Part - C) 322
10.4 Hazardous/ Solid Waste Management 324-325
10.5 EB [Ecology & Biodiversity 325
10.6 SE [Socio-Economic Aspects 325-326
10.7 HG [Hydrogeology, Ground Water & Water Conservation] 326
10.8 GEO [Geology] 327
10.9 SC [Soil Conservation] 327
10.10 RH [Risk & Hazards Management] 328
10.11 Greenbelt Development 328
10.11.1 Objective 328
10.11.2 Action Plan 329
10.12 Post Project Monitoring 330-331
10.12.1 Air Pollution Monitoring 331
10.12.2 Waste Water Monitoring 331
10.12.3 Ground Water Monitoring 331
10.12.4 Hazardous / Solid Waste Monitoring 331-332
10.13 Management of Public Interests 332
10.13.1 Objective 332
10.13.2 Preference To Local Population 333
10.13.3 Health Camps 333
Index of Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd
10.13.4 Public Amenities 333
10.13.5 Public Relations 333
10.14 Water Requirement 333
10.15 Process Emission Control System 333
10.16 Fugitive Emissions 334
10.17 Solvent Management Plan 334-337
10.18 Emissions – Utilities 337
10.19 Wastewater Loads 338
10.20 Stage wise Effluent Characteristics 339
10.21 Hazardous & Solid Waste details 339
10.22 Proposed Roof Water Harvesting 340-341
10.23 Investment 342
10.23.1 Budget allocation 342
10.24 Mitigation Plan 342-343
10.25 Socio-Economic development activities 344
10.26 Waste Minimization / Resource Conservation 5 r concept (Recycle / Refuse / Reduce / Reuse / Reform) 344-345
10.27 Conclusion 345-346
CHAPTER - XI SUMMARY & CONCLUSION (THIS WILL CONSTITUETE THE SUMMARY OF THE EIA REPORT)
S. No Description Page No
11.1 Salient features of the project 347
11.2 Conclusions 348
LIST OF TABLES
CHAPTER - I INTRODUCTION
Table No Description Page No
1.1 Proposed Products and Quantities 3
1.2 Proposed By-Products and Quantities 3
1.3 Project location and Compliance of site 4
1.4 Applicability of legal policies to the project 6-7
CHAPTER - II PROJECT DESCRIPTION
Table No Description Page No
2.1 Land use details 9
2.2 List of proposed products and Capacities 15
2.3 List of proposed By-Products and Capacities 15
2.4 Consolidated Pollution Load Of All Products In Per Day Quantities
100
2.5 Process Emission details and Its Mitigation measures
101
2.6 Process Emission Details Product wise 102
Index of Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd
2.7 Proposed water consumption details 103
2.8 Proposed water consumption in process product wise
103
2.9 Expected Effluent Generation details 104
2.10 Expected HTDS & LTDS effluent details 104
2.11 Expected Waste water generation in Kg per day Product wise
105
2.12 Expected Hazardous/Solid Waste Generation, Disposal Details
106
2.13 Solid waste generation per day Product wise 107
2.14 Details Of Utilities 107-108
2.15 Emission characteristic details of proposed Boiler 108
2.16 Stack Emission details of proposed DG Set 108
2.17 Details Of Proposed Solvent Input, Recovery & Loss [Product Wise]
109-111
CHAPTER - III DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT
Table No Description Page No
3.1 Showing drainage density based criteria by smith and strahler
126
3.2 Showing drainage density based criteria proposed by Long Bein
126
3.3 Showing Drainage Density Based Criteria Proposed by Horton
126
3.4 Frequency distribution wind directions and wind speed 130
3.5 Comparison of Primary Data (PROJECT SITE) with Secondary Data (IMD DATA)
132
3.6 IMD Data for Nandigama 132
3.7 Ambient air quality sampling locations 134
3.8 National ambient air quality standards 136-137
3.9 Ambient air quality results for PM10 137
3.10 Ambient air quality results for PM2.5 138
3.11 Ambient air quality results for SO2 138
3.12 Ambient air quality results for NOx 139
3.13 Ambient air quality results for CO 140
3.14 Ambient air quality results for NH3 140
3.15 The maximum ,minimum & 98th percentile values for all the sampling locations
144
3.16 Ground water and Surface sampling locations 146
3.17 Ground water quality in the study area 148-149
3.18 Surface water quality the study area 150-151
3.19 Noise monitoring locations 154
3.20 Ambient noise levels within study area 156
3.21 Traffic Study 158-159
3.22 Soil sampling locations 160
3.23 Soil sampling analysis results 162
3.24 Standard Soil Classification 163-164
3.25 Showing the Details of Sources & the Maps Prepared 164
Index of Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd
3.26 Showing the Topographic Maps 164
3.27 Satellite Data of National Remote Sensing Center 165
3.28 Land Use / Land Cover Statistics of the Study Area 170
3.29 Ecological Sensitivity details of the project site and its buffer zone of 10 KM Radius
174
3.30 List of plants found in the project area 175-176
3.31 List of Trees, shrubs and perennial climbers Found the study area.
177-180
3.32 Herbaceous species found the Study Area 180-181
3.33 List of vertebrates other than birds found in and around the project site
183-184
3.34 List of Birds either spotted or reported from the areas in and around the project site
184-185
3.35 Aquatic and semi aquatic macrophytes found along the banks and in the shallow waters of Krishna River, Palleru River and Pulichintala reservoir.
186-187
3.36 List of Fishes reported from Krishna River, Palleru River and Pulichintala Reservoir located in the buffer zone of the project site.
187-189
3.37 Population Distribution 190-191
3.38 Distribution of Literacy Rate and Illiteracy Rate in the Study Area
192
3.39 Occupational Structure in Study Area 193
CHAPTER - IV ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES
Table No Description Page No
4.1 Summary – Identification Of Impacts During Construction Phase
200
4.2 Mitigation Measures During Construction Phase 201-203
4.3 Emission Details from Proposed Boiler Stack 204
4.4 Emission Details from DG Set Stack 205
4.5 Predicted 24-Hourly Short Term Incremental Concentrations
208
4.6 Resultant Concentrations Due to Incremental GLC's 208
4.7 Process Emission details and mitigation measures 212
4.8 Hazardous & Solid Waste Disposal Details 219
CHAPTER - V ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES (TECHNOLOGY & SITE)
Table No Description Page No
5.1 Site Description 222-223
Index of Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd
CHAPTER - VI ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM
Table No Description Page No
6.1 Post Project Environmental Monitoring schedule details
230
6.2 Environmental Monitoring Plan during Operation Phase
230-232
6.3 Details of Post Project Monitoring Locations 233
CHAPTER -VII ADDITIONAL STUDIES, RISK ASSESSMENT & DISASTER MANAGEMENT REPORT
Table No Description Page No
7.1 Area Wise Identified Hazards, Precautions proposed With Mitigation Measures.
241-251
7.2 Solvent/ Chemicals 252
7.3 Severity Categories and Criteria 263
7.4 Heat flux Intensity and exposure time-Damage criteria for people
266
7.5 Damage due to overpressures 267
7.6 Chemical exposure limits 282
CHAPTER - X ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN
Table No Description Page No
10.1 List of Plants identified for Greenbelt 330
10.2 The details of the Monitoring Program 331-332
10.3 Proposed Water consumption details 333
10.4 Characteristics Details of proposed Boilers 337
10.5 Stack Emission Details of proposed DG set 338
10.6 Effluent generation details 338
10.7 HTDs & LTDs effluent details 338
10.8 Hazardous / Solid waste generation, disposal Details 339
10.9 Available rain water (annual)for Harvesting 341
10.10 Proposed Budget for Environmental Management plan 342
LIST OF FIGURES
CHAPTER - II PROJECT DISCRIPTION
Figure No Description Page No
2.1 Location map 10
2.2 Google Earth Map Showing Project Site 11
2.3 Latest photographs of Proposed site 12
2.4 Topomap showing 10km radius 13
2.5 Site plan details 14
Index of Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd
CHAPTER - III DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT
Figure No Description Page No
3.1 Showing Drainage Map Of The Project Study Area
127
3.2 Windrose Diagram Period: March 2018 – May 2018
131
3.3 Windrose Diagram of Secondary Data 131
3.4 Ambient Air Quality Sampling Locations Map 135
3.5 Ambient Air Quality Results For PM10 137
3.6 Ambient Air Quality Results For PM2.5 138
3.7 Ambient Air Quality Results For SO2 139
3.8 Ambient Air Quality Results For NOx 139
3.9 Ambient Air Quality Results For CO 140
3.10 Ambient Air Quality Results For NH3 141
3.11 Ground & Surface water sampling Locations Map 147
3.12 Noise Sampling Locations Map 155
3.13 Soil Sampling Locations Map 161
3.14 Pie Diagram showing Land Use in the Study Area 170
3.15 Satellite Imagery of the Study Area 171
3.16 Land Use / Land Cover Map Of The Study Area 172
3.17 Diagram Showing Total Population Distribution in the Study Area
191
3.18 The Diagram Showing Literates and Illiterates in Study Area
192
3.19 The Diagram Showing Occupational Structure in Study Area
193
CHAPTER - IV ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION
MEASURES
Figure No Description Page No
4.1 Short term 24 hourly incremental GLCs of SPM 209
4.2 Short term 24 hourly incremental GLCs of SO2 210
4.3 Short term 24 hourly incremental GLCs of NOx 211
CHAPTER - VI ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM
Figure No Description Page No
6.1 Organisational Structure of Environment Health & Safety
228
CHAPTER - X ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN
Figure No Description Page No
10.1 Flow chart of EMP 310
10.2 Schematic diagram of Proposed waste water treatment – ZLD System
316
10.3 Flow chart for effluent treatment HTDS 317
Index of Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd
10.4 Flow chart for effluent treatment LTDS 318
10.5 Flow chart for effluent treatment 319
10.6 Schematic diagram of MEE system 323
10.7 Schematic diagram Emissions Control Scrubbing System
334
10.8 Roof water harvesting Structure 341
10.9 5 R concept 345
LIST OF ENCLOSURES
S. No Description Enclosure No
1 Land Document Enclosure – 1
2 Land Conversion Document Enclosure – 2
3 NABET Accreditation Details Enclosure – 3
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY OF
EIA REPORT
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
OF
DRAFT EIA REPORT
OF
SGR LABORATORIES PVT. LTD.
For
Proposed Bulk Drugs & Intermediates
Manufacturing Unit
AT
Sy No: 290 & Parts, Dondapadu (V), Chinthalapalem (M),
Suryapet District, Telangana state.
PREPARED BY
Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd
Plot No: 203, H.No:5-36/203, Prashanthi Nagar,
IDA, Kukatpally, Hyderabad – 500072.
Ph: 040-65873137, 23070602, 23075699, 40126589.
Fax: 040-23070602. Mail: info@rightsource.co.in
NABET Accreditation No. NABET/EIA/1518/SA 038
Executive Summary of Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Page 1
1. INTRODUCTION
SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd. proposed to establish a Bulk Drugs & Intermediates
manufacturing unit at Sy No: 290 & Parts, Dondapadu (V), Chinthalapalem (M),
Suryapet District, Telangana.
The proposed project cost is about Rs. 12 Crores, which includes construction of the
buildings, equipment, machinery and greenbelt development.
On 17th March, 2018 ToR application was submitted, mentioning the Sy.No. 299 and
its parts instead of Sy.No. 290 and its parts and Standard ToR were granted by
MoEF & CC on 19th April, 2018. Based on granted ToR we have carried out the
baseline monitoring during the period of October to December– 2018.
Due to change in Survey no., on 05th Jan, 2019 we have applied Fresh ToR
application as suggested by MoEF&CC, mentioning the Sy. No. 290 and its parts
and also communicated for utilizing the collected baseline data during the period
from October to December – 2018.
The project proposal was accepted by MoEF&CC and issued Standard Terms of
Reference vide F. No: IA-J-11011/14/2019-IA II (I) Dated on 13th Feb 2019, to
carryout EIA Study.
1.1. PROJECT DESCRIPTION
The salient features of the unit are furnished below.
TABLE 1: SALIENT FEATURES OF THE PROJECT
Project location Details
Latitude & Longitude Latitude: 16° 49' 33.67" N Longitude: 80° 2' 53.39" E
Climatic Conditions
Annual Max Temp is 44.5 0C Annual Min Temp is 12.7 0C Normal Annual Rainfall is 982 mm (Source: IMD Climatalogical Normals, Nandigama 1981 - 2010)
Land acquired for the plant 9.0 Acres (36414 Sq. m)
Nature of Land Patta Land
Nearest Habitation Dondapadu Village - 1.20 km (WSW)
Nearest Town Jaggayyapet – 8.0 km (NE)
National Highway
National Highway No. 9 – 16 km (ENE) (Hyderabad – Vijayawa da Road)
Executive Summary of Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Page 2
2.0 PROCESS DESCRIPTION
The manufacturing process of Bulk Drugs & Intermediates consists of chemical
synthesis extending to stages of processing involving different type of chemical
reactions. Total production capacity of proposal will be 81 TPM. (Given in Table -2).
The unit will take adequate control measures for storage and handling of Raw
materials with in factory premises.
TABLE 2: PROPOSED PRODUCTS AND QUANTITIES
S. No Name of the Product Quantity in Kg/Month
CAS Number Therapeutic
Category
1 Atorvastatin Calcium 10000 134523-03-8 Antihyperlipidemic
2 Dapoxetine Hydrochloride 4000 129938-20-1 Premature ejaculation
3 D-penicillamine 5000 52-67-5 Antibiotic
Railway station Airport
Motumari Railway Station – 33 km (ENE) Vijayawada Airport – 87 km (ESE)
Interstate Boundary Telangana – Andhra Pradesh Interstate Boundary – 400 meters (NE)
Major Industries near the plant site
1. Zuari cement 2. Sitapuram Power Plant 3. KCP Cement 4. Anjani Portland Cement Limited 5. Ra Chem Pharma Limited 6. Sri Durga Industries 7. Ultratech Balaji Cement works 8. Ultratech Cement Limited 9. Jaypee Balaji Cement Plant
National Parks None within 10 Km radius
Wild life sanctuary None within 10 Km radius
Historical Places Vedadri Lakshmi Narasimha Swamy temple – 8.0 km (E)
Water Bodies within 10 km radius
Krishna River – 2.5 km (ESE) Palleru River – 5.5 km (E) Pulichintala Dam – 5.9 km (S) Water body near Jaggayyapet – 8.3 km (NE) Water body near Ramapuram – 8.0 km (WNW)
Reserve Forest within 10 km radius
Budavada R.F- 2.8 km (N) Balusupadu R.F – 6.0 km (N) Jaggayyapeta Extension R.F – 5.8 km (E) Kuntimadi R.F- 5.2 km (ESE) Ginjupalle R.F- 6.4 km (SE) Venkatayapalem Extension R.F- 6.0km (SE) Venkatayapalem R.F- 5.8 km (SSE) Nemalipuri R.F – 7.6 km (SSW) Chintapalem R.F – 7.6 km(SSW)
Executive Summary of Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Page 3
4 Duloxetine Hydrochloride 5000 136464-34-9 Anti depressant
5 Lansoprazole 10000 103577-45-3 Anti ulcer
6 Lopinavir 5000 192725-17-0 Anti viral
7 Moxifloxacin hydrochloride 2000 186826-86-8 Anti bacterial
8 Nebivolol 5000 152520-56-4 Anti hypertensive
9 Ritonavir 5000 155213-67-5 Anti viral
10 Sildenafil citrate 15000 171599-83-0 Erective dysfunction
11 Valsartan 15000 137862-53-4 Anti hypertensive
Total 81000
Table 1.2: Proposed By-Products and Quantities
S. No Name of the Product Name of the By-Product Quantity
in Kg/Day
1 Dapoxetine Hydrochloride Isomer for product Recovery 138.67
2 D-penicillamine 2-Phenyl-N-(2-Phenylimino-ethyl)-acetamide
313.57
3 Duloxetine Hydrochloride Isomer for product Recovery 98.75
Mandelic acid 80.79
2.1 RESOURCE REQUIREMENT & INFRASTRUCTURE FACILITIES
A) Land Use Details:
The proposed unit is in an existing area of 9.0 Acres (36414 Sq. m), the usage
details are given Table 3.
TABLE 3: PROPOSED LAND USE DETAILS
S. No. DESCRIPTION AREA IN Sq. m AREA IN Acres AREA IN %
1 Total Built up Area 8998 2.22 24.71
2 Green Belt Area 13660 3.37 37.51
3 Roads Area 8925 2.21 24.51
4 Open Area 4831 1.20 13.27
TOTAL 36414 9.00 100.00
37.51 % of Land is allotted For Green Belt Development
Executive Summary of Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Page 4
B) Proposed Water Consumption Details
TABLE- 4: PROPOSED WATER CONSUMPTION DETAILS
S. No Purpose Water
input KLD
1 Process 25.13
2 Washings 5.00
3 Boiler make up 30.00
4 Cooling towers make up 63.00
5 Scrubbing system 3.00
6 Domestic 5.00
7 Gardening 3.00
Total 134.13
The fresh water of 90.63 KLD will be met from Ground Water source.
Recovered water 43.50 KLD from ZLD system is reused.
C) Energy Requirement
Power requirement of proposed project will be made available through Telangana
State Power Distribution Company Limited [TSPDCL]. The power requirement of
project will be 2000 KVA.
D) Utilities:
For generation of Steam, the industry proposed to install 2 TPH & 3 TPH coal fired
boilers. The coal requirement will be met from local authorized sources.
The unit is proposing a 500 KVA DG set, for usage during the power failures.
The emission details are presented in Table 6 & 7
TABLE 5: DETAILS OF UTILITIES
S. No
Description Capacity
1 Coal fired boilers 2 TPH & 3 TPH
3 D. G. Set 1 x 500 KVA
4 Cooling Towers 3 x 200 TR
& 1 x 300 TR
5 Electricity supply from TSPDCL
2000 KVA
Fuel Consumption
6 Coal 15.5 TPD
7 Diesel 80 Liters/Day
Executive Summary of Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Page 5
TABLE 6: EMISSION CHARACTERISTIC DETAILS OF PROPOSED BOILER
Particulars Units 2.0 TPH Coal fired
Boiler 3.0 TPH Coal fired
Boiler
Type of Fuel -- Indian Coal with CV of 4000 kcal/kg to
5000 kcal/kg
Indian Coal with CV of 4000 kcal/kg to
5000 kcal/kg
Coal Consumption TPD 8.00 7.50
Ash Content % 35 35
Sulphur Content % 0.4 0.4
No. of Stacks No 1 1
Height of stack M 30 30
Diameter of Stack M 0.40 0.50
Temperature of Flue Gas oC 175 175
Velocity of Flue Gas m/s 12 14
Particulate gm/sec 0.16 0.15
Sulphur dioxide emission gm/sec 0.74 0.69
Oxides of Nitrogen emission gm/sec 2.43 2.28
TABLE 7: STACK EMISSION DETAILS OF PROPOSED DG SET
Capacity In KVA
Emission of SPM in mg/Nm3
Emission Of SO2 in mg/Nm3
Emission of NOx In mg/Nm3
Stack dia. In m
Flue Gas Temp. in
OC
Stack Height in (m)
Flue gas Velocity In m/sec.
500 KVA 60 85 110 0.2 300 10 14
E) Pollution Control Equipment:
i) Cyclone separator: The denser particles which are carried away by boiler flue
gases will get separated in the cyclone separator and collected in the bottom of the
cyclone separator at a definite interval.
ii) Bag Filter: The boiler flue gases from cyclone separator enter into pack of bag
filters, where particulate matter will be separated leaving as cake on bags surface.
They are cleared by shaking or vibrating by pulse jet causing the filter cake to be
loosened and to fall in the Hopper.
iii) Boiler Stack: The adequate stacks of height 30 mtrs will be provided for
pollutants (SO2, NOx, PM & CO) dispersed in a very large area so that ground level
concentration is within CPCB permissible limits.
iv) Scrubbers: Two scrubbers of 2-Stage are proposed to scrub the HCl & SO2. The
packing media in the scrubber is 25 mm poly propylene rings.
Executive Summary of Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Page 6
3. BASELINE ENVIRONMENTAL STATUS
3.1 Study Area Included In Environmental Setting
Studies were carried out in about 10 km radius area from the site with respect to
meteorology, flora, fauna, land and socio-economies of the area. Further sampling
and analysis of air quality, water quality, noise level and soil quality were carried out.
The air quality, water quality, noise level and soil quality in the study area is
evaluated based on this physical sampling and analysis.
The base line data were monitored during the study period of Oct 2018 – Dec 2018.
The study team conducted site surveys and field experiments for gathering the
information on air quality, water quality, noise quality and soil quality.
3.2 CLIMATE OF THE STUDY AREA
A. Temperature:
During the study period the minimum and maximum temperatures were recorded as
12 °C and 39 °C respectively.
B. Relative Humidity:
During study period at project site during study period, the relative humidity was
recorded as 79%
C. Wind Pattern during Study Period
Dispersion of different air pollutants released into the atmosphere has significant
impacts on neighborhood air environment. The dispersion/dilution of the released
pollutant over a large area will result in considerable reduction of the concentration of
a pollutant. The dispersion in turn depends on the weather conditions like the wind
speed, wind direction, temperature, relative humidity, mixing height, cloud cover and
rainfall in the area.
Wind speed and direction data recorded during the study period is useful in
identifying the influence of meteorology on the air quality of the area. The following
observations can be made from the collected data;
Calm period is observed to be 1.9 % during the time of monitoring.
The predominant wind direction is N & NE.
Other than predominant wind directions wind was blowing in North direction.
Executive Summary of Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Page 7
Average wind speed 3.5 m/s.
Mostly the wind speeds are observed to be in the range of 5.7 – 8.8 m/sec,
0.5 – 2.1 m/Sec, 3.6 - 5.7 m/Sec, with frequency of distribution percentages
ranges from 27.5, 21.1, & 16.2.
D. Rainfall
Rainfall during the Study Period at the Project Site is 28.2 mm. Normal annual
rainfall is 982 mm. (Source: IMD Climatatological Normals, Nandigama 1981 - 2010)
3.3 SAMPLING LOCATION DETAILS
Total ten locations were selected for Base line status. Air, Water & Noise results are
presented in Table 8, 9 & 10 respectively.
3.4 AMBIENT AIR QUALITY
The ambient air monitoring was carried out for 24 hours a day, twice a week for 12
week per location in the study area. Ambient Air Quality Monitoring (AAQM) was
carried out at eight locations during period of Oct 2018 – Dec 2018.
1. Particulate Matter (PM10)
The maximum and minimum concentrations for PM10 were recorded in the study
area showed 98th percentile values in the range of 55.0 – 69.3 μg/ m3. The
maximum concentration 69.3 μg/ m3 were recorded at sampling locations at
Dondapadu (near Sitapurm). The concentrations of PM10 are well below the
CPCB standard of 100 μg/ m3.
2. Particulate Matter (PM2.5)
The CPCB Standard for concentration of PM2.5 is 60 μg/ m3. The maximum and
minimum 98th percentile concentrations for Particulate Matter (PM2.5) monitored
in the study area were 22.0 – 27.7 μg/m3 respectively. Highest value of 27.7 μg/
m3 was at Dondapadu (near Sitapurm). The concentration of PM2.5 is well below
the prescribed limit of 60 μg/ m3
3. Sulphur Dioxide (SO2)
98th percentile value of Sulphur dioxide in the study area from the monitored data
was in the range of 12.2 – 15.4 μg/ m3. Maximum value of Sulpur dioxide of 15.4
Executive Summary of Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Page 8
μg/ m3 obtained at Dondapadu (near Sitapurm). The concentration of SO2 is well
below the prescribed limit of 80 μg/ m3
4. Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx)
Ambient air quality status monitored for oxides of nitrogen in the study area were
in the range with 98th percentile values between 19.6 – 22.8 μg/ m3. A maximum
value of 22.8 μg/ m3 was prevailing at the time of sampling at Dondapadu (near
Sitapurm). The concentration of NOX is well below the prescribed limit of 80 μg/
m3
5. Carbon Monoxide (CO)
The maximum and minimum 98th percentile concentrations for Carbon Monoxide
(CO) monitored in the study area were 0.35 – 0.87 mg/m3 respectively. Highest
value of 0.87 mg/ m3 was at the Project Site. The concentration of CO is well
below the prescribed limit of 2 mg/ m3
6. Ammonia (NH3)
The maximum and minimum 98th percentile concentrations for Ammonia (NH3)
monitored in the study area were 24.9 – 28.1 μg/m3 respectively. Highest value of
28.1 μg/ m3 was at Dondapadu (near Sitapurm). The concentration of NH3 is well
below the prescribed limit of 400 μg/ m3
7. Volatile Organic Compounds (VOCs)
Volatile Organic Compounds (VOCs) concentration in study area was found to be
Below Detectable Limit of 1 ppm.
The ambient air quality monitoring results indicates that the overall air quality in the
study area is within permissible standards prescribed by NAAQ Standards.
Executive Summary of Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Page 9
TABLE 8: THE MAXIMUM, MINIMUM & 98TH PERCENTILE VALUES FOR ALL THE
AMBIENT AIR SAMPLING LOCATIONS
Code Name of Sampling Location
PM 10(µg/M3) PM 2.5(µg/M
3) SO2(µg/M
3) NOX(µg/M
3) CO (mg/M
3) NH3 (µg/M
3)
Min Max 98th
Min Max 98th
Min Max 98th
Min Max 98th
Min Max 98th
Min Max 98th
A1 Project Site 59.1 66.3 66.3 23.7 26.5 26.5 13.1 14.7 14.7 20.5 22.1 22.1 0.66 0.87 0.87 25.8 27.4 27.4
A2 Dondapadu (near Sitapurm Colony)
58.2 69.6 69.3 23.3 27.8 27.7 12.9 15.5 15.4 20.3 22.9 22.8 0.21 0.58 0.57 25.6 28.2 28.1
A3 Mukteshwarapuram 52.9 58.9 58.7 21.2 23.6 23.5 11.8 13.1 13.0 19.2 20.5 20.4 0.11 0.51 0.44 24.5 25.8 25.7
A4 Bugga Madharam 53.4 60.2 59.7 21.4 24.1 23.9 11.9 13.4 13.3 19.3 20.8 20.7 0.12 0.36 0.35 24.6 26.1 26.0
A5 Vajinepalli 45.6 65.8 65.5 18.2 26.3 26.2 10.1 14.6 14.6 17.5 22.0 22.0 0.12 0.54 0.45 22.8 27.3 27.3
A6 Ramapuram 47.3 61.9 61.5 18.9 24.8 24.6 10.5 13.8 13.7 17.9 21.2 21.1 0.12 0.36 0.35 23.2 26.5 26.4
A7 Budavada 38.1 55.0 55.0 15.2 22.0 22.0 8.5 12.2 12.2 15.9 19.6 19.6 0.12 0.47 0.46 21.2 24.9 24.9
A8 Jaggayyapeta 57.2 62.0 61.8 22.9 24.8 24.7 12.7 13.8 13.7 20.1 21.2 21.1 0.12 0.36 0.36 25.4 26.5 26.4
NAAQ Standards 100 60 80 80 2 400
Executive Summary of Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Page 10
3.5 WATER QUALITY
Water sampling and subsequent analysis was carried out to determine both the
groundwater and surface water quality of the study area.
Ground water & Surface water samples were collected at 8 locations in the study
area. These samples were analyzed for physical and chemical parameters to
ascertain the Baseline status in the existing surface water and ground water bodies.
TABLE 9: WATER ANALYSIS RESULTS
S. No Parameters Ground water Surface water Min Max Min Max
1 pH 7.04 7.66 7.42 8.39 2 Total dissolved solids (mg/l) 608 966 414 954 3 Total hardness (mg/l) 295 515 190 495 4 Chlorides (mg/l) 102.2 257.4 62 265
5 Fluoride (mg/l) 1.1 6.2 2.6 7.2
6 Sulphates (mg/l) 66.5 98.6 35.4 84.8
Ground water samples collected was analyzed as per the Standard methods
and the water quality of the study area is found to be above the acceptable
limits of IS-10500, for parameters TDS, Total hardness, Total Alkalinity,
Calcium, Magnesium. Fluoride and Chloride.
3.6 NOISE ENVIRONMENT
Noise level monitoring was carried out at eight locations during the period of Oct –
Dec 2018.
Daytime Noise Levels (Lday)
Industrial Zone: The day time noise level at the Project site was 65.3 dB(A), which
is well below the permissible limits of 75 dB(A).
Commercial Zone: The daytime noise levels in the commercial location was
observed as 53.5 dB(A). The noise levels at all the locations were below the
permissible limits of 65 dB(A).
Residential Zone: The daytime noise levels in all the residential locations were
observed to be in the range of 52.2 dB (A) to 53.6 dB(A). The noise levels at all the
locations were below the permissible limits of 55 dB(A).
Executive Summary of Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Page 11
Night time Noise Levels (Lnight)
Industrial Zone: The night time noise level in the Project site was observed be 42.0
dB(A), which is well below the permissible limits of 70 dB (A).
Commercial Zone: The night time noise levels in the commercial location was
observed as 36.1 dB(A). The noise levels at all the locations were below the
permissible limits of 55 dB(A).
Residential Zone: The nighttime noise levels in all the residential locations were
observed to be in the range of 33.1 dB(A) to 37.6 dB(A). The noise levels were
below the permissible limits of 45 dB(A) in nighttime at all the locations.
TABLE 10: NOISE LEVELS OF THE STUDY AREA
S. No
Name of the
Location
Category of Area/zone
Day Time in Leq dB (A)
CPCB Standard Day Time
Night Time in Leq dB (A)
CPCB Standard
Night time
1. Project Site Industrial 65.3 75dB (A) 42.0 70dB (A)
2. Dondapadu Residential 53.4 55dB (A) 34.3 45dB (A)
3. Mukteshwarapuram Residential 53.5 55dB (A) 33.1 45dB (A)
4. Bugga Madharam Residential 52.8 55dB (A) 35.4 45dB (A)
5. Vajinepalli Residential 52.2 55dB (A) 37.5 45dB (A)
6. Ramapuram Residential 53.6 55dB (A) 37.6 45dB (A)
7. Budavada Residential 52.4 55dB (A) 37.5 45dB (A)
8. Jaggayyahpet Commercial 53.5 65dB (A) 36.1 55dB (A)
3.7 SOIL ENVIRONMENT
Based on the data, the soil quality is found to be normal.
3.8 LAND USE/ LAND COVER OF THE STUDY AREA
Land use / Land cover map is prepared by visual interpretation of high-resolution
satellite data (Satellite Imagery Acquisition: 11-September-2018) and with the help of
Survey of India Topographic maps on 1: 50,000 scale. Two seasons’ data (Khariff
year 2018) is used for the delineation of different units. The units are confirmed by
the ground truth/field visits.
Executive Summary of Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Page 12
TABLE 11: LAND USE / LAND COVER OF THE STUDY AREA
S. No LAND USE Area in Sq. km
Area in Percentage (%)
1 Built Up Land 23.550 7.5
2 Water Bodies 37.052 11.8
3 Forest 71.906 22.9
4 Crop Land 96.398 30.7
5 Waste Lands 85.094 27.1
Total 314.00 100.0
3.9 DEMOGRAPHIC AND SOCIO-ECONOMIC PROFILE
The total population of the study area is 1,80,636 in which male and female
population constitutes about 49.97 % and 50.03 % in the study area
respectively.
The literate male and female in the study area are 60324 and 48184 which
implies that the percentage of literacy rate is 66.83% with male and 53.32%
with female respectively.
In the study area the main and marginal workers are 76041 (42.1%) and
12056 (6.7%) respectively of the total population while the remaining 92539
(51.2%) constitutes non-workers
All the Villages, in the study area, are electrified – both for Domestic Purpose and
common facilities like, Street Lights, Public Water Pumping, etc. and provided with
Drinking Water.
4.0 IDENTIFICATION, PREDICTION & MITIGATION MEASURES
4.1 Expected Air Environment
A. PROCESS EMISSIONS DETAILS
The Predicted Process emissions are SO2, CO2, CH3Cl, HCl, HF, HBr, H2, NH3 & O2
which are liberated from manufacturing process of proposed products.
TABLE 12: PROCESS EMISSION DETAILS
S. No. Name of the Gas Quantity In
Kg/Day Treatment Method
1 Sulphur dioxide 251 Scrubbed by using C.S.Lye Solution
2 Hydrogen chloride 323 Scrubbed by using chilled water media
3 Hydrogen Bromide 75 Scrubbed by using C. S. Lye solution
4 Carbon dioxide 228 Dispersed into the atmosphere
5 Hydrogen 16 Diffused by using Nitrogen through
Executive Summary of Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Page 13
Flame arrestor
6 Ammonia 27 Scrubbed by using chilled water media
7 Oxygen 45 Dispersed into the atmosphere
8 Hydrogen fluoride 11 Scrubbed by using C.S.Lye Solution
9 Chloromethane 27 Scrubbed by using C.S.Lye Solution
4.2 PROPOSED PROCESS EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM
Scrubbers with 300 mm (Diameter) X 3 meters (Height) & 300 mm (Diameter) X 3
meters (Height) capacities will be installed for control of process emissions. The
Schematic diagram of emission control system is given below.
FIGURE-1: SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM OF PROPOSED EMISSION CONTROL
SYSTEM
B. EMISSIONS FROM BOILER
The Particulate matter generated from 2 TPH & 3 TPH Coal fired Boilers will be
controlled by using cyclone separator followed by bag filters. The sulphur dioxide
(SO2) and oxides of nitrogen (NOX) from boiler will be dispersed in to atmosphere by
providing adequate stacks of height 30 mtrs each will be provided for effective
dispersion and dilution.
The predicted ground level concentrations when added to Baseline scenario, the
overall scenario levels of PM, SO2 and NOX are well within the permissible limits as
specified by NAAQ Standards.
Executive Summary of Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Page 14
TABLE 13: RESULTANT CONCENTRATIONS DUE TO
INCREMENTAL GLC's
Pollutant
Maximum
Baseline
Concentration
(μg/m3)
Incremental
Concentrations due
to Proposed Project
(μg/m3)
Resultant
Concentration
(μg/m3)
NAAQ
Standards
(μg/m3)
PM 69.3 0.975 70.275 100
SO2 15.4 2.34 17.74 80
NOx 22.8 2.59 25.39 80
4.3 Expected Effluent Water Details
The waste water generation will be 52.86 KLD which is from process, floor & reactor
washes, cooling tower blow down, boiler blow down, scrubber, DM plant and
domestic usage. The effluent generation and its HTDS & LTDS effluent details are
given below.
TABLE 14: EXPECTED EFFLUENT GENERATION DETAILS
S. No. Purpose Effluent
Details KLD
1 Process 28.36
2 Washings 5.00
3 Boiler Blow down 5.00
4 Cooling towers bleed off 7.00
5 Scrubbing System 3.00
6 Domestic 4.50
Total 52.86
TABLE 15: EXPECTED HTDS & LTDS EFFLUENT GENERATION DETAILS
Unit HTDS KLD
LTDS KLD
Effluent Generation
in KLD Treatment Method
Process 16.18 12.18 28.36 HTDS Effluent sent to stripper followed by MEE system. LTDS effluents treated in ETP along with MEE condensate. Treated effluent is sent to RO, RO permeate water is recycled and RO rejects taken for evaporation in MEE followed by ATFD to collect evaporation salts for disposal to TSDF.
Washings 0.00 5.00 5.00
Boiler Blow down 0.00 5.00 5.00
Cooling towers blow down 0.00 7.00 7.00
Scrubbing system 3.00 0.00 3.00
Domestic 0.00 4.50 4.50
Total 19.18 33.68 52.86
Executive Summary of Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Page 15
Effluent Treatment / Disposal: Zero Liquid Discharge (ZLD) concept consisting of
steam stripper, MEE system, ATFD, Biological Treatment and RO will be installed to
treat the effluents generated from plant and to reuse the treated water.
The MEE System with 40 KLD Capacity & RO system with 50 KLD Capacity will be
installed for treatment of effluents generated from plant operations.
4.4 Noise Environment
The main sources of noise pollution in the plant operations are Boiler, Reactors, DG
Set, compressors and other Noise generating units. Vehicular movements during
operation phase for loading / unloading of raw materials and finished products and
transporting activity may also increases the noise levels.
All the noise generating equipments like motors, gear boxes and compressors will be
regularly maintained with lubricating material to avoid noise generation. DG set will
be provided with acoustic enclosures. A thick greenbelt will be developed along the
periphery of the plant boundaries to minimize the noise pollution from the source.
4.5 Land Environment
The plant activities are unlikely to alter the land-use pattern in the project site. The
unit will take adequate measures for storage, handling and disposal of hazardous
waste. Hence, there will be no significant adverse impact on land environment.
4.6 Ecological Environment
Detailed flora and fauna studies were carried in the study area. As per baseline
studies, there are no endangered, threatened & protected plants and animal species
were recorded in the study area. Hence, no significant adverse impact is envisaged
on ecology.
4.7 Expected Hazardous and Solid Waste Details
The Hazardous and Solid waste generated and disposal methods from proposed
project are given below.
Executive Summary of Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Page 16
TABLE 16: EXPECTED HAZARDOUS & SOLID WASTE GENERATION,
DISPOSAL DETAILS
S. No Name of the Waste Quantity Kg/Day Disposal Method
Hazardous Waste Details
1 Organic waste (Process Residue)
1406
Sent to Cement Industries
2 Spent Carbon 71
3 Solvent distillation residue 441
4 Organic Evaporate ( liquid from MEE stripper)
380
5 Spent Mixed Solvents 2 KL/Day SPCB Authorized Agencies for Reprocessing/Recycling
6 ETP Sludge 350 Sent to TSDF 7 Inorganic waste 504
8 MEE Salts 2868
9 Used Oils 500 Ltrs/Annum SPCB Authorized Agencies for Reprocessing/Recycling
10 Detoxified Containers 500 No’s/Month After Detoxification sent back to suppliers/sent to outside Parties
11 Used Lead Acid Batteries 2 No’s/Year Send back to suppliers for buyback of New Batteries
Solid Waste Details
12 Ash from boiler 5425 Sent to Brick Manufacturers
4.8. Risk Assessment and Disaster Management Plan
The Risk assessment studies have been conducted for identification of hazards, to
calculate damage distances and to spell out risk mitigation measures. The details
are discussed in detail in Chapter – 7 of EIA Report.
5.0 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN
5.1 ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN FOR CONSTRUCTION PHASE
Adequate and effective environment protection measures will be planned and
designed to minimize the impacts due to activities related to pre-construction
(preparatory phase) of the project, machinery installation and commissioning stages
and end with the induction of manpower and start up. The impacts identified during
the construction phase are mainly due to site preparation, foundation work, material
handling, and construction of buildings and installation of the machinery.
All possible care will be taken to reduce the noise levels due to construction activity.
Also, noise prone activities shall be restricted to the extent possible during night
Executive Summary of Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Page 17
particularly during the period of 10 PM to 6 AM in order to have minimum
environmental impact.
5.2 ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN FOR OPERATIONAL PHASE
A) Air Pollution Management
The industry will take measures for reduction of fugitive emissions emanating
out of process reactions by providing vent condensers.
Good ventilation will be provided to reduce the workroom concentrations.
Fugitive emissions will be reduced by providing vent condensers to the all the
reactors.
Adequate stacks of height 30 Mtrs will be provided to 2 TPH & 3 TPH coal
fired boilers.
Stack monitoring facilities for the periodic monitoring of the stack to verify the
compliance of the stipulated norms. Apart from this Cyclone Separator, Bag
filters will be provided to the boiler.
In order to minimize the air pollution, unit will develop greenbelt in and around
its premises.
B) Water Pollution Management
Effluent generated in the plant will be treated in Proposed ZLD system.
The industry is proposing to install a MEE System with 40 KLD capacity,
Biological Treatment system of 55 KLD and RO system with 50 KLD
capacities for treatment of 52.86 KLD effluents generated from plant
operations.
Total Water requirement is 134.13 KLD out of which 43.50 KLD recycled
water recovered from ZLD system. The fresh water of 90.63 KLD will be met
from Ground Water source.
Unit is proposed to recharge ground water through roof water harvesting pits
in the project area and rain water harvesting pits outside plant area wherever
possible to balance the water table.
Use of high-pressure hoses for cleaning the floor and process equipment to
reduce the amount of wastewater generated during washings.
Executive Summary of Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Page 18
C) Noise Pollution Management
Noise suppression measures such as enclosures, buffers and / or protective
measures will be provided, if required.
Extensive oiling, lubrication and preventive maintenance will be carried out for
the machineries and equipments to reduce noise generation.
Greenbelt Development.
D) Hazardous & Solid Waste Management
To reduce the quantity of solid / hazardous waste generation as well as possible
contamination of land (soil) due to spillages / leaks from the plant operations,
following Mitigation measures are proposed:
There will not be any leakages / spillage from the raw-materials storage.
The generated Hazardous waste will be stored on floor with suitable packing
and this dedicated area will be covered with the roof.
The records on quantity of hazardous waste generation and disposal will be
maintained for each category and possibilities will be explored for
minimization and reuse.
E) Green Belt
Greenbelt will be developed in an area of 3.37 Acres (13660 Sq. m). The industry will
spend 4 Lakhs as capital cost for planting of samplings. Lists of plants suitable for
greenbelt as per the local agro climatic conditions are given in the EIA Report.
F) Solvent Recovery
Solvents will be recovered up to 95% using distillation column and necessary cooling
condensers.
5.3 ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT CELL
SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd. will have a dedicated Environmental Management Cell
with experienced staff to look after the proper environmental management of the
plant including operation & maintenance of all pollution control facilities.
Executive Summary of Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Page 19
5.4 ENVIRONMENT MONITORING PROGRAM
Regular monitoring of environmental parameters is of immense importance to
assess the status of environment during project operation. The regular monitoring
will be carried out with the MoEF&CC Registration / NABL Accredited Laboratory.
6. PROPOSED ROOF WATER HARVESTING
Roof top rainwater harvesting is one of the appropriate options for augmenting
ground water recharge/ storage in this industry.
The following table gives expected quantity of rain water harvesting using buildings
Roof top.
TABLE 17: AVAILABLE RAINWATER (ANNUAL) FOR HARVESTING
Description Area (m2) Rainfall
(m/Annum) Runoff
coefficient Total Rainwater
(m3/Annum)
Roof Area 8998 0.98 0.8 7054.43
Total available rainwater (in m3/annum) 7054
FIGURE-2: PROPOSED ROOF WATER HARVESTING STRUCTURE
7. EMP BUDGET
The unit has proposed for 110 Lakhs as capital cost and 15 Lakhs as recurring cost
for environment pollution control measures.
Executive Summary of Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Page 20
TABLE 18: PROPOSED BUDGET FOR ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN
[EMP]
S. No Particulars
Proposed
Capital Cost
(Rs. Lakhs)
Recurring
Cost
(Rs. Lakhs)
1
Pollution Control Equipment
(Scrubbers, Cyclone separator, Bag filter,
Sampling port arrangements etc.,)
20.0 2.0
2 ZLD System
(MEE, RO, ETP system) 80.0 7.5
3
Rain Water Harvesting
(Roof top water collection pit and Roof top water
towards the rain water harvesting pit)
3.0 0.5
4 Green Belt Development
(Plantation and Maintenance) 4.0 2.0
5 Health & Safety
(PPEs, Medical Surveillances Expenses etc.,) 3.0 1.0
6
Environmental Monitoring
(Air, Water, Noise, VOCs, Boiler Stack flue
gases, DG sets stack monitoring expenses etc.,)
0.0 2.0
Total 110 15
8.0 SOCIO-ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT
It is predicted that socio-economic impact due to this project will positively increase
the chance of more employment opportunities for local people. There are no
Resettlement and Rehabilitation issues involved in this project. The project
infrastructures will be of use to people of the area. The revenue of the village will be
definitely increased due to the proposed project.
9.0 PROJECT BENEFITS
Proposed project will result in considerable growth and upliftment of local community
in the nearby villages by providing the employment. The project will generate direct
and indirect employment to the nearby villages and the unavailable technical
persons will be recruited from outside.
10.0 CONCLUSION
SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd. has committed to implement all the pollution control
measures to protect the surrounding environment – adapting Zero-Liquid-Discharge
Executive Summary of Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Page 21
System for all its Effluents, by controlling process emissions and Safe-Disposal of all
Solid Wastes – generated either as process wastes or packing wastes.
The project can definitely improve the regional, state and national economy.
Industrial growth is an indication of all-round Socio-Economic Development – by
generating local Employment and Business Opportunities. The implementation of
this project will definitely improve the physical and social infrastructure of the
surrounding area.
CHAPTER -I
INTRODUCTION
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - I Page 1
CHAPTER- I
INTRODUCTION
1.1 PURPOSE OF THE REPORT
As per the EIA Notification dated 14th September 2006 and its amendments from time to
time, the project falls under 5(f) “A” category and requires Environmental Clearance. The
industry engaged the services of Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd, Hyderabad to
prepare and submit the necessary documents. The consulting firm has submitted an
application in prescribed FORM-I along with necessary enclosures for obtaining Terms of
Reference to MoEF&CC, GOI, New Delhi.
On 17th March, 2018 ToR application was submitted, mentioning the Sy.No. 299 and its
parts instead of Sy.No. 290 and its parts and Standard ToR were granted by MoEF & CC
on 19th April, 2018. Based on granted ToR we have carried out the baseline monitoring
during the period of October to December– 2018.
Due to change in Survey no., on 05th Jan, 2019 we have applied Fresh ToR application as
suggested by MoEF&CC, mentioning the Sy. No. 290 and its parts and also communicated
for utilizing the collected baseline data during the period from October to December –
2018.
The project proposal was accepted by MoEF&CC and issued Standard Terms of Reference
vide F. No: IA-J-11011/14/2019-IA II (I) Dated on 13th Feb 2019, to carryout EIA Study.
Draft EIA Report was prepared and submitted for Public Consultation.
1.2 IDENTIFICATION OF PROJECT & PROJECT PROPONENT
1.2.1 IDENTIFICATION OF THE PROJECT
SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd. has registered office located at Plot No.108, SVCIE, IDA,
Jeedimetla, Hyderabad -500055, Telangana State. Industry proposed to establish Bulk
Drugs & Intermediates Manufacturing Unit at Sy No: 290 and parts, Dondapadu (V)
Chinthalapalem (M), Suryapet District, Telangana state.
The manufacturing unit is in an area of 9.0 Acres (36414 Sq. m). The proposed project cost
is about Rs. 12 Crores will be used for construction and operational phase.
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - I Page 2
1.2.2 ABOUT THE PROMOTERS
A. Koti Reddy, Director, studied B. Sc and having 30 years experience in Chemical
Industry.
R. Venkata Manikanta, Partner, studied B. Tech (Mechanical Engineering) and having
experience in Maintenance Department.
Dr. A. Kavitha, Partner, studied MBBS and having 10 years of experience.
K. Rameshbabu Partner, studied B. Sc and having 35 years experience in various
Industries.
R. Raghavendra, Partner, studied B. Tech (Electrical Engineering) and having 9 years
experience in Software Company.
1.3 OBJECTIVE OF THE STUDY
The objective of the study is to carry out Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) for the
proposed project to meet the Environmental compliances laid down by the Ministry of
Environment, Forest and Climate Change (MoEF&CC) Government of India. Ministry
issued a circular making it mandatory to obtain Environment Clearance for 65 categories of
industries. Bulk Drugs & Intermediates is one of them, occupying 5th place.
The study would include the description of project setting, appraisal of project activities and
assessment of adverse impacts related to the location, design, construction and operation
of the project. Environmental Management Plan (EMP) will be prepared that includes
mitigation measures, including evaluation of alternatives to reduce or mitigate/eliminate the
impacts that likely to cause most significant environmental burdens. As per the above
notification the industry seeks Environment Clearance from MoEF&CC, GOI, New Delhi.
Preparation of Environmental Impact Assessment Report (EIA) based on one season
(Three Months) data, which would be used as management planning tool for better
Environmental Management by suggesting control measures to avoid pollution problems
arising out of the project. The report will include a detailed Environmental Management
Plan (EMP). The study will be carried out incorporating all the details and requirements of
State Pollution Control Board (SPCB) and Ministry of Ministry of Environment, Forest and
Climatic Change as per their requirements.
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - I Page 3
1.4 BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE PROJECT
1.4.1 NATURE OF THE PROJECT
SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd. proposed to establish Bulk Drugs & Intermediates
manufacturing unit. The proposed project falls under 5(f) “A” category of Synthetic Organic
Chemicals Industry as per EIA Notification, 2006 and its amendment thereof and requires
Environmental Clearance.
1.4.2 SIZE OF THE PROJECT
The industry proposed to establish manufacturing unit in an area of 9.0 Acres (36414 Sq.
m). The proposed project cost is about Rs. 12 Crores, which includes construction and
operational cost.
SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd. is proposed for manufacture the below mention products with
Manufacturing Capacity of 81 TPM. The list of proposed products is shown in Table 1.1.
Table 1.1: Proposed Products and Quantities
S. No Name of the Product Quantity in
Kg/Month CAS Number
Therapeutic Category
1 Atorvastatin Calcium 10000 134523-03-8 Antihyperlipidemic
2 Dapoxetine Hydrochloride 4000 129938-20-1 Premature ejaculation
3 D-penicillamine 5000 52-67-5 Antibiotic
4 Duloxetine Hydrochloride 5000 136464-34-9 Anti depressant
5 Lansoprazole 10000 103577-45-3 Anti ulcer
6 Lopinavir 5000 192725-17-0 Anti viral
7 Moxifloxacin hydrochloride 2000 186826-86-8 Anti bacterial
8 Nebivolol 5000 152520-56-4 Anti hypertensive
9 Ritonavir 5000 155213-67-5 Anti viral
10 Sildenafil citrate 15000 171599-83-0 Erective dysfunction
11 Valsartan 15000 137862-53-4 Anti hypertensive
Total 81000
Table 1.2: Proposed By-Products and Quantities
S. No Name of the Product Name of the By-Product Quantity
in Kg/Day
1 Dapoxetine Hydrochloride Isomer for product Recovery 138.67
2 D-penicillamine 2-Phenyl-N-(2-Phenylimino-ethyl)-acetamide
313.57
3 Duloxetine Hydrochloride Isomer for product Recovery 98.75
Mandelic acid 80.79
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - I Page 4
1.4.3 LOCATION OF THE PROJECT
SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd. proposed to establish Bulk Drugs & Intermediates
Manufacturing Unit at Sy No: 290 & Parts, Dondapadu Village, Chinthalapalem Mandal,
Suryapet District, Telangana state.
TABLE 1.3: PROJECT LOCATION AND COMPLIANCE OF SITE
Project location Details
Latitude & Longitude Latitude: 16° 49' 33.67" N Longitude: 80° 2' 53.39" E
Climatic Conditions
Annual Max Temp is 44.5 0C Annual Min Temp is 12.7 0C Normal Annual Rainfall is 982 mm (Source: IMD Climatalogical Normals, 1981 - 2010)
Land acquired for the plant 9.0 Acres (36414 Sq. m)
Nature of Land Patta Land
Nearest Habitation Dondapadu Village - 1.20 km (WSW)
Nearest Town Jaggayyapet – 8.0 km (NE)
National Highway National Highway No. 9 – 16 km (ENE) (Hyderabad – Vijayawada Road)
Railway station Motumari Railway Station – 33 km (ENE)
Airport Vijayawada Airport – 87 km (ESE)
Interstate Boundary Telangana State – Andhra Pradesh Interstate Boundary – 400 meters (NE)
Major Industries near the plant site
1. Zuari cement 2. Sitapuram Power Plant 3. KCP Cement 4. Anjani Portland Cement Limited 5. Ra Chem Pharma Limited 6. Sri Durga Industries 7. Ultratech Balaji Cement works 8. Ultratech Cement Limited 9. Jaypee Balaji Cement Plant
National Parks None within 10 Km radius
Wild life sanctuary None within 10 Km radius
Historical Places Vedadri Lakshmi Narasimha Swamy temple – 8.0 km (E)
Water Bodies within 10 km radius
Krishna River – 2.5 km (ESE) Palleru River – 5.5 km (E) Pulichintala Dam – 5.9 km (S) Water body near Jaggayyapet – 8.3 km (NE) Water body near Ramapuram – 8.0 km (WNW)
Reserve Forest within 10 km radius
Budavada R.F- 2.8 km (N) Balusupadu R.F – 6.0 km (N) Jaggayyapeta Extension R.F – 5.8 km (E) Kuntimadi R.F- 5.2 km (ESE) Ginjupalle R.F- 6.4 km (SE) Venkatayapalem Extension R.F- 6.0km (SE)
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - I Page 5
1.4.4 PROJECT AND ITS IMPORTANCE TO THE COUNTRY & REGION
SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd. is a Greenfield project intended to establish manufacturing
unit of Bulk Drugs & Intermediates.
Availability of the well-connected road and railway network for easy transportation of
the construction equipments and materials, Raw materials and finished products.
Easy availability of skilled and unskilled labor for construction of Plant and its
operation.
India’s pharmaceutical sector accounts for about 2.4 per cent of the global pharmaceutical
industry in terms of value and 10 per cent in terms of volume. India accounted for about 20
per cent of the global exports in generics. In FY16, India exported pharmaceutical products
worth USD $ 16.89 billion, with the number expected to reach USD $ 40 billion by 2020.
India’s healthcare sector, one of the fastest growing sectors, is expected to advance at a
CAGR of 17 per cent to reach USD $ 250 billion by 20. The generics market stood at USD
$ 26.1 billion in 2016 from USD $ 21 billion in 2015. India’s generics market has shown an
immense potential for future growth.
1.5 SCOPE OF THE STUDY
1.5.1 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT
To assess the impact of the project on Land use, Ambient Air Quality, Water Quality,
Noise levels, Ecology & Biodiversity, Hydrology & Geology, and Socio- economic
status of area.
To prepare Environmental Management Plan (EMP) for mitigating adverse impacts
due to proposed project.
Collection and testing of water sources and soil.
To prepare environmental monitoring plan for operational phase.
Greenbelt development.
1.5.2 SOCIO-ECONOMIC ASSESSMENT
This Study Report covers Population, Gender Ratio, Rural & Semi-Urban Demographic
Distribution, Literacy Rate and Social Amenities available in the study Area like, Transport,
Sanitation, Drinking Water, Medical & Health Facilities, Employment Rate and other
Venkatayapalem R.F- 5.8 km (SSE) Nemalipuri R.F – 7.6 km (SSW) Chintapalem R.F – 7.6 km(SSW)
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - I Page 6
Developmental Indices of Villages falling within the 10 Km radius of the Proposed Project
site.
1.5.3 REGULATORY FRAMEWORK
The MoEF&CC, CPCB and SPCBs together form the regulatory and administrative core of
the sector. Legislation for environmental protection in India for chemical industry is mainly
EIA Notification- 2006, Water (Prevention & Control of Pollution) Act -1974, Air (Prevention
& Control of Pollution) Act, 1981, Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Cess Act,
1977 Hazardous Waste (Management, Handling and Transboundary Movement) Rules,
2016, amended time to time etc are major Act/rules/notification applicable to industry.
1.5.4 REGULATORY SCOPING
Obtaining Consent for Establishment & Consent for Operation from State
Pollution Control Board.
1.6 LEGAL POLICY AND INSTITUTIONAL FRAMEWORKS
The principal environmental regulatory authority is the Ministry of Environment, Forest and
Climatic Change (MoEF&CC), New Delhi which formulates environmental policies and
accords environmental clearances for different projects. Table 1.2 highlights the relevant
environmental legislations applicable to this project.
TABLE 1.4: APPLICABILITY OF LEGAL POLICIES TO THE PROJECT
S. No
Legal frame work coordinating
authority Objectives of the policy
Applicability to the project
Environmental Legality
1 Water (Prevention and Control of pollution) Act, 1974
SPCB
Prohibits the discharge of pollutants into water bodies beyond a given standard, and lays down penalties for non-compliance
Applicable
2 Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Cess Act, 1977
SPCB Provides for a levy and collection of a cess on water consumed by industries and local authorities
Applicable
3 Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1981
SPCB Provides means for the control and abatement of air pollution.
Applicable
4 The Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Rules, 1982
SPCB
Defined the procedures for conducting meetings of the boards, the powers of the presiding officers, decision-making etc
Applicable
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - I Page 7
S. No
Legal frame work coordinating
authority Objectives of the policy
Applicability to the project
5 Public Liability Insurance Act, 1991
Director of Factories
An act to provide for public liability insurance for the purpose of providing immediate relief to the persons affected by accident occurring while handling any hazardous substance and for matters connected herewith or incidental thereto
Applicable
6
Environment (Protection) Act, 1986 (EPA) followed by amendment in May 1994 (Schedule-I)
(MoEF&CC)
Ensure that appropriate measures are taken to conserve and protect the Environment before commencement of operations.
Applicable
7 Environmental Impact Assessment Notification no. S.O. 1533
MoEF&CC
Under its ambit, 32 types of industries are liable to opt for Environmental clearance from MoEF&CC by providing adequate EIA report
Applicable
8 The Environment (Protection) Rules, 1986
SPCB Lay down the procedures for setting standards of emission or discharge of environmental pollutants
Applicable
9
The Hazardous Wastes management (Management and Handling) Rules, 1989 and amended in 2000
SPCB
Procedure for inventory, control, handling and disposal of hazardous waste. Provide for setting up of disposal sites/landfill sites design, operation and closure
Applicable
10 Solid Waste Management Rules, 2016
SPCB Procedure for management and handling of solid wastes
Applicable
11
Batteries (Management and Handling) Amendment Rules, 2010
SPCB To ensure that the used batteries are collected back as per the schedule against new batteries
Applicable
12 E- Waste (Management Rules), 2016
SPCB Procedure to recovery/and/or reuse of useful material from waste electrical and electronic equipment
Applicable
PROJECT DESCRIPTION
CHAPTER -II
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 8
CHAPTER-II
PROJECT DESCRIPTION
2.1 TYPE OF THE PROJECT
SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd. is proposed to establish Bulk Drugs & Intermediates
Manufacturing Unit at Survey No. 290 & Parts, Dondapadu Village, Chinthalapalem
Mandal, Suryapet District, Telangana state.
The industry proposes to establish manufacturing unit in an area of 9.0 Acres (36414
Sq. m). The Industry is having its registered office at Plot No.108, SVCIE, IDA,
Jeedimetla, Hyderabad - 500055, Telangana State.
The proposed project cost is about Rs. 12 Crores, which includes construction and
operational cost.
2.2 NEED FOR THE PROJECT
India’s healthcare sector, one of the fastest growing sectors, is expected to advance
at a compounded annual growth rate (CAGR) of 17 per cent to reach USD$ 250
billion by 2020. The generics market stood at USD$ 26.1 billion in 2016 from USD $
21 billion in 2015. India’s generics market has shown an immense potential for future
growth. Hence, the proponent has decided to expand an existing Bulk drugs industry
in this location keeping in view of Low cost manpower, Semi–skilled and un-skilled
labor availability.
2.3 LOCATION
The proposed site is located at Sy No: 290 & Parts, Dondapadu (V), Chinthalapalem
(M), Suryapet District, Telangana state. It has good connectivity and infrastructure
availability. Dondapadu to Muktyala road is at a distance of 0.4 Km (NE), National
Highway No. 9 is at a distance of 16 km (ENE); the proposed site is located about
1.30 Km from Dondapadu village. The Motumari Railway Station is at distance of 33
km (ENE). Vijayawada Airport is about 87 km (ESE) from the project site.
The industry proposes to establish manufacturing unit in an area of 9.0 Acres (36414
Sq. m). The co-ordinates of the Project site are Latitude: 16°49' 33.67" N, Longitude:
80° 2' 53.39" E. The land usage details are given in Table 2.1.
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 9
TABLE 2.1: LAND USE DETAILS
S. No. DESCRIPTION AREA IN Sq. m AREA IN Acres AREA IN %
1 Total Built up Area 8998 2.22 24.71
2 Green Belt Area 13660 3.37 37.51
3 Roads Area 8925 2.21 24.51
4 Open Area 4831 1.20 13.27
TOTAL 36414 9.00 100.00
**37.51 % of Land Allotted For Green Belt Development
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 10
FIGURE 2.1: LOCATION MAP
SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd. Sy No. 290 & Parts, Dondapadu (V) Chinthalapalem (M), Suryapet (D), Telangana State
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 11
FIGURE 2.2: GOOGLE EARTH MAP SHOWING SGR LABORATORIES PRIVATE LIMITED
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 12
FIGURE 2.3: LATEST PHOTOGRAPHS OF PROJECT SITE
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 13
FIGURE 2.4: TOPO MAP SHOWING 10 KM RADIUS
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 14
FIGURE 2.5: SITE LAYOUT
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 15
2.4 SIZE AND MAGNITUDE OF OPERATION
Total production capacity of proposal is 81 TPM.
TABLE 2.2: List of Proposed Products and Quantities
S. No Name of the Product Quantity in
Kg/Month CAS Number
Therapeutic Category
1 Atorvastatin Calcium 10000 134523-03-8 Antihyperlipidemic
2 Dapoxetine Hydrochloride 4000 129938-20-1 Premature ejaculation
3 D-penicillamine 5000 52-67-5 Antibiotic
4 Duloxetine Hydrochloride 5000 136464-34-9 Anti depressant
5 Lansoprazole 10000 103577-45-3 Anti ulcer
6 Lopinavir 5000 192725-17-0 Anti viral
7 Moxifloxacin hydrochloride 2000 186826-86-8 Anti bacterial
8 Nebivolol 5000 152520-56-4 Anti hypertensive
9 Ritonavir 5000 155213-67-5 Anti viral
10 Sildenafil citrate 15000 171599-83-0 Erective dysfunction
11 Valsartan 15000 137862-53-4 Anti hypertensive
Total 81000
Table 2.3: Proposed By-Products and Quantities
S. No Name of the Product Name of the By-Product Quantity
in Kg/Day
1 Dapoxetine Hydrochloride Isomer for product Recovery 138.67
2 D-penicillamine 2-Phenyl-N-(2-Phenylimino-ethyl)-acetamide
313.57
3 Duloxetine Hydrochloride
Isomer for product Recovery 98.75
Mandelic acid 80.79
2.5 PROPOSED SCHEDULE FOR APPROVAL AND IMPLEMENTATION
The industry intends to obtain approval within one year and to implement the
recommendations. The industry proposes to implement the recommendations of the
Authorities. The MoEF&CC has given Terms of Reference vide F. No: IA-J-
11011/14/2019-IA-II (I) Dated on 13th Feb 2019, to carryout EIA Study. The
Environmental monitoring and analysis were carried out during the period of Oct –
2018 to Dec – 2018 and Draft EIA Report was prepared and submitted for Public
Consultation.
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 16
The Environmental Clearance is expected to get after public consultation in four to
five months.
The proponent after receiving the EC will approach SPCB to get CFE/CFO and other
statutory approvals from respective authorities for plant operations.
2.6 TECHNOLOGY AND PROCESS DESCRIPTION
The manufacturing process of Bulk Drugs & Intermediates consists of chemical
synthesis extending to stages of processing involving different types of chemical
reactions. The unit will take adequate control measures for storage and handling of
Raw materials, solvents and gas cylinders within factory premises. The proponent is
having proven technology to manufacture the proposed products.
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 17
2.6.1 MANUFACTURING PROCESS OF THE PRODUCTS
ATORVASTATIN CALCIUM TRIHYDRATE
Process Description
Stage-1
(6-Cyanomethyl-2, 2-dimethyl- [1, 3] dioxan-4-yl)-acetic acid tert-butyl ester
undergoes hydrogenation in presence of Raney Nickel and Methanol to give Stage-1
product.
Stage-2
Stage-1 reacts with 4-(4-fluorophenyl)-2-isobutyryl-3 phenyl-4-oxo-N-phenyl-
butyramide in presence of IPA and Cyclohexane to give Stage-2 product.
Stage-3
Satge-2 undergoes hydrolysis in presence of Hydrochloric acid and IPA to give
stage-3 product.
Sateg-4
Stage-3 product reacts with Calcium acetate in presence of Methanol and toluene to
give Atorvatatin calcium Trihydrate
Route of Synthesis
Stage-1
O
OOO
NC
O
OOO
H2N
+ 2 H2
(6-Cyanomethyl-2,2-dimethyl-[1,3]dioxan-4-yl)-acetic acid
tert-butyl ester
C14H23NO4
269.34
4.00[6-(2-Amino-ethyl)-2,2-dimethyl-
[1,3]dioxan-4-yl]-acetic acid tert-butyl ester
C14H27NO4
273.37
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 18
Stage-2
O
OOO
H2N
[6-(2-Amino-ethyl)-2,2-dimethyl-[1,3]dioxan-4-yl]-acetic acid
tert-butyl ester
C14H27NO4
273.37
NNH
F
OCH3
H3COO
H3CCH3
O
O
+
O
HN
O
O
F
+ 2 H2O
2-[2-(4-Fluoro-phenyl)-2-oxo-1-phenyl-ethyl]-4-methyl-3-oxo-pentanoic acid phenylamide
C26H24FNO3
417.47
(6-{2-[2-(4-Fluoro-phenyl)-5-isopropyl-3-phenyl-4-phenylcarbamoyl-pyrrol-1-yl]-ethyl}-2,2-dimethyl-[1,3]dioxan-4-yl)-
acetic acid tert-butyl esterC40H47FN2O5
654.81
2X18=36.0
Stage-3
NNH
F
OCH3
H3COO
H3CCH3
O
O
(6-{2-[2-(4-Fluoro-phenyl)-5-isopropyl-3-phenyl-4-phenylcarbamoyl-pyrrol-1-yl]-
ethyl}-2,2-dimethyl-[1,3]dioxan-4-yl)-acetic acid tert-butyl ester
C40H47FN2O5
654.81
H2O
NNH
F
OCH3
H3C OHHO
O
O
+
+
18.0 7-[2-(4-Fluoro-phenyl)-5-isopropyl-3-phenyl-4-phenylcarbamoyl-pyrrol-1-yl]-3,5-dihydroxy-heptanoic acid tert-butyl
esterC37H43FN2O5
614.75
O
Acetone
58.08
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 19
Stage-4
NNH
F
OCH3
H3C OHHO
O
O
7-[2-(4-Fluoro-phenyl)-5-isopropyl-3-phenyl-4-phenylcarbamoyl-pyrrol-1-yl]-3,5-
dihydroxy-heptanoic acid tert-butyl ester
C37H43FN2O5
2X614.75=1229.5
+ Ca(COOCH3)2
(158.17)
+ 3 H2O
54.0
NNH
F
OCH3
H3COHOH
O-
O
2
Ca+2. 3H2O
(1209.26)
+ OH2
(148.24)
+ 2 CH3COONa
(164)
+
(80)
2 NaOH
2
Atorvastatin calcium trihydrate2-Methyl-propan-2-ol Sodium acetate
Flow Chart
Stage-1
Stage-2
Stage-3
Stage-4
ATORVASTATIN CALCIUM TRIHYDRATE
(6-Cyanomethyl-2,2-dimethyl- [1,3]dioxan-4-yl)-acetic acid tert-butyl esterRaney NickelMethanol
Methanol Recspent catalyst
Stage-14-(4-fluorophenyl)-2-isobutyryl-3 phenyl-4-oxo-N-phenyl-butyramide cyclohexaneIsopropylalcohol
Cyclo hexane RecIsopropyl alcohol Rec
Stage-2Sodium carbonateAcetonitrileIPAHydrochloric acid
Acetonitrile RecIPA Rec
Stage-3Calcium acetate Sodium hydroxide flakes Hydrochloric acidMethanolToluene
Methanol RecToluene Rec
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 20
Material Balance:
Material balance of Atorvastatin calcium Trihydrate Stage-1
Batch Size: 500.0Kg
Name of the input Quantity in Kg
Name of the out put Quantity In Kg
(6-Cyanomethyl-2,2-dimethyl- [1,3]dioxan-4-yl)-acetic acid tert-butyl ester
252.00 Stage-1 248.00
Hydrogen 0.68 Methanol Recovery 152.00
Raney Nickel 1.00 Methanol Loss 8.00
Methanol 160.00 Spent catalyst 1.00
Organic residue 4.68
Process residue-4.68
Total 413.68 Total 413.68
Material balance of Atorvastatin calcium Trihydrate Stage-2
Batch Size: 500.0Kg
Name of the input Quantity in Kg
Name of the out put Quantity In Kg
Stage-1 248.00 Stage-2 570.00
4-(4-fluorophenyl)-2-isobutyryl-3 phenyl -4-oxo-N-phenyl-butyramide
378.50 Generated water 32.48
Pivalic acid 2.00 Cyclohexane Recovery 190.00
cyclohexane 200.00 Cyclohexane Loss 10.00
Isopropylalcohol 150.00 Isopropylalcohol Recovery 143.00
Isopropylalcohol Loss 7.00
Organic residue(Pivalic acid) 26.02
Process residue-26.02 (organic impurities-24.02, Pivalic acid-2)
Total 978.50 Total 978.50
Material balance of Atorvastatin calcium Trihydrate Stage-3
Batch Size: 500.0Kg
Name of the input Quantity in Kg
Name of the out put Quantity In Kg
Stage-2 570.00 Stage-3 522.00
Sodium carbonate 7.00 Acetonitrile Recovery + Acetone-50.16
335.16
Acetonitrile 300.00 Acetonitrile Loss 15.00
IPA 150.00 IPA Recovery 143.00
Water 2000.00 IPA Loss 7.00
Effluent water 1991.60
(water-1984.60, Sodium carbonate-7)
0
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 21
Organic Residue 13.24
Process residue-13.24
Total 3027.00 Total 3027.00
Material balance of Atorvastatin calcium Trihydrate Stage-4
Batch Size: 500.0Kg
Name of the input Quantity in Kg
Name of the out put Quantity In Kg
Stage-3 522.00 Atorvastatin calcium Trihydrate
500.00
Calcium acetate 66.82 Methanol Recovery 280.00
Sodium hydroxide flakes 33.95 Methanol Loss 15.00
Hydrochloric acid 3.36 Toluene Recovery 185.00
Methanol 300.00 Toluene Loss 10.00
Toluene 200.00 Effluent water 1549.98
Activated carbon 5.00 (water-1477.56,sodium acetate-69.42,Toluene-3)
0
Hyflow 3.00 Spent carbon & Hyflow 8.00
Water 1500.00 Organic residue 86.15
Process residue-79.15 Organic Impurities-16.51,2-Methyl-propan-2-ol-62.64, Distillation residue-7 (Toluene-2, Methanol-5)
Total 2634.13 Total 2634.13
DAPOXETINE HYDROCHLORIDE
Process Description:
Stage-1
1-Napthol reacts with 3-Phenyl propyl bromide and Potassium hydroxide in the
presence of Methanol to give Stage-1 product.
Stage-2
Step-A
Stage-1 product reacts with N-Bromosuccinimide in the presence of EDC to give
Stage-2A product.
Step-B
Step-2A product reacts with Di methyl amine in the presence of Ethanol to give
Stage-2B product.
Stage-3
Stage-2 B product reacts with Tartaric acid in the presence of Ethanol to give Stage-
3 product.
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 22
Stage-4
Stage-3 product reacts with IPA. HCl to give Dapoxetine Hydrochloride .
Route of Synthesis:
Stage-1 OH
1-Napthol
C10H8O
144.17
+ Br
3-phenyl propyl bromide
C9H11Br
199.09
+ KOH
Potassium hydroxide
56.11
Methanol
O
1-(3-Phenyl-propoxy)-naphthalene
C19H18O
262.35
+ KBr
119.00
+ H2O
18.0
Stage-2
Step-A
O
1-(3-Phenyl-propoxy)-naphthalene
C19H18O
262.35
+
N-Bromo succinimide
OON
Br
C4H4BrNO2
177.98
EDC
O
Br
1-(3-Bromo-3-phenyl-propoxy)-naphthalene
C19H17BrO
341.24
+
OO
HN
Pyrrolidine-2,5-dione
C4H5NO2
99.09
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 23
Step-B
O
Br
1-(3-Bromo-3-phenyl-propoxy)-naphthalene
C19H17BrO
341.24
+
Dimethyl amine
HN
C2H7N
45.08
Ethanol
O
N
Dimethyl-[3-(naphthalen-1-yloxy)-1-phenyl-propyl]-amine
C21H23NO
305.41
+ HBr
80.91
Stage-3
O
N
Dimethyl-[3-(naphthalen-1-yloxy)-1-phenyl-propyl]-amine
C21H23NO
305.41
+
Tartaric acid
OH
OHO
HO
O
OH
C4H6O6
150.09
O
N
OH
OHO
HO
O
OH
Dimethyl-[3-(naphthalen-1-yloxy)-1-phenyl-propyl]-amine tartarsate
C25H29O7N
455.50
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 24
Stage-4
O
N
OH
OHO
HO
O
OH
Dimethyl-[3-(naphthalen-1-yloxy)-1-phenyl-propyl]-amine tartarsate
C25H29O7N
455.50
IPA.HCl
O
N HCl
Dapoxetine Hydrochloride
C21H23NO
305.41
OH
OHO
HO
O
OH+
Tartaric acid
C4H6O6
150.09
Flow Chart:
1-Naphthol3-Phenylpropyl bromidePotassium hydroxideMethanol
Stage-1 Methanol Rec
Stage-2 Ethanol RecDiethyl ether Rec
Stage-1Di methyl amineEthanolDiethylether
Stage-3 Ethanol Rec
Stage-2EthanolTartaric acid
Stage-4 Ethyl acetate Rec
Stage-3Sodium hydroxideEthyl acetateIPA.HCl
DAPOXETINE HYDROCHLORIDE
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 25
Material Balance:
Material balance of Dapoxetine Hydrochloride Stage-1
Batch Size:100.00 Kg
Name of the input Quantity in Kg
Name of the out put Quantity In Kg
1-Naphthol 106.00 Stage-1 187.00
3-Phenylpropyl bromide 147.00 Methanol Recovery 251.00
Potassium hydroxide 42.00 Methanol Loss 13.00
Methanol 265.00 Diethyl ether Recovery 333.00
Diethyl ether 350.00 Diethyl ether Loss 17.00
Sodium sulphate 20.00 Carbon tetra hydrochloride Recovery
238.00
Carbon tetra hydrochloride 250.00 Carbon tetra hydrochloride Loss 12.00
Water 500.00 Effluent water 600.72
(Water-500,Generated water-
13.23,Potassium bromide-87.49) 0
Inorganic solid waste 20.00
(Sodium sulfate) 0
Organic Residue 8.28
Process residue-7.28 Distillation residue-1 (Methanol-1)
Total 1680.00 Total 1680.00
Material balance of Dapoxetine Hydrochloride Stage-2
Batch Size:100.00 Kg
Name of the input Quantity in Kg
Name of the out put Quantity In Kg
Stage-1 187.00 Stage-2 206.00
Di methyl amine 32.00 Ethanol Recovery 665.00
Ethanol 700.00 Ethanol Loss 35.00
Diethyl ether 700.00 Diethyl ether Recovery 665.00
Sodium sulphate 20.00 Diethyl ether Loss 35.00
N-Bromo succinamide 127.00 Effluent water 800.00
water 800.00 (Water-800) 0
Inorganic solid waste 20.00
(Sodium sulfate) 0
Process emission 56.19
(Hydrogen Bromide-56.19) 0
Organic Residue 0
Succinimide Recovery 70.63
Organic residue 13.18
Process residue-13.18
Total 2566.00 Total 2566.00
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 26
Material balance of Dapoxetine Hydrochloride Stage-3
Batch Size:100.00 Kg
Name of the input Quantity in Kg
Name of the out put Quantity In Kg
Stage-2 206.00 Stage-3 153.00
Ethanol 100.00 Ethanol Recovery 95.00
Tartaric acid 51.00 Ethanol Loss 5.00
Isomer recovery 104.00
Organic Residue
Total 357.00 Total 357.00
Material balance of Dapoxetine Hydrochloride Stage-4
Batch Size:100.00 Kg
Name of the input Quantity in Kg
Name of the out put Quantity In Kg
Stage-3 153.00 Dapoxetine Hydrochloride 100.00
Sodium hydroxide 1.00 Ethyl acetate Recovery 90.00
Ethyl acetate 100.00 Ethyl acetate Loss 10.00
IPA.HCl 2.00 Effluent water 851.40
Water 800.00 (Water-800,Tartraic acid-50.40,
Sodium Hydroxide-1) 0
Organic Residue 4.60
Process residue-4.6
Total 1056.00 Total 1056.00
D-PENICILLAMINE
Process description:
Stage-1
The Penilloic acid is reacted with the mixture of Aniline, Water, Acetic acid and
Toluene medium , and extracting the product in to aqeous layer to give D-
Penicillamine crude. The obtained crude is crystallized with methanol to give Pure D-
Pencillamine
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 27
Route of Synthesis:
Stage-1
HN
OHN
SCH3
CH3
OOH
Penilloic acid
C15H20N2O3S
308.39
+
NH2
Aniline
C6H7N
93.13
Methanol, Toluene, EDC, Acetic acid & Water
H3C
HS
CH3
OH
O
NH2H
D-PenicillamineC5H11NO2S
149.21
+
HN
O
N
2-Phenyl-N-(2-phenylimino-ethyl)-acetamide
C16H16N2O
252.31Flow chart:
Stage-1
Peniloic acidAnilineMethanolTolueneEDCAcetic acidActivated carbonHyflow Water
Methanol + Toluene (Mixed Solvents)RecoveryEDC RecoveryEffluent water
D-Penicillamine
Material balance:
Material Balance of D-Penicillamine Stage-1
Batch Size:200.00Kg
Name of the input Quantity in Kg
Name of the out put Quantity in Kg
Peniloic acid 460.00 D-Penicillamine 200.00
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 28
Aniline 139.00 By-Product (2-Phenyl-N-(2-phenylimino-ethyl)-acetamide)
376.28
Methanol 400.00 Methanol + Toluene (Mixed Solvents)Recovery
718.00
Toluene 350.00 Methanol loss 10.00
EDC 300.00 Toluene loss 12.00
Acetic acid 89.55 EDC Recovery 295.00
Activated carbon 15.00 EDC loss 5.00
Hyflow 1.00 Effluent water 2503.00
Water 2500.00 (Water-2500,Toluene-3) 0
Spent carbon 15.00
Inorganic solid waste (Hyflow)
1.00
Spent acetic acid 89.55
Organic residue 29.72
Process residue-22.72 Distillation residue-7 (Methanol-5,Toluene-2)
Total 4254.55 Total 4254.55
DULOXETINE HYDROCHLORIDE
Process Description:
Stage-1
3-Dimethylamino-1-thiophen-2-yl-propan-1-ol reacts with Mandalic acid in the
presence of Ethyl acetate to give Stage-1 product.
Stage-2
Stage-1 product undergoes reaction with Sodium carbonate in the presence of MDC
to give Stage-2 product.
Stage-3
Stage-2 product reacts with 1-Fluoro naphthalene, Oxalic acid in the presence of
DMSO to give Stage-3 product.
Stage-4
Stage-3 product reacts with Phenyl chloro formate in the presence of Toluene a to
give Stage-4 product.
Stage-5
Stage-4 product reacts with Hydrochloric acid in the presence of Ethyl acetate to
give Duloxetine Hydrochloride product.
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 29
Route of synthesis:
Stage-1:
SN
CH3
CH3
OH
SN
CH3
CH3
+
OHO
OH
OHO
OH
3-Dimethylamino-1-thiophen-2-yl-propan-1-ol
C9H15NOS
2 X185.29 = 370.58
L(+)-Mandelic acid
C8H8O3
152.15
3-Dimethylamino-1-thiophen-2-yl-propan-1-ol,Mandelate
C17H23NO4S
337.43
Ethyl acetate
OH
2
SN
CH3
CH3
OH
Isomer
185.30
+
Stage-2:
SN
CH3
CH3
OH
OHO
OH
3-Dimethylamino-1-thiophen-2-yl-propan-1-ol,Mandelate
C17H23NO4S
337.43
MDC
10%Na2CO3 SN
CH3
CH3
OH
OHO
OH
+
3-Dimethylamino-1-thiophen-2-yl-propan-1-ol
C9H15NOS
185.29
C8H8O3
152.15
Mandelic acid
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 30
Stage-3: Step-A:
SN
CH3
CH3
OH
3-Dimethylamino-1-thiophen-2-yl-propan-1-ol
C9H15NOS
185.29
+
F
1-Fluoro-naphthalene
C10H7F
146.16
NaOH
DMSO
SN
CH3
CH3
O
C19H21NOS
311.44
+ HF
Hydrofluoride
20.01
Dimethyl-[3-(naphthalen-1-yloxy)-3-thiophen-2-yl-propyl]-amine
Step-B:
+
Oxalic acid
O OH
OHO
C2H2O4
90.03
NaOH
DMSO
SN
CH3
CH3
OO OH
OHO
C21H23NO5S
401.48
Dimethyl-[3-(naphthalen-1-yloxy)-3-thiophen-2-yl-propyl]-amine Oxalate
SN
CH3
CH3
O
Dimethyl-[3-(naphthalen-1-yloxy)-3-thiophen-2-yl-propyl]-amine
311.44
C19H21NOS
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 31
Stage-4:
SN
CH3
CH3
OO OH
OHO
C21H23NO5S
401.48
Dimethyl-[3-(naphthalen-1-yloxy)-3-thiophen-2-yl-propyl]-amine Oxalate
+OCl
O
C7H5ClO2
156.57
Phenyl chloro formate
+ H2O
18.00
NaOH
S
HN
CH3
OO OH
OHO
Methyl-[3-(naphthalen-1-yloxy)-3-thiophen-2-yl-propyl]-amine; compound with oxalic acid
C20H21NO5S
387.45
+
OH
Phenol
94.11
+ CH3Cl
50.49
Methyl chloride
+ CO2
Carbon dioxide
44.00
Stage-5:
S
HN
CH3
OO OH
OHO
Methyl-[3-(naphthalen-1-yloxy)-3-thiophen-2-yl-propyl]-amine; compound with oxalic acid
C20H21NO5S
387.45
+ HCl
Hydrochloric acid
36.5
Aq.NH3
Ethyl acetate
S
HN
CH3
O
HCl
O OH
OHO
Duloxetine Hydrochloride
C18H20ClNOS
333.88
Oxalic acid
90.03
+
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 32
Flow Chart:
Stage-1
3-Dimethylamino-1-thiophen-2-yl-propan-1-olL(+) Mandelic acidEthyl acetate
Ethyl acetate Rec
Stage-2 MDC RecStage-1DichloromethaneSodium carbonate
Stage-3 DMSO RecToluene Rec
Stage-21-FluoroNapthaleneOxalic acidDMSOToluene
Stage-4 Toluene Rec
Stage-3Phenyl chloroformateSodium carbonateToluene
Stage-5 Ethyl acetate Rec
Stage-4Hydrochloric acidEthyl acetate
DULOXETINE HYDROCHLORIDE
Material Balance:
Material balance of Duloxetine Hydrochloride Stage-1
Batch Size: 200.0Kg
Name of the input Quantity in Kg
Name of the out put Quantity In Kg
3-Dimethylamino-1-thiophen-2-yl-propan-1-ol
237.00 Stage-1 215.00
L(+) Mandelic acid 98.00 Ethyl acetate Recovery 340.00
Ethyl acetate 360.00 Ethyl acetate Loss 18.00
Isomer recovery 118.50
Organic Residue 3.50
Process residue-1.5 Distillation residue-2 (Ethyl acetate-2)
Total 695.00 Total 695.00
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 33
Material balance of Duloxetine Hydrochloride Stage-2
Batch Size: 200.0Kg
Name of the input Quantity in Kg
Name of the out put Quantity In Kg
Stage-1 215.00 Stage-2 118.00
Dichloromethane 200.00 Dichloromethane Recovery 185.00
Sodium carbonate 5.00 Dichloromethane Loss 10.00
Sodium chloride 10.00 Cyclo hexane Recovery 361.00
Cyclo hexane 380.00 Cyclo hexane Loss 19.00
Water 1000.00 Effluent water 1015.00
(Water-1000,Sodium carbonate-5,Sodium chloride-10)
0
Mandelic acid recovery 96.95
Organic Residue 5.05
Process residue-0.05 Distillation residue-5 (DCM-5)
Total 1810.00 Total 1810.00
Material balance of Duloxetine Hydrochloride Stage-3
Batch Size: 200.0Kg
Name of the input Quantity in Kg
Name of the out put Quantity In Kg
Stage-2 118.00 Stage-3 255.00
1-FluoroNapthalene 93.00 Toluene Recovery 945.00
Oxalic acid 58.00 Toluene Loss 50.00
Sodium hydroxide 10.00 Isopropyl alcohol Recovery 285.00
DMSO 5.00 Isopropyl alcohol Loss 15.00
TBAB 3.00 Effluent water 1020.00
Toluene 1000.00 (Water-1000,DMSO-5, TBAB-3,Sodium hydroxide-10, Toluene-2)
0
Isopropyl alcohol 300.00 Process emission 12.62
Water 1000.00 (Hydrogen Flouride-12.62) 0
Organic Residue 4.38
Process residue-1.38 Distillation residue -3 (Toluene-3)
Total 2587.00 Total 2587.00
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 34
Material balance of Duloxetine Hydrochloride Stage-4
Batch Size: 200.0Kg
Name of the input Quantity in Kg
Name of the out put Quantity In Kg
Stage-3 255.00 Stage-4 240.00
Phenyl chloroformate 100.00 Toluene Recovery 940.00
Sodium carbonate 0.60 Toluene Loss 50.00
Sodium sulfate 10.00 Ethyl acetate Recovery 1045.00
Sodium hydroxide 6.70 Ethyl acetate Loss 55.00
DMSO 2.00 Effluent water 1374.07
TEA 5.00 (Water-1288,DMSO-2, Oxalic Acid-10 ,TEA-5, Phenol-59.77, Toluene-2,sodium carbonate-0.6,sodium hydroxide-6.7)
0
Oxalic acid 10.00 Inorganic Residue 10.00
Toluene 1000.00 (Sodium sulphate-10) 0
Ethyl acetate 1100.00 Process Emission 60.02
DM. water 1300.00 (Carbon dioxide-27.94,Methyl chloride-32.06,)
0
Organic Residue 15.21
Process residue-7.21 Distillation residue (Toluene-8)
Total 3789.30 Total 3789.30
Material balance of Duloxetine Hydrochloride Stage-5
Batch Size: 200.0Kg
Name of the input Quantity in Kg
Name of the out put Quantity In Kg
Stage-4 240.00 Duloxetine Hydrochloride 200.00
Hydrochloric acid 23.00 Ethyl acetate Recovery 95.00
Ethyl acetate 100.00 Ethyl acetate Loss 5.00
Methanol 4.00 Methanol Recovery 4.00
Oxalic acid Recovery 56.00
Organic Residue 7.00
Process residue-7
Total 367.00 Total 367.00
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 35
LANSOPRAZOLE
Process Description
Stage-1
2, 3-Lutidine reacts with Hydrogen Peroxide and Nitric Acid in Presence of Acetic
acid to give stage-1 product.
Stage-2
Stage-1 Product reacts with 1, 1, 2- trifluoroethanol and Acetic Anhydride in
presence of Potassium Carbonate to give stage-2 product.
Stage-3
Stage-2 product undergoes chlorination with Thionyl Chloride in presence of Toluene
to give stage-3 product.
Stage-4
Stage-3 product undergoes condensation with 1H-Benzoimidazole-2-thiol in
presence of Sodium Hydroxide to give stage-4 product.
Stage-5
Stage-4 product undergoes oxidation with Hydrogen peroxide in presence of IPA to
give Lansoprazole.
Route of Synthesis:
Stage-1
2,3-Lutidine
107.15
+
H2O2
34.00
+ HNO3
63.00
+ 2 H2O
C7H9N
36.044-Nitro-2,3-Dimethyl pyridine-N-Oxide
168.15
C7H8N2O3
N+
O-
H3C
H3C
NO2
N
CH3
CH3
Hydrogen Peroxide
HO OH
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 36
Stage-2
+
4-Nitro-2,3-Dimethyl pyridine-N-Oxide
168.15
CF3CH2OH
+ K2CO3+
C4H6O3
+ + HCl
100.04 102.09
N
OCH2CF3
CH3
CH2OH
. HCl
257.64
+ KHCO3
100.12
+ KNO2
85.10
+CH3COONa
82.03
CH3COOH
C7H8N2O3
C9H11ClF3NO2
OO
OOHF
F
F
N+
O-
H3C
H3C
NO2
1,1,2-Trifluoro-ethanol Acetic anhydride 138.21
NaOH
40.00 36.46
60.05
+
[3-Methyl-4-(2,2,2-trifluoro-ethoxy)-pyridin-2-yl]-methanol
Stage-3
N
OCH2CF3
CH3
CH2OH
. HCl
257.64
+
C9H11ClF3NO2
[3-Methyl-4-(2,2,2-trifluoro-ethoxy)-pyridin-2-yl]-methanol
+
SOCl2
Thionyl chloride
118.97
N
OCH2CF3
CH3
CH2Cl
. HCl
276.08
SO2
64.06
+ HCl
36.46
C9H10Cl2F3NO
S
O
Cl
Cl
2-Chloromethyl-3-methyl-4-(2,2,2-trifluoro-ethoxy)-pyridine Hydrochloride
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 37
Stage-4
N
OCH2CF3
CH3
CH2Cl
. HCl
276.08
C9H10Cl2F3NO
2-Chloromethyl-3-methyl-4-(2,2,2-trifluoro-ethoxy)-pyridine Hydrochloride
+
N
HN
HS + 2 NaoH
80.00
150.20
N
OCH2CF3
CH3
CH2 SN
HN
+ 2 NaCl
116.88
+ 2 H2O
36.04
C7H6N2S
C16H14F3N3OS
353.36
1H-Benzoimidazole-2-thiol
2-[3-Methyl-4-(2,2,2-trifluoro-ethoxy)-pyridin-2-ylmethylthio]-1H-benzo[d]imidazole
Stage-5
N
OCH2CF3
CH3
CH2 SN
HN
+
C16H14F3N3OS
353.36
2-[3-Methyl-4-(2,2,2-trifluoro-ethoxy)-pyridin-2-ylmethylthio]-1H-benzo[d]imidazole
+
H2O2
Hydrogen peroxide
N
OCH2CF3
CH3
CH2 SN
HN
O
Lansoprazole
369.36
H2O
18.02C16H14F3N3O2S
HO OH
34.01
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 38
Flow Chart:
Stage-1
Stage-2
Stage-3
Stage-4
Stage-5
2,3-LutidineAcetic AcidHydrogen Peroxide (50%)Sulfuric AcidNitric Acid Effluent water
Stage-1Sodium HydroxidePotassium Carbonate1,1,2-Tri Fluoro EthanolMIBKAcetic AnhydrideTEBACTolueneHydrogen Chloride Activated Carbon
Stage-2Methylene DichlorideTolueneThionyl Chloride
Stage-3Sodium Hydroxide1H-Benzoimidazole-2thiol
Stage-4Isopropyl AlcoholHydrogen Peroxide (50%)CatalystChloroformAcetone
Isopropyl alcohol RecoveryAcetone recoveryEffluent water
Effluent water
Toluene recoveryMethylene Dichloride RecoveryEffluent water
MIBK RecoveryToluene RecoveryEffluent water
LANSOPRAZOLE
Material Balance:
Material Balance of Lansoprazole
Stage-1
Batch Size:500Kg
Name of the input Quantity
in Kg
Name of the out put Quantity
in Kg
2,3-Lutidine 188.00 Stage-1 280.00
Acetic Acid 46.00 Spent Sulfuric Acid 50.00
Hydrogen Peroxide (50%) 120.00 Effluent water 969.23
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 39
Sulfuric Acid 50.00 (Water-800, Generatedwater-
63.23,water from hydrogen peroxide-
60, Acetic Acid - 46)
0
Nitric Acid 111.00 Organic Residue 15.77
Water 800.00 Process residue – 15.77
Total 1315.00 Total 1315.00
Material Balance of Lansoprazole
Stage-2
Batch Size:500Kg
Name of the input Quantity
in Kg
Name of the out put Quantity
in Kg
Stage-1 280.00 Stage-2 405.00
Sodium Hydroxide 67.00 MIBK Recovery 140.00
Potassium Carbonate 230.00 MIBK Loss 5.00
1,1,2-Tri Fluoro Ethanol 167.00 Toluene Recovery 380.00
MIBK 150.00 Toluene Loss 10.00
Acetic Anhydride 170.00 Effluent Water 1041.59
TEBAC 1.00 (Water-800, Sodium Acetate-136.59,
Acetic Acid-100,Toluene-5)
0
Toluene 400.00 Inorganic solid waste 308.70
Hydrogen Chloride 61.00 (Potassium Nitrite-141.70, Potassium
Bicarbonate-167)
0
Activated Carbon 5.00 Spent Carbon 5.00
Water 800.00 Organic Residue 35.71
Process Residue-25.71
Distillation Residue-10
(MIBK-5,Toluene-5)
Total 2331.00 Total 2331.00
Material Balance of Lansoprazole
Stage-3
Batch Size:500Kg
Name of the input Quantity
in Kg
Name of the out put Quantity
in Kg
Stage-2 405.00 Stage-3 415.00
Methylene Dichloride 400.00 Toluene Recovery 475.00
Toluene 500.00 Toluene Loss 15
Thionyl Chloride 180.00 Methylene Dichloride Recovery 380.00
Methylene Dichloride Loss 12.00
Process Emissions 152.68
(Sulfur Dioxide-97.50,Hydrogen
Chloride-55.18)
0
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 40
Organic Residue 35.32
Process residue- 17.32
Distillation Residue-18
(Toluene-10,
Methylene Dichloride -8)
Total 1485.00 Total 1485.00
Material Balance of Lansoprazole
Stage-4
Batch Size:500Kg
Name of the input Quantity
in Kg
Name of the out put Quantity
in Kg
Stage-3 415.00 Stage-4 505.00
Sodium Hydroxide 121.00 Effluent Water 829.88
1H-Benzoimidazole-2thiol 226.00 (Water-600, Generated Water-
54.18,Sodium Chloride-175.70)
0
Water 600.00 Organic Residue 27.12
(Process Residue-27.12)
Total 1362.00 Total 1362.00
Material Balance of Lansoprazole
Stage-5
Batch Size:500Kg
Name of the input Quantity
in Kg
Name of the out put Quantity
in Kg
Stage-4 505.00 Lansoprazole 500.00
Isopropyl Alcohol 250.00 Isopropyl Alcohol Recovery 238.00
Hydrogen Peroxide (50%) 98.00 Isopropyl Alcohol Loss 5.00
Catalyst 1.00 Chloroform Recovery 384.00
Chloroform 400.00 Chloroform Loss 12.00
Acetone 150.00 Acetone Recovery 143.00
Water 600.00 Acetone Loss 3.00
Effluent Water 674.75
(Water-600, Generated Water-
25.75, Water from Hydrogen
peroxide-49)
0
Catalyst Reuse 1.00
Organic Residue 43.25
Process residue-28.25
Distillation residue-15
(IPA-7, Chloroform-4,Acetone-4)
Total 2004.00 Total 2004.00
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 41
LOPINAVIR
Process Description
Stage-1
Step-A
(R)-2-amino-3-phenyl propanoic acid reacts with benzyl chloride ,Potassium
carbonate in presence of Ethanol to give Stage-A product.
Step-B
Stage-A Product reacts with Acetonitrile, Sodium amide and citric acid monohydrate
in presence of MTBE to give Stage-1 product.
Stage-2
Satge-1 reacts with Benzyl magnesium chloride in presence of THF, MTBE to give
Stage-2 product.
Stage-3
Step-A
Stage-2 product reacts with sodium borohydride in presence of Methane sulphonic
acid, TEA and 1, 2-DME to give step-A as product.
Step-B
Valina reacts with Methyl chloro formate and Acrylonitrile to give Stage-3B as
product.
Step-C
Stage-3C Product undergoes Hydrogenation by using Raney nickel as catalyst and
methanol to give Stage-3C product.
Step-D
(2S)- (1-Tetra hydro pyramid-2-one)-3-methyl butanoic acid reacts with Imidazole in
presence of THF to give Step-D product.
Step-E
Step-A reacts with Step-D in presence of Ethyl acetate to give Step-E product.
Step-F
Step-E reacts with Ammonium formate in presence of Palladium carbon and
Methanol to give Step-F product.
Step-G
Step-F product reacts with L-Pyro glutamic acid in presence of DMF, Ethyl acetate to
give (2S, 3S, 5S)-2-Amino-3-hydroxy-5-(1-tetra hydro pyrmid-2-onyl)-3-methyl
butanoyl) amino-1, 6-diphenyl hexane-S-pyro glutamate (THP).
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 42
Stage-4
N-(4-Amino-1-benzyl-3-hydroxy-5-phenyl-pentyl)-3-methyl-2-(2-oxo-
tetrahydropyrimidin-1-yl)-butyramide (S)-5-oxo-pyrrolidine-2-carboxylate reacts with
2,6-Dimethyl phenoxy acetyl chloride and sodium bicarbonate in the presence of
Ethyl acetate to give stage-4 as product.
Stage-5
Stage-4 undergoes purification with ethanol to give Lopinavir (pure).
Route of Synthesis:
Stage-1
Step-A
(R)-2-amino-3-phenyl propanoic acid
O
OH
H2N
+
Benzyl Chloride
Cl
(R) -benzyl 2-(dibenzyl amino)-3-phenyl propanoate
O
O
N
3 + K2CO3
Potassium Carbonate
C9H11NO2
165.19
C7H7Cl
3X126.58=379.74138.21
+ 2 KCl + +
C30H29NO2
435.56
2X74.55=149.10
Ethanol
Potassium Chloride
HCl
36.46
Hydrogen Chloride
CO2
44.01
+ H2O
18.02Carbon dioxide
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 43
Step-B
Monosodium citrate
(R) -benzyl 2-(dibenzyl amino)-3-phenyl propanoate
C30H29NO2
435.56
+ CH3CN + NaNH2 +
C6H10O8
Acetonitrile Sodium Amide Citric Acid Monohydrate
41.05 39.01 210.14
MTBE
OH
1-Imino-4-(N,N-dibenzylamino)5-phenyl-3-oxo-pent-1-ene
C25H24N2O
368.47
+ + + NH3
Benzyl Alcohol Ammonia
C7H8O
108.14 214.11
C6H7O7Na
OO
N
C
O
N
NH
HO
OOH
O OH
O
HOH2O
Na+
HO
OO-
O OH
O
HO + H2O
17.03
18.0
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 44
Stage-2
1-Imino-4-(N,N dibenzylamino)-5-phenyl-3-oxo-pent-1-ene
C
O
N
NH
C25H24N2O
368.47
Benzyl Magnesium Chloride
Mg
Cl
+
Citric Acid monohydrate
(R,Z)-5-amino-2-(dibenzyl amino)-1,6-diphenyl hex-4-en-3-one
ON
NH2
Magnesium Chloride
+ + NaCl
58.44
C7H7MgCl
150.89210.14
C32H32N2O
460.61
+MgCl2
95.21
+
C6H7O7Na
Monosodium Citrate
+ H2O
214.11
18.02
THF/MTBE
HO
O
OH
O OH
O
HO
. H2O
Sodium Chloride
C6H10O8
Na+
HO
O
O-
O OH
O
HO
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 45
Stage-3
Step-A
(R,Z)-5-amino-2-(dibenzyl amino)-1,6-diphenyl hex-4-en-3-one
ON
NH2
C32H32N2O
460.61
(2R)-5-amino-2-(dibenzyl amino)-1,6-diphenyl hexane-3-ol
OHN
NH2
+ NaBH4 + 3H2O
37.83
54.06
C32H36N2O
464.64
+ H3BO3
61.83
MSA
TEA/1,2 DME
sodium Borohydride
+HCl
36.46
Hydrochloric acid
Boric acid
+ NaCl
58.44
Sodium chloride
2 H2
4.04
+
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 46
Step-B
HO
O
NH2
CH3H3C
valina
C5H11NO2
117.15
+
Methylchloroformate
O
OClCH3
C2H3ClO2
94.50
+
Acrylonitrile
CH2
N
C3H3N
53.06
N-(2-Cyanoethyl)-N-(methoxycarbonyl)-L-valine
CN
N OCH3
OH3C CH3
HO
O
C10H16N2O4
228.25
+ HCl
Hydrochloric acid
36.5
Step-C
N-(2-Cyanoethyl)-N-(methoxycarbonyl)-L-valine
CN
N OCH3
OH3C CH3
HO
O
C10H16N2O4
228.25
Raney Ni
Methanol,NaOH
N NH
OH3C CH3
HO
O
3-Methyl-2-(2-oxo-tetrahydro-pyrimidin-1-yl)-butyric acid
C9H16N2O3
200.23
+ 2H2
4.00
+CH3OH
32.04
Metahnol
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 47
Step-D
N
N
(2S)-(1-Tetrahydropyramid-2-one)-3-methylbutanoic acid
N
NH
O
OH
O
Imidazole
+
N
NH
O
O
C9H16N2O3
C3H4N2 C12H18N4O2
200.2368.07
250.30
+H2O
18.02
N
HN
1-[1-(Imidazole-1-carbonyl)-2-methyl-propyl]-tetrahydro-pyrimidin-2-one
THF
Step-E
N NN NH
O
O
1-[1-(4,5-Dihydro-imidazole-1-carbonyl)-2-methyl-propyl]-tetrahydro-pyrimidin-2-one
OHN
NH
N NH
N NH
O
O
Imidazole
OHN
NH2
5-Amino-2-dibenzylamino-1,6-diphenyl-hexan-3-ol
+
N-(1-Benzyl-4-dibenzylamino-3-hydroxy-5-phenyl-pentyl)-3-methyl-2-(2-oxo-tetrahydro
-pyrimidin-1-yl)-butyramide
C41H50N4O3
+
646.86
C3H4N2
68.08
C32H36N2O
464.64
Ethyl acetate
Water
C12H18N4O2
250.30
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 48
Step-F
OHN
NH
N NH
O
O
N-(1-Benzyl-4-dibenzylamino-3-hydroxy-5-phenyl-pentyl)-3-methyl-2-(2-oxo-tetrahydro
-pyrimidin-1-yl)-butyramide
C41H50N4O3
646.86
+
Pd/C
OH
H2N
NH
N NH
O
O
N-(4-Amino-1-benzyl-3-hydroxy-5-phenyl-pentyl)-3-methyl-2-(2-oxo-tetrahydro-pyrimidin-1-yl)-
butyramide
+
Ammonium formate
63.06
C27H38N4O3
466.62
Toluene
C7H8
2 X 92.14=184.28
+ NH3
Ammonia
17.03
+
Carbondioxide
44.01
MeoHNH4
+
O-O
CH5NO2
CO2
+ H2
2.02
2
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 49
Step-G
OH
H2N
NH
N NH
O
O
N-(4-Amino-1-benzyl-3-hydroxy-5-phenyl-pentyl)-3-methyl-2-(2-oxo-tetrahydro-pyrimidin-1-yl)-
butyramide
C27H38N4O3
466.62
+
L-Pyroglutamic acid
HN
O
O
OH
C5H7NO3
129.11
DMF
Ethyl acetate
OH
H2N
NH
N NH
O
O
HN
O
O
OH
(2S, 3S, 5S)-2-Amino-3-hydroxy-5-(1-tetra hydro pyrmid-2-onyl)-3-methyl butanoyl) amino-1, 6
-diphenyl hexane-S-pyro glutamate (THP)
C32H45N5O6
595.73
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 50
Stage-4
H2N
OH
NH
N
O
NH
O
NH
O
H
COOH
C32H45N5O6
595.72
+
CH3
CH3
O
HN
O
NH
OH
N
H3C CH3
O
NH
O
2,6-Dimethyl phenoxy acetyl chloride
O
CH3
CH3
O
Cl
C10H11ClO2
198.64
+
SodiumCarbonate
NaHCO3
84.00
C37H48N4O5
628.80
+NH
H
COOHO
5-Oxo-pyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid
C5H7NO3
129.11
+ NaCl
+ H2O + CO2
Sodium chloride
58.44
18.00 44.00
Ethyl acetate
N-{1-Benzyl-4-[2-(2,6-dimethyl-phenoxy)-acetylamino]-3-hydroxy-5-phenyl-pentyl}-3-methyl-2-(2-oxo-tetrahydro-
pyrimidin-1-yl)-butyramide (Lopinavir Crude)
N-(4-Amino-1-benzyl-3-hydroxy-5-phenyl-pentyl)-3-methyl-2-(2-oxo-tetrahydro-pyrimidin-1-yl)-butyramide;
compound with 5-oxo-pyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 51
Stage-5
CH3
CH3
O
HN
O
NH
OH
N
H3C CH3
O
NH
O
N-{1-Benzyl-4-[2-(2,6-dimethyl-phenoxy)-acetylamino]-3-hydroxy-5-phenyl-pentyl}-3-methyl-2-(2-oxo-tetrahydro-
pyrimidin-1-yl)-butyramide(Lopinavir Crude)
C37H48N4O5
628.80
CH3
CH3
O
HN
O
NH
OH
N
H3C CH3
O
NH
O
Ethanol
C37H48N4O5
628.80
Lopinavir (pure)
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 52
Flow Chart:
Stage-1
Stage-2
Stage-3
Stage-4
LOPINAVIR
(R)-2-amino-3-phenyl propanoic acidPotassium carbonateBenzyl chlorideEthanoln-HeptaneMethanolSodamideAcetonitrileCitric acid monohydrateMTBE
MTBE RecoveryEthanol RecoveryElluent water
MTBE RecoveryTHF Recoveryeffluent water
Methanol RecoveryEthyl acetaet RecoveryEffluent water
Acetone RecoveryEthyl acetate RecoveryEffluent water
Stage-5 Spent Carbon
Benzyl magnesium chlorideCitric acid monohydrateTHFSodium chlorideEthanolMTBESodium Boro hydrideMethane sulphonic acidImidazoleTPATHFEthyl acetateAmmonium formateMethanolPalladium carbon
2,6-Dimethyl phenoxy acetyl chloride (DPC)Ethyl acetateSodium bicarbonate (10%)Sodium chloride (10%)Sodium sulphateAcetone
EthanolActivated carbonHyflow
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 53
Material Balance:
Material Balance of Lopinavir Stage-1
Batch Size: 250Kg
Name of the input Quantity in Kg
Name of the out put Quantity in Kg
(R)-2-amino-3-phenyl propanoic acid
103.00 Stage-1 210.00
Potassium carbonate 86.00 n-Heptane Recovery 238.00
Benzyl chloride 237.00 n-Heptane Loss 12.00
Ethanol 500.00 MTBE Recovery 475.00
n-Heptane 250.00 MTBE Loss 25.00
Methanol 400.00 Methanol Recovery 380.00
Sodamide 23.00 Methanol Loss 10.00
Acetonitrile 24.35 Ethanol Recovery 475.00
Citric acid monohydrate 124.85 Ethanol Loss 15.00
MTBE 500.00 Effluent water 452.00
Water 250.00 (Water-250,Generated Water-10.62, Benzyl Alcohol-64.23, Monosodium citrate-127.15)
0
Inorganic solid waste 92.90
(Potassium chloride-92.90) 0
Process Emissions 60.15
(Carbon dioxide-27.39, Hydrogen chloride-22.66,Ammonia-10.10)
0
Organic Residue 53.15
Orgnanic Impurities-33.15 Distillation residue-20 (Methanol-10,Ethanol-10)
Total 2498.20 Total 2498.20
Material Balance of Lopinavir Stage-2
Batch Size: 250Kg
Name of the input Quantity in Kg
Name of the out put Quantity in Kg
Stage-1 210.00 Stage-2 252.00
Benzyl magnesium chloride 85.90 Ethanol Recovery 380.00
Citric acid monohydrate 119.70 Ethanol Loss 10.00
THF 400.00 MTBE Recovery 570.00
Sodium chloride 33.20 MTBE Loss 30.00
Ethanol 400.00 THF Recovery 380.00
MTBE 600.00 THF Loss 10.00
Water 300.00 Effluent water 486.27
(Water-300, Generated water-10.08, Monosodium citrate-122.01, Magnesium chloride-54.18)
0
Organic Residue 30.53
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 54
Process residue-10.53 Distillation residue-20 (Ethanol-10,THF-10)
Total 2148.80 Total 2148.80
Material Balance of Lopinavir Stage-3
Batch Size: 250Kg
Name of the input Quantity in Kg
Name of the out put Quantity in Kg
Stage-2 252.00 (2S, 3S, 5S)-2-Amino-3-hydroxy-5-(1-tetra hydro pyrmid-2-onyl)-3-methyl butanoyl) amino-1,6-diphenyl hexane-S-pyro glutamate (THP)
257.00
Sodium Boro hydride 20.65 1,2-Dimethoxy ethane Recovery 285.00
Methane sulphonic acid 7.00 1,2-Dimethoxy ethane Loss 15.00
Triethyl amine 96.00 MTBE Recovery 238.00
1,2-Dimethoxy ethane 300.00 MTBE Loss 12.00
MTBE 250.00 THF Recovery 475.00
Ammonium chloride 200.00 THF Loss 15.00
Imidazole 39.65 IPA Recovery 285.00
TPA 55.00 IPA Loss 15.000
THF 500.00 Ethyl acetate Recovery 760.00
Ethyl acetate 800.00 Ethyl acetate Loss 24.00
Ammonium formate 29.48 Methanol Recovery 475.00
Methanol 500.00 Methanol Loss 15.00
Palladium carbon 20.60 DMF Recovery 285.00
L-Pyro glutamic acid 57.96 DMF Loss 15.00
DMF 300.00 MDC Recovery 570.00
Hydrochloric acid 20.00 MDC Loss 12.00
IPA 300.00 Dimethyl Acetamide recovery 152.00
Dimethyl acetamide 160.00 Dimethyl Acetamide Loss 8.00
MDC 600.00 Triethyl amine Reuse 96.00
Valina 75.00 Effluent water 692.91
Methyl chloro formate 60.45 (Water-470.52,Generated water-10.42,Boric acid-33.75, Sodium Chloride-31.75 Methane sulphonic acid-7,imidazole-35.47,Ethyl acetate-8,TEA-96)
0
Acrylonitrile 34.00 Spent Catalysts 25.60
Hydrogen gas 3.29 (Palladium carbon Recovered-20.60, Raney Nickel Recovered-5.00)
0
Raney Nickel 5.00 (Toluene Recovery + Methanol recovery) Mixed Solvent
106.25
Water 500.00 Process Emissions 71.99
(Hydrogen-20.1,Carbondioxide-20.67,Ammonia-7.90,Hydrochloric acid-23.32 )
0
Inorganic Solid Waste 200.00
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 55
(Ammonium Chloride) 0
Organic Residue 80.33
Process residue-34.33 Distillation residue-46 (Methanol-10,Ethyl acetate-8,THF-10,MDC-18)
Total 5186.08 Total 5186.08
Material Balance of Lopinavir Stage-4
Batch Size: 250.0 Kg
Name of the input Quantity in Kg
Name of the out put Quantity in Kg
THP(Lopinavir Intermediate) 257.00 Stage-4 260.00
2,6-Dimethyl phenoxy acetyl chloride (DPC)
85.50 Ethyl acetate Recovery 760.00
Ethyl acetate 800.00 Ethyl acetate Loss 40.00
Sodium bicarbonate (10%) 362.50 Acetone Recovery 473.00
Sodium chloride (10%) 100.00 Acetone Loss 25.00
Sodium sulphate 20.00 Effluent Water 1004.36
Acetone 500.00 (Water-500,generated water-7.71,Sodium chloride-25.20 water from Sodium bicarbonate-326.25,water from Sodium chloride-90, Pyroglutamic acid-55.20)
0
Activated carbon 2.50 Spent Carbon 2.50
Water 500.00 Inorganic Solid Waste 20.00
(Sodium Sulfate) 0
Process Emissions 18.76
(Carbon dioxide-18.76) 0
Organic Residue 23.88
Process residue-21.88
Distillation residue-2 (Acetone-2)
Total 2627.50 Total 2627.50
Material Balance of Lopinavir Stage-5
Batch Size: 250.0 Kg
Name of the input Quantity in Kg
Name of the out put Quantity in Kg
Stage-4 260.00 Lopinavir(pure) 250.00
Ethanol 500.00 Ethanol Recovery 475.00
Activated carbon 3.50 Ethanol Loss 20.00
Hyflow 5.00 Spent carbon & Hyflow 8.50
Water 500.00 Effluent Water 500.00
(Water-500) 0
Organic Residue 15.00
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 56
Process residue-10
Distillation residue-5 (Ethanol-5)
Total 1268.50 Total 1268.50
MOXIFLOXACIN HYDROCHLORIDE
Process Description:
Stage-1
Moxifloxacin Q-acid is reacted with 2, 8-Diazobicycloc (4.3.0) nonane in presence of
Triethylamine in Acetone and Dimethylformamide to give stage-1 Product.
Stage-2
Stage-1 Product reacts with Hydrochloric acid in presence of Methanol to give
Moxifloxacin Hydrochloride.
Route of Synthesis:
Stage-1
NF
F
OCH3
O
COOH
+
NH
NH
H
H
+
(C2H5)3N
Acetone
N
F
OCH3
O
COOH
NH
N
H
H
Moxifloxacin Q-acid
C14H11F2NO4
295.24
2,8-Diazobicyclo(4.3.0)nonane
C7H14N2
126.20
Triethylamine
101.19
Moxifloxacin Base
C21H24FN3O4
401.43
+
(C2H5)3N.HF
Triethyl amine Hydrofluoride
121.20
N HF.
N
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 57
Stage-2:
N
F
OCH3
COOH
NH
N
H
H
Moxifloxacin Base
C21H24FN3O4
401.43
+ HCl
Hydrochloric acid
36.5
Methanol
N
F
OCH3
O
COOH
NH
N
H
H
Moxifloxacin Hydrochloride
HCl
C21H25FClN3O4
437.89
O
Flow Chart:
Moxifloxacin Q-Acid2,8-Diazobicyclo(4.3.0)nonaneTriethylamineAcetoneDimethylformamide
Stage-1 Acetone RecDMF Rec
Stage-2
Moxifloxacin BaseHydrochloric acidMethanolEDTA
Methanol Rec
MOXIFLOXACIN HDYROCHLORIDE
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 58
Material Balance:
Material Balance of Moxifloxacin Hydrochloride Stage-1
Batch Size:100Kg
Name of the input Quantity in Kg
Name of the out put Quantity in Kg
Moxifloxacin Q-Acid 80.00 Stage-1 97.00
2,8-Diazobicyclo(4.3.0) nonane 34.50 Acetone Recovery 190.00
Triethylamine 27.35 Acetone Loss 10.00
Acetone 200.00 Dimethylformamide Recovery 95.00
Dimethylformamide 100.00 Dimethylformamide Loss 5.00
Organic residue 44.85
Process residue-12.05 (Triethyl amine hydro fluoride-32.80)
Total 441.85 Total 441.85
Material Balance of Moxifloxacin Hydrochloride
Stage-2
Batch Size: 100Kg
Name of the input Quantity
in Kg
Name of the out put Quantity
in Kg
Moxifloxacin Base 97.00 Moxifloxacin Hydrochloride 100.00
Hydrochloric acid 10.00 Methanol Recovery 475.00
Methanol 500.00 Methanol Loss 25.00
EDTA 1.00 Effluent Water 1504.00
Activated Carbon 5.00 (Water-1500,EDTA-1,Methanol-3) 0
Water 1500.00 Spent Carbon 5.00
Organic Residue 4.00
Process residue-4
Total 2113.00 Total 2113.00
NEBIVOLOL HYDROCHLORIDE
Process Description:
Stage-1:
6-Fluoro-2-oxiranyl-chroman undergoes column separation to give Stage-1 product. Stage-2:
Stage-1 reacts with Benzyl amine in presence of IPA to give Stage-2 product.
Stage-3:
Stage-2 reacts with 6-Fluoro-2-o-Oxiranyl-chroman in presence of Methanol to give
Stage-3 product.
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 59
Stage-4:
Stage-3 reacts with Hydrochloric acid in presence of Pd/C to give Nebivolol
Hydrochloride.
Route of synthesis:
Stage-1:
O O
F
O O
F
6-Fluoro-2-oxiranyl-chroman
C11H11FO2
194.20
Column seperation
6-Fluoro-2-oxiranyl-chroman
C11H11FO2
388.40
O O
F
6-Fluoro-2-oxiranyl-chroman
C11H11FO2
194.20
+2
Stage-2:
O O
F
6-Fluoro-2-oxiranyl-chroman
C11H11FO2
194.20
NH2
Benzylamine
C7H9N
107.15
+IPA
2-Benzylamino-1-(6-fluoro-chroman-2-yl)-ethanol
C18H20FNO2
301.36
O
HN
F
OH
Stage-3:
2-Benzylamino-1-(6-fluoro-chroman-2-yl)-ethanol
C18H20FNO2
O
F
O
6-Fluoro-2-oxiranyl-chroman
C11H11FO2
194.20
O
HN
O
N O
F
OH
OH
F
495.56
C29H31F2NO4
+Methanol
301.36
F
OH
PhH2C
2-{Benzyl-[2-(6-fluoro-chroman-2-yl)-2-hydroxy-ethyl]-amino}-1
-(6-fluoro-chroman-2-yl)-ethanol
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 60
Stage-4:
O
N O
F
OH
OH
F
2-{Benzyl-[2-(6-fluoro-chroman-2-yl)-2-hydroxy-ethyl]-amino}-1-(6-fluoro-chroman-2-yl)-ethanol
495.56
C29H31F2NO4
HCl
96.56
+
O
HN O
F
OH
OH
F
HCl
C22H26ClF2NO4
441.90
Nebivolol Hydrochloride
Isopropyl alcohol Hydrochloride
CH3
CH3
HO
CH3
CH3
HO+
Isopropyl alcohol
60.10
Methanol
+ H2
Hydrogen
2.00
+
Toluene
CH3
92.14
Pd/C
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 61
Flow chart:
6-Fluoro-2-oxiranyl-chromanSilica gelEthyl acetate
Stage-2Benzyl amineIPA
Stage-36-Fluro-2-oxiranyl-chromanMethanol
Stage-4Hydrochloric acidPd/Carbon
NEBIVOLOL HYDROCHLORIDE
Stage-1
Stage-2
Stage-3
Stage-4
IPA Rec
Methanol RecEffluent water
Effluent water
Ethyl acetate RecoveryEffluent water
Material Balance:
Material Balance of Nebivolol HCl
Stage-1 Batch Size: 200.00Kgs
Name of the input Quantity in Kg
Name of the out put Quantity in Kg
6-Fluoro-2-oxiranyl-chroman 198.00 Stage-1 96.00
Silicagel 20.00 Hexane Recovery 285.00
Hexane 300.00 Hexane Loss 15.00
Ethyl acetate 300.00 Ethyl acetate Recovery 283.00
Ethyl acetate Loss 15.00
Inorganic solid waste (Silicagel-20)
20.00
Organic Residue 104.00
Process residue- 102 (6-Fluoro-2-Oxiranyl-chroman-99) Distillation residue (Ethyl acetate-2)
Total 818.00 Total 818.00
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 62
Material Balance of Nebivolol HCl
Stage-2 Batch Size:200.00 Kgs
Name of the input Quantity in Kg
Name of the out put Quantity in Kg
Stage-1 96.00 Stage-2 144.00
Benzylamine 52.90 IPA Recovery 283.00
IPA 300.00 IPA Loss 15.00
Organic Residue 6.90
Process residue-4.9 Distillation residue (IPA-2)
Total 448.90 Total 448.90
Material Balance of Nebivolol HCl Stage-3
Batch Size:200.00 Kgs
Name of the input Quantity in Kg
Name of the out put Quantity in Kg
Stage-2 144.00 Stage-3 230.00
Stage-1 96.00 Methanol Recovery 283.00
Methanol 300.00 Methanol Loss 15.00
DIPE 300.00 DIPE Recovery 285.00
Acetonitrile 250.00 DIPE Loss 15.00
Acetonitrile Recovery 237.50
Acetonitrile Loss 12.50
Organic Residue 12.00
Process residue-10 Distillation residue-2 Methanol-2)
0
Total 1090.00 Total 1090.00
Material Balance of Nebivolol HCl
Stage-4 Batch Size: 200.00 Kgs
Name of the input Quantity in Kg
Name of the out put Quantity in Kg
Stage-3 230.00 Nebivolol Hydrochloride 200.00
IPA.HCl 44.62 (Methanol + IPA + Toluene ) mixed Solvent
355.38
Hydrogen 0.92 Methanol Loss 15.00
Palladium Catalyst 2.00 Spent hyflow 7.66
Hyflow 0.50 Organic Residue-7.66 (Process residue-7.66)
Methanol 300.00
Total 578.04 Total 578.04
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 63
RITONAVIR
Process description:
Stage-1
(R,Z)-5-Amino-2-(dibenzyl amino)-1,6-diphenyl hex-4-en-3-one reacts with sodium
borohydride in presence of methanol , HCl and water to give (2R)-5-amino-2-
(dibenzyl amino)-1,6-diphenyl hexane-3-ol.
Stage-2
Stage-1 product reacts with di-tert-butyl oxydiformate in presence of MTBE,
Potassium carbonate and HCl to give stage-2 product.
Stage-3
Stage-2 product reacts with ammonium farmate in presence of Methanol to give
Stage-3 Product.
Stage-4
Stage-3 Product reacts with succinic acid in presence of IPA, Acetic acid and sodium
hydroxide to give stage-4 product.
Stage-5
Step-A
Thiourea reacts with 2-chloro-3-oxo-propionic acid ethyl ester in presence of isoamyl
nitrite to give stage-5 product.
Step-B
Step-A product reacts with sodium borohydride in presence of methanol and HCl to
give step-B product.
Step-C
Step-B product reacts with hydrogen in presence of methanol and Pd/C to give step-
c product of stage-5.
Stage-6
Stage-5 product reacts with 4-Nitro phenyl chloro formate in presence of pyridine
and sodium bicarbonate to give stage-6 product.
Stage-7
Stage-6 product undergoes condensation with stage-4 product in presence of
toluene and methanol to give stage-7 product.
Stage-8
Isobutyramide reacts with phosphorus penta sulphide in presence of toluene and
sodium hydroxide to give stage-8 product.
Stage-9
Stage-8 product reacts with 1,3-dichloro acetone & monomethyl amine in presence
of sodium hydroxide and toluene to give stage-9 product.
Stage-10
Stage-9 product reacts with (S)-methyl-3-methyl-2-((4-Nitrophenoxy)carbonyl
amino)butanoate in presence of LiOH and methanol to give stage-10 product.
Stage-11
N-((N-methyl-N-((2-isopropyl-4-thiazolyl)methyl)amino)carbonyl)-L-valine reacts with
(1-Benzyl-4-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-2-hydroxy-5-phenyl-pentyl)-carbamic acid
thiazol-5-ylmethyl ester of THF to give Ritonavir product.
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 64
Stage-12
Ritonavir undergoes recrystallisation in n-Heptane to give Ritonavir product.
Route of Synthesis:
Stage-1
(R,Z)-5-amino-2-(dibenzyl amino)-1,6-diphenyl hex-4-en-3-one
ON
NH2
C32H32N2O
460.61
(2R)-5-amino-2-(dibenzyl amino)-1,6-diphenyl hexane-3-ol
OHN
NH2
+ NaBH4 + 3H2O
37.83
54.06
C32H36N2O
464.64
+ H3BO3
61.83
MSA
TEA/1,2 DME
sodium Borohydride
+HCl
36.46
Hydrochloric acid
Boric acid
+ NaCl
58.44
Sodium chloride
2 H2
4.04
+
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 65
Stage-2
(2R)-5-amino-2-(dibenzyl amino)-1,6-diphenyl hexane-3-ol
OHN
NH2
C32H36N2O
464.64
OHN
HN C
O
O
CH3
CH3
CH3
(1-Benzyl-4-dibenzylamino-3-hydroxy-5-phenyl-pentyl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester
O
O
KO
H3CCH3
CH3
Di Potassium tert-butylcarbonate
Di-tert-butyl oxydiformate
O
O
O
O
O+
+ K2CO3
MTBE
C10H18O5
218.25
138.21
+ + CO2 + KCl
C37H44N2O3
564.76
C5H9KO3
156.22
44.01 74.55
Water+ HCl
36.46
+ H2O
18.02
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 66
Stage-3
OHN
HN C
O
O
CH3CH3
CH3
(1-Benzyl-4-dibenzylamino-3-hydroxy-5-phenyl-pentyl)-carbamic
acid tert-butyl ester
C37H44N2O3
564.76
OHH2N
HN C
O
O
CH3CH3
CH3
(4-Amino-1-benzyl-3-hydroxy-5-phenyl-pentyl)-carbamic acid
tert-butyl ester
+
CH5NO2
Ammonium formate
+ + + NH3
Toluene
63.06
C23H32N2O3
384.51
2X92.14=184.28
44.0117.03
Methanol
CO2
CH3
OH4NO + H2
2.02
Carbondioxide Ammonia
C7H8
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 67
Stage-4
OHH2N
HN C
O
O
CH3CH3
CH3
(4-Amino-1-benzyl-3-hydroxy-5-phenyl-pentyl)-carbamic acid
tert-butyl ester
C23H32N2O3
384.51
Succinic Acid
O
OH
O
HO
+ + CH3COOH + NaOH
C4H6O4
118.09X0.5=59.045
60.05
40.0
OH
H2N
HN C
O
O
CH3CH3
CH3O
OH
O
HO0.5
(4-Amino-1-benzyl-3-hydroxy-5-phenyl-pentyl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester hemi succinic acid
C25H35N2O5
443.56
+ CH3COONa + H2O
82.0318.02
IPA,DMA
0.5
Acetic acid
Sodium acetate
Stage-5
(5HMT)
Step-A
H2N NH2
S
CH4N2S
76.12
+
OH
OO
C2H5
C5H7ClO3
150.56
Isoamyl nitrite SN
C2H5O2C
Cl
2-Chloro-3-oxo-propionic acid ethyl ester
Thiourea
NH2
2-Amino-thiazole-5-carboxylic acid ethyl ester
C6H8N2O2S
172.20
+ H2O
36.46
+ HCl
18.02
Hydrogen Chloride
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 68
Step-B
MethanolS
N
C2H5O2C
NH2
2-Amino-thiazole-5-carboxylic acid ethyl ester
C6H8N2O2S
172.20
+
3H2O
+ NaCl
NaBH4+
37.83
SN
NH2
OH
(2-Amino-thiazol-5-yl)-methanol
+ HCl
36.46
C4H6N2OS
130.17
58.44
H3BO3
61.83
+
+ C2H5OH
46.07
54.05
+ 2 H2
4.03
Sodium Borohydride Hydrochloric acid
Boric acid Sodium chloride Ethanol
Step-C
+S
N
NH2
OH
(2-Amino-thiazol-5-yl)-methanol
C4H6N2OS
130.17
H2
2.02
Pd/C,Methanol
C4H5NOS
115.15
5-Hydroxymethylthiazole(5HMT)
S
NHO
+ NH3
17.03
Ammonia
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 69
Stage-6
S
NHO
5-Hydroxymethyl thiazole
C4H5NOS
115.15
+
NO2
O C
O
Cl
4-Nitro phenyl chloro formate
C7H4O4ClN
201.56
+ NaHCO3
84.01
Pyridine
NO2
O C
O
OS
N
Carbonic acid,4-Nitrophenyl-5-thiazolyl methyl ester
C11H8O5N2S
280.26
+ NaCl +H2O
+ CO2
18.02
44.058.44
Sodium Bicarbonate
Carbon dioxideSodium chloride
Stage-7
NO2
O CO
OS
N
Carbonic acid,4-Nitrophenyl-5-thiazolyl methyl ester
C11H8O5N2S
280.26
+
OHH2N
HN C
OO
CH3CH3CH3 O
OHO
HO1/2
(4-Amino-1-benzyl-3-hydroxy-5-phenyl-pentyl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester
hemi succinic acid
C25H35N2O5
443.55
NO2
OH
O
SN
OHHN
HN C
O
OCH3CH3
CH3O
+ +
O
OHO
HO1/2
59.04
Hemisuccinic acid4-Nitro-phenol
C6H5NO3
139.11
(1-Benzyl-4-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-2-hydroxy-5-phenyl-pentyl)-carbamic acid thiazol-5-ylmethyl ester
C28H35N3O5S
525.66
C2H3O2
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 70
Stage-8
Isobutyramide
H3C
H3C O
NH2 + 1/2 P4S105
+ 6 NaOHH3C
H3C S
NH2
Thioisobutyramide
5
Phosphorus penta sulphideC4H9NO
5 X 87.12 = 435.6 1/2 X 444.55 = 222.27
6X40=240
C4H9NS
5X103.19=515.95
+ 2 Na3PO4 + 3 H2O
2X163.94 = 327.88
Sodium Phosphate 3X18=54
Stage-9
H3C
H3C S
NH2
Thioisobutyramide
C4H9NS
103.19
+
1,3-dichloro acetone
O
Cl Cl
C3H4OCl2
126.97
+ CH3NH2
Monomethyl Amine
+ 3 NaOH
31.06 3X40=120.0
1-(2-Isopropylthiazol-4-yl)-N-methyl methanamine
HN
H3C
S
N
CH3
CH3
C8H14N2S
170.28
+ 3 NaCl +4 H2O
175.33
72.06
+ NH4Cl
53.49
+NH3
17.03
Ammonium Chloride
Sodium Hydroxide
Sodium Chloride
Ammonia
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 71
Stage-10
1-(2-Isopropylthiazol-4-yl)-N-methyl methanamine
HN
H3C
S
N
CH3
CH3
C8H14N2S
170.28
(S)- methyl-3-methyl-2-((4-Nitrophenoxy)carbonyl amino)
butanoate
OO
HN
OO
N+
O
-O
+
(S)-2-(3-((2-Isopropylthiazol-4-yl)methyl)-3-methylureido)-3-methylbutanoic acid
NH
O
N
H3C
S
NH3C
CH3
+
C13H16N2O6
296.28
23.95
4-Nitro-phenol
O2N OH+ + LiCl + CH3OH
C14H23N3O3S
313.42
C6H5NO3
139.1
42.39 32.04
LiOH + HCl
36.46
H3C CH3
OH
O
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 72
Stage-11
O
SN
OHHN
HN C
O
O
CH3CH3
CH3O
(1-Benzyl-4-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-2-hydroxy-5-phenyl-pentyl)-carbamic acid
Thiazol-5-ylmethyl ester
C28H35N3O5S
525.66
N-((N-methyl-N-((2-isopropyl-4-thiazolyl)methyl)
amino)carbonyl)-L-valine
HN
O
HOO
NS
N
NH
O
O
NH
ONH
N
O
SN
HO
SN
+
Ritanovir
C37H48N6O5S2
720.94
+
C14H23N3O3S
313.42
THF
Tert butanol
OH
C4H10O
74.12
+ CO2
44.0
Stage-12
NH
O
O
NH
ONH
N
O
SN
HO
SN
Ritanovir crude
C37H48N6O5S2
720.94
n-Heptane
NH
O
O
NH
ONH
N
O
SN
HO
SN
Ritanovir Pure
C37H48N6O5S2
720.94
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 73
Flow chart:
Stage-1
Stage-2
Stage-3
Stage-4
(R,Z)-5-amino-2-(dibenzyl amino) -1,6-diphenyl hex-4-en-3-oneSodium Boro HydrideHydrochloric AcidMethanol
Methanol Recovery
Stage-1Di -tert-Butyl oxydiformatePotassium carbonateMTBE Methanol
Methanol RecoveryMTBE Recovery
Stage-2Ammonium Formate Methanol Methanol Recovery
Stage-3Succinic acidAcetic acidSodium hydroxideIPADMA
IPA RecoveryDMA Recovery
Stage-6
Stage-54-nitro phenyl chloro formateSodium bi carbonatePyridine Ethyl acetateToluene
Toluene RecoveryEthyl aceate Recovery
Stage-5
Thiourea 2-chloro-3-oxo-propionicacid ethyl ester Sodium boro hydride Hydrochloric acid HydrogenIso amyl nitrite Methanol Palladium on Carbon
Methanol Recovery Iso amyl ntrite Recovery
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 74
Stage-7
Stage-8
Stage-9
Stage-10
Stage-6Stage-4Methanol Toluene
Toluene RecoveryMethanol Recovery
Iso butyramidePhosphorus pentasulfideSodium hydroxideToluene
Toluene Recovery
Stage-81,3-Dichloro acetoneMono methyl amine Sodium hydroxideAmmonium chlorideToluene
Toluene Recovery
Stage-9(S)- methyl-3-methyl-2- ((4-Nitrophenoxy) carbonyl amino) butanoateLithium hydroxide Hydrochloric acidMethanol
Methanol Recovery
Stage-11Stage-10Stage-7THF Methanol
Methanol RecoveryTHF Recovery
Stage-12
Stage-11n-Heptane Activated carbon hyflow
n-Heptane Recovery
Ritonavir
Material Balance
Material Balance Ritonavir Stage-1
Batch Size:250.0 Kg
Name of the input Quantity in Kg
Name of the out put Quantity in Kg
(R,Z)-5-amino-2-(dibenzyl amino) -1,6-diphenyl hex-4-en-3-one
238.00 Stage-1 228.00
Sodium Boro Hydride 19.50 Methanol Recovery 475.00
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 75
Hydrochloric Acid 18.80 Methanol loss 15.00
Methanol 500.00 Effluent water 834.03
Water 800.00 (Water-772.16 Boric acid-31.89 sodium chloride-29.98)
0
Process emission 1.90
(Hydrogen-1.90) 0
Organic Residue 22.37
Process Residue-12.37 Distillation Residue-10 (Methanol -10)
Total 1576.30 Total 1576.30
Material Balance RitonavirStage-2 Batch Size:250.0 Kg
Name of the input Quantity in Kg
Name of the out put Quantity in Kg
Stage-1 228.00 Stage-2 262.00
Di –tert-Butyl oxydiformate 107.00 Methanol Recovery 475.00
Potassium carbonate 67.72 Methanol loss 15.00
MTBE 400.00 MTBE recovery 380.00
Methanol 500.00 MTBE loss 8.00
Hydrochloric acid 17.78 Effluent water 921.74
Water 800.00 (Water-800, Generated water-8.66 dipotassium tert-butyl carbonate-76.60 , Potassium chloride-36.48)
0
Process emission 21.43
(Carbon dioxide-21.43) 0
Organic Residue 37.33
Process Residue-15.33 Distillation Residue-22 (Methanol -10,MTBE-12)
Total 2120.50 Total 2120.50
Material Balance Ritonavir Stage-3
Batch Size:250.0 Kg
Name of the input Quantity in Kg
Name of the out put Quantity in Kg
Stage-2 262.00 Stage-3 169.00
Ammonium Formate 29.00 Methanol Recovery + Toluene Recovery 85.40
560.40
Hydrogen gas 0.78 Methanol loss 15.00
Methanol 500.00 Effluent water 800.00
Water 800.00 (Water-800) 0
Process emission 28.03
(Carbon dioxide-20.17 0
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 76
Ammonia-7.86)
Organic Residue 19.35
Process Residue-9.35 Distillation Residue-10 (Methanol -10)
Total 1591.78 Total 1591.78
Material Balance Ritonavir Stage-4
Batch Size:250.0 Kg
Name of the input Quantity in Kg
Name of the out put Quantity in Kg
Stage-3 169.00 Stage-4 184.00
Succinic acid 25.85 IPA Recovery 475.00
Acetic acid 26.35 IPA loss 15.00
Sodium hydroxide 17.58 DMA Recovery 475.00
IPA 500.00 DMA loss 15.00
DMA 500.00 Effluent water 643.77
Water 600.00 (Water-600, Generated water-7.78, Sodium Acetate-35.99)
0
Organic Residue 31.01
Process Residue-11.01 Distillation Residue-20 (IPA -10,DMA-10)
Total 1838.78 Total 1838.78
Material Balance Ritonavir Stage-5
Batch Size:250.0 Kg
Name of the input Quantity in Kg
Name of the out put Quantity in Kg
Thiourea 40.00 Stage-5 50.00
2-chloro-3-oxo-propionicacid ethyl ester
79.00 Methanol Recovery + Ethanol-22.42
497.42
Sodium boro hydride 18.40 Methanol loss 15.00
Hydrochloric acid 17.72 Iso amyl ntrite Recovery 285.00
Hydrogen 0.90 Iso amyl nitrite loss 6.00
Iso amyl nitrite 300.00 Spent palladium on carbon 10.00
Methanol 500.00 Effluent Water 691.78
Palladium on Carbon 10.00 (Water-633.15 Generated water-9.44 Sodium chloride-28.48, Boric acid-30.15)
0
Water 650.00 Process emission 28.86
(Ammonia-7.80 Hydrogen-1.94 Hydrogen chloride-19.12)
0
Organic Residue 31.96
(Process Residue-12.96
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 77
Distillation Residue-19 (Methanol -10,Iso amyl Nitrite -9)
Total 1616.02 Total 1616.02
Material Balance Ritonavir Stage-6
Batch Size:100.0 Kg
Name of the input Quantity in Kg
Name of the out put Quantity in Kg
Stage-5 50.00 Stage-6 116.00
4-nitro phenyl chloro formate 87.50 Toluene Recovery 475.00
Sodium bi carbonate 36.45 Toluene loss 10.00
Pyridine 10.00 Ethyl acetate Recovery 475.00
Ethyl acetate 500.00 Ethyl acetate loss 10.00
Toluene 500.00 Effluent water 553.15
Water 500.00 (Water-500, Generated water-7.80, Sodium chloride-25.35 Pyridine-10 Toluene-5, Ethyl acetate -5)
0
Process emission 19.10
(Carbon dioxide-19.10) 0
Organic Residue 25.70
Process Residue-5.70 Distillation Residue-20 (Toluene -10,Ethylacetate-10)
Total 1683.95 Total 1683.95
Material Balance Ritonavir Stage-7
Batch Size:250.0 Kg
Name of the input Quantity in Kg
Name of the out put Quantity in Kg
Stage-6 116.00 Stage-7 205.00
Stage-4 184.00 Toluene Recovery 475.00
Methanol 500.00 Toluene loss 10.00
Toluene 500.00 Methanol Recovery 475.00
Water 1000.00 Methanol loss 15.00
Effluent water 1029.36
(Water-1000, Hemi succnic acid-24.36, Toluene-5)
0
Organic Residue 90.64
(Process Residue-70.64 Organic impurities -13.11 (4-nitrophenol-57.53) Distillation Residue-20 (Toluene -10,Methanol-10)
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 78
Total 2300.00 Total 2300.00
Material Balance Ritonavir Stage-8
Batch Size:250.0 Kg
Name of the input Quantity in Kg
Name of the out put Quantity in Kg
Iso butyramide 40.00 Stage-8 45.00
Phosphorus pentasulfide 20.40 Toluene Recovery 475.00
Sodium hydroxide 22.00 Toluene loss 10.00
Toluene 500.00 Effluent water 540.00
Water 500.00 (Water-500, Generated water-4.92, Sodium phosphate-30.08, Toluene-5)
0
Organic Residue 12.40
Process Residue-2.40 Distillation Residue-10 (Toluene -10)
Total 1082.40 Total 1082.40
Material Balance Ritonavir Stage-9
Batch Size:250.0 Kg
Name of the input Quantity in Kg
Name of the out put Quantity in Kg
Stage-8 45.00 Stage-9 70.00
1,3-Dichloro acetone 55.35 Toluene Recovery 475.00
Mono methyl amine 13.50 Toluene loss 10.00
Sodium hydroxide 52.30 Effluent water 912.87
Ammonium chloride 23.30 (Water-800, Generated water-31.42 Sodium chloride-76.45, Toluene-5)
0
Toluene 500.00 Process emission 7.42
Water 800.00 (Ammonia -7.42) 0
Organic Residue 14.16
Process Residue-4.16 Distillation Residue-10 (Toluene -10)
Total 1489.45 Total 1489.45
Material Balance Ritonavir Stage-10
Batch Size:250.0 Kg
Name of the input Quantity in Kg
Name of the out put Quantity in Kg
Stage-9 70.00 Stage-10 122.00
(S)- methyl-3-methyl-2- ((4- 122.00 Methanol Recovery 475.00
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 79
Nitrophenoxy) carbonyl amino) butanoate
Lithium hydroxide 9.80 Methanol loss 10.00
Hydrochloric acid 14.98 Toluene Recovery 285.00
Methanol 500.00 Toluene Loss 10.00
Toluene 300.00 Effluent water 520.36
Water 500.00 (Water-500, Lithium chloride-17.36,Toluene-3)
0
Organic Residue 94.42
(Process Residue-77.42 Organic impurities-20.3 (4-Nitro phenol-57.12) Distillation Residue-17 (Methanol-15,Toluene-2)
Total 1516.78 Total 1516.78
Material Balance Ritonavir Stage-11
Batch Size:250.0 Kg
Name of the input Quantity in Kg
Name of the out put Quantity in Kg
Stage-10 122.00 Stage-11 265.00
Stage-7 205.00 THF Recovery 475.00
THF 500.00 THF loss 15.00
Methanol 400.00 Methanol Recovery 380.00
Water 500.00 Methanol loss 10.00
Effluent water 528.80
(Water-500, tert Butanol-28.80)
0
Process emission 17.08
(carbon dioxide-17.08) 0
Organic Residue 36.12
Process Residue-16.12 Distillation Residue-20 (THF-10,Methanol-10)
Total 1727.00 Total 1727.00
Material Balance Ritonavir Stage-12
Batch Size:250.0 Kg
Name of the input Quantity in Kg
Name of the out put Quantity in Kg
Stage-11 265.00 Ritonavir 250.00
n-Heptane 500.00 n-Heptane Recovery 475.00
Activated carbon 10.00 n-Heptane loss 10.00
hyflow 5.00 Effluent water 500.00
Water 500.00 (Water-500) 0
Spent carbon & hyflow 15.00
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 80
Organic Residue 30.00
Process Residue-15 Distillation Residue-15 (n-Heptane -15)
Total 1280.00 Total 1280.00
SILDENAFIL CITRATE
Process Description:
Stage-1
Step-A
5-Propyl-2H pyrazole-3- carboxylic acid ethyl ester reacts with Dimethyl sulphate in
presence of MDC and Methanol to give Step-A Product.
Step-B
Step-A Product reacts with Sodium hydroxide in presence of Methanol to give Stage-
2 Product.
Stage-2
Stage-1 Product reacts with Nitric acid in presence of Sulfuric acid and water to give
stage-2 Product.
Stage-3
Stage-2 Product reacts with Thionyl chloride and Ammonium Hydroxide to give
Stage-3 product.
Step-4
Stage-3 Product reacts with stannous chloride in presence of Ethanol and HCl to
give Stage-4 Product.
Stage-5
Stage-4 Product reacts with 2-Ethoxy benzoyl chloride in presence of MDC to give
Stage-5 Product.
Stage-6
Stage-5 Product reacts with 5-(2-Aminomethoxy-phenyl)1—methyl-3-propyl-1,6-
dihydro-pyrazol[4,3-d]pyrimidin-7-one in presence of Methanol to give stage-6
Product.
Stage-7
Stage-6 Product reacts with Chloro sulfonic acid in presence of Methanol to give
stage-7 Product.
Stage-8
Stage-7 product condensed with 1-Methyl piperazine in presence of Toluene to give
stage-8 Product.
Stage-9
Stage-8 product undergoes salt formation with citric acid in presence of Methanol to
give Sildenafil Citrate.
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 81
Route of Synthesis:
Stage-1
Step-A
N
HN
CH3
O
OH3C
C9H14N2O2
182.22
+
Dimethyl sulphate
S
O
O
OCH3H3CO
126.13
N
CH3N
CH3
O
OH3C
S
O
O
OHH3CO
Methyl bisulfate
112.11
+
2-Methyl-5-propyl-2H-pyrazole-3-carboxylic acid ethyl ester
C10H16N2O2
196.25
5-Propyl-2H-pyrazole-3-carboxylic acid ethyl ester C2H6O4S
CH4O4S
Methanol, MDC
Step-B
N
CH3N
CH3
O
OH3C
C10H16N2O2
196.25
+ NaOH
40.0
N
CH3N
CH3
O
HO
CH3CH2ONa+
Sodium ethoxide
68.05
C8H12N2O2
168.19
2-Methyl-5-propyl-2H-pyrazole-3-carboxylic acid
ethyl ester
2-Methyl-5-propyl-2H-pyrazole-3-carboxylic acid
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 82
Stage-2
N
CH3N
CH3
O
HO
C8H12N2O2
168.19
+ HNO3
Nitric acid
63.01
N
CH3N
CH3
O
HO
O2N
C8H11N3O4
213.19
+ H2O
18.02
2-Methyl-5-propyl-2H-pyrazole-3-
carboxylic acid
2-Methyl-4-nitro-5-propyl-2H-pyrazole-3-carboxylic acid
Stage-3
N
CH3N
CH3
O
HO
O2N
C8H11N3O4
213.19
+ NH4OH
35.05
Ammonium hydroxide
+ SOCl2
Thionyl chloride
118.97
N
CH3N
CH3
O
H2N
O2N
C8H12N4O3
212.21
+ SO2
64.06
+ 2 HCl
2X36.5=73.0
+ H2O
18.02
2-Methyl-4-nitro-5-propyl-2H-pyrazole-3-carboxylic acid
2-Methyl-4-nitro-5-propyl-2H-pyrazole-3-
carboxylic acid amide
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 83
Stage-4
N
CH3N
CH3
O
H2N
O2N
C8H12N4O3
212.22
+ SnCl2
Stannous chloride
189.62
+ 2 HCl
2X36.5=73.0
N
CH3N
CH3
O
H2N
H2N
C8H14N4O
182.22
+ SnCl4
260.52
Stannic chloride
Ethanol
+ O2
32.0
2-Methyl-4-nitro-5-propyl-2H-pyrazole-3-
carboxylic acid amide
4-Amino-2-methyl-5-propyl-2H-pyrazole-
3-carboxylic acid amide
Stage-5
N
CH3N
CH3
O
H2N
H2N
C8H14N4O
182.22
+O
CH3
Cl
O
2-Ethoxy-benzoyl chloride
C9H9ClO2
184.62
NN
H2N O
CH3NH
O
O
CH3
CH3
4-(2-Ethoxy-benzoylamino)-2-methyl-5-propyl-2H-pyrazole-
3-carboxylic acid amide
C17H22N4O3
330.38
+ HCl
36.5
4-Amino-2-methyl-5-propyl-2H-pyrazole-3-carboxylic acid amide
Hydrogenchloride
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 84
Stage-6
NN
H2NO
CH3
NH
O
O
CH3
CH3
4-(2-Ethoxy-benzoylamino)-2-methyl-5-propyl-2H-pyrazole-
3-carboxylic acid amide
C17H22N4O3
330.38
O
CH3
N
HN
O
N
N
CH3
CH3
5-(2-Aminomethoxy-phenyl)-1-methyl-3-propyl-1,6-dihydro-pyrazolo[4,3-d]
pyrimidin-7-oneC17H20N4O2
312.37
Methanol+ H2O
18.02
Stage-7
O
CH3
N
HN
O
N
N
CH3
CH3
5-(2-Aminomethoxy-phenyl)-1-methyl-3-propyl-1,6-dihydro-pyrazolo[4,3-d]
pyrimidin-7-one
C17H20N4O2
312.37
Chloro Sulfonic acid
Cl
SO O
OH
+
ClHO3S
116.52
O
CH3
N
HN
O
N
N
CH3
CH3
SOO
Cl
4-Ethoxy-3-(1-methyl-7-oxo-3-propyl-6,7-dihydro-1H-pyrazolo[4,3-d]pyrimidin-5-yl)-
benzenesulfonyl chloride
C17H19ClN4O4S
410.88
+ H2O
18.02
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 85
Stage-8
O
CH3
N
HN
O
N
N
CH3
CH3
SOO
Cl
4-Ethoxy-3-(1-methyl-7-oxo-3-propyl-6,7-dihydro-1H-pyrazolo[4,3-d]pyrimidin-5-yl)-
benzenesulfonyl chloride
C17H19ClN4O4S
410.88
+
N
NH
H3C
1-Methyl-piperazine
C5H12N2
100.16
O
CH3
N
HN
O
N
N
CH3
CH3
SOO
N
N
H3C
Sildenafil
C22H30N6O4S
474.58
+ HCl
36.46
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 86
Stage-9
O
CH3
N
HN
O
N
N
CH3
CH3
SOO
N
N
H3C
Sildenafil
C22H30N6O4S
474.58
+
Citric acid
HO
OOH
O OH
O
HO
C6H8O7
192.12
Methanol
O
CH3
N
HN
O
N
N
CH3
CH3
SOO
N
N
H3C . HO
OOH
O OH
O
HO
C28H38N6O11S
666.70
Sildenafil Citrate
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 87
Flow chart:
4-Propyl -1h-pyrrole-2-carboxylic acid ethyl esterDi methylsulphateMethylene di chloride Methanol Sodium hydroxide
Stage-1Nitric acidSulfuric acid
Effluent Water
Stage-3Stannous ChlorideHydrochloric acidEthanolToluene
Effluent water
Stage-1
Stage-2
Stage-3
Methanol RecoveryMethylene di chloride Recovery
Ethanol RecoveryToluene Recovery
Stage-4
Stage-2Thionyl chloride Ammonium Hydroxide
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 88
Stage-42-Ethoxy-benzoyl chlorideMDC
MDC RecoveryStage-5
Methanol RecoveryToluene Recovery
Stage-6
Toluene RecoveryEffluent Water
Stage-7
Toluene RecoveryEffluent Water
Stage-8
Methanol RecoveryEffluent WaterStage-9
Stage-5MethanolToluene
Stage-6Chloro sulfonic acidToluene
Stage-71-methyl-piperazineToluene
Stage-8Citric acidMethanolActivated CarbonHyflow
Sildenafil Citrate
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 89
Material Balance:
Material balance of Sildenafil Citrate Stage-1
Batch size : 500kg
Name of the input Quantity in kg
Name of the out put Quantity in kg
4-Propyl -1h-pyrrole-2-carboxylic acid ethyl ester
375.00 Stage-1 297.00
Di methylsulphate 259.50 Methanol Recovery 475.00
Methylene di chloride 800.00 Methanol Loss 15.00
Methanol 500.00 Methylene di chloride Recovery 760.00
Sodium hydroxide 78.35 Methylene di chloride Loss 24.00
Water 425.00 Effluent water 789.17
(Water-425, Sodium methoxide-
133.55 Methyl bi sulfate-230.62) 0
Organic residue 77.68
Process residue-51.68 Organic impurities-51.68 Distillation residue- 26 (MDC-16, Methanol-10)
Total 2437.85 Total 2437.85
Material balance of Sildenafil Citrate Stage-2
Batch size : 500kg
Name of the input Quantity in kg
Name of the out put Quantity in kg
Stage-1 297.00 Stage-2 338.00
Nitric acid 112.00 Effluent Water 431.78
Sulfuric acid 300.00 (Water-400,Generatedwater-
31.78) 0
Water + Ice 400.00 Spent Sulfuric acid 300.00
Organic residue 39.22
Process residue-39.22
Total 1109.00 Total 1109.00
Material balance of Sildenafil Citrate Stage-3
Batch size : 500.00kg
Name of the input Quantity in kg
Name of the out put Quantity in kg
Stage-2 338.00 Stage-3 302.00
Thionyl chloride 188.60 Effluent water 328.39
Ammonium Hydroxide 55.45 (Water-300,
Generatedwater-28.39)
Ice + Water 300.00 Process emission 217.00
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 90
(Sulfur dioxide-101.40,
Hydrogen chloride-115.6)
Organic residue 34.66
Process residue-34.66
Total 882.05 Total 882.05
Material balance of Sildenafil Citrate Stage-4
Batch size:500.00kg
Name of the input Quantity in kg
Name of the out put Quantity in kg
Stage-3 302.00 Stage-4 233.00
Stannous Chloride 269.65 Ethanol Recovery 475.00
Hydrochloric acid 103.58 Ethanol Loss 15.00
Ethanol 500.00 Toluene Recovery 570.00
Toluene 600.00 Toluene Loss 12.00
Water 300.00 Effluent Water 675.55
(Water-300,Stannicchloride-
370.55, Toluene-5) 0
Process Emission 45.30
(Oxygen-45.30) 0
Organic Residue 49.38
Process residue-26.38
Distillation Residue-23 (Ethanol-10, Toluene-13)
Total 2075.23 Total 2075.23
Material balance of Sildenafil Citrate Stage-5
Batch size:500.00kg
Name of the input Quantity in kg
Name of the out put Quantity in kg
Stage-4 233.00 Stage-5 380.00
2-Ethoxy-benzoyl chloride 236.00 MDC Recovery 570.00
MDC 600.00 MDC Loss 12.00
Water 500.00 Effluent Water 500.00
(Water-500) 0
Process Emission 46.60
(Hydrogen Chloride-46.60) 0
Organic Residue 60.40
Process residue-42.40
Distillation residue-18 (MDC-18)
Total 1569.00 Total 1569.00
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 91
Material balance of Sildenafil Citrate Stage-6
Batch size:500.00kg
Name of the input Quantity in kg
Name of the out put Quantity in kg
Stage-5 380.00 Stage-6 323.00
Methanol 500.00 Methanol Recovery 475.00
Toluene 600.00 Methanol Loss 10.00
Water 300.00 Toluene Recovery 570.00
Toluene Loss 12.00
Effluent Water 325.52
(Water-300,Generatedwater-
20.52, Toluene-5) 0
Organic Residue 64.48
Process residue-36.48
Distillation residue- 28 (Methanol-15, Toluene-13)
Total 1780.00 Total 1780.00
Material balance of Sildenafil Citrate Stage-7
Batch size:500.00kg
Name of the input Quantity in kg
Name of the out put Quantity in kg
Stage-6 323.00 Stage-7 382.00
Chloro sulfonic acid 120.45 Toluene Recovery 570.00
Toluene 600.00 Toluene Loss 12.00
Water 300.00 Effluent Water 323.42
(Water-300,Generated water-
18.42, Toluene-5) 0
Organic Residue 56.03
Process residue-43.03
Distillation residue-13 (Toluene-13)
Total 1343.45 Total 1343.45
Material balance of Sildenafil Citrate Stage-8
Batch size:500.00kg
Name of the input Quantity in kg
Name of the out put Quantity in kg
Stage-7 382.00 Stage-8 396.00
1-methyl-piperazine 92.82 Toluene Recovery 570.00
Toluene 600.00 Toluene Loss 12.00
Water 300.00 Effluent Water 305.00
(Water-300, Toluene-5) 0
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 92
Process emission 33.62
(Hydrogen Chloride-33.62) 0
Organic Residue 58.20
Process residue-45.20
Distillation residue- 13 (Toluene-13)
Total 1374.82 Total 1374.82
Material balance of Sildenafil Citrate Stage-9
Batch size:500.00kg
Name of the input Quantity in kg
Name of the out put Quantity in kg
Stage-8 396.00 Sildenafil Citrate 500.00
Citric acid 160.00 Methanol Recovery 475.00
Methanol 500.00 Methanol Loss 10.00
Activated Carbon 10.00 Effluent Water 300.00
Hyflow 5.00 (Water-300) 0
Water 300.00 Spent Carbon & Hyflow 15.00
Organic Residue 71.00
Process residue-56,
Distillation residue- 15 (Methanol-15)
Total 1371.00 Total 1371.00
VALSARTAN
Process Description: Stage-1 Step-A:
L-Valine reacts with Thionyl chloride in presence of Toluene to give Step-A product.
Step-B:
Step-A Product reacts with Methanol in presence of water to give Stage-1 Product.
Stage-2:
Stage-1 product reacts with 4-Bromomethyl-biphenyl-2-carbonitrile in presence of
Toluene to give Stage-2 product.
Stage-3
Stage-2 product reacts with Valeryl chloride in presence of Toluene to give Stage-3
product.
Stage-4
Stage-3 product reacts with Sodium azide, Tri butyl tin chloride undergoes
Hydrogenation in presence of Toluene, MDC and n-Hexane t give Valsartan.
Route of Synthesis:
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 93
Stage-1
Step-A
L-Valine
C5H11NO2
117.15
NH2
CH3
H3C OH
O
+ SOCl2
NH2
CH3
H3C Cl
O
+ SO2
HCl
Thionyl Chloride
118.97
2-Amino-3-methyl-butyryl chloride hydrochloride
C5H11Cl2NO
172.05
64.06
Toluene
Step-B
NH2
CH3
H3C Cl
O
+
HCl
2-Amino-3-methyl-butyryl chloride
hydrochloride
C5H11Cl2NO
172.05
CH3OH
NH2
CH3
H3C OCH3
O HCl + HCl
32.04 2-Amino-3-methyl-butyric Acid methyl ester hydrochloride
36.46
C6H14NO2Cl
167.63
Methanol
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 94
Stage-2
NH2
CH3
H3C OCH3
O H
Cl
2-Amino-3-methyl-butyric Acid methyl ester hydrochloride
C6H14NO2Cl
167.63
4-Bromomethyl-biphenyl-2-carbonitrile
N
Br
+
N
O
O
NH
2-[(2-Cyano-biphenyl-4-ylmethyl)-amino]-3-methyl-butyric acid methyl ester
C14H10BrN
272.14
+
Potassium Carbonate
138.21
Toluene
C20H22N2O2
322.40
+ KBr +
K2CO3
KCl + CO2+ H2O
119.0 74.55 44.0 18.0
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 95
Stage-3
N
O
O
NH
2-[(2-Cyano-biphenyl-4-ylmethyl)-amino]-3-methyl-butyric acid methyl ester
C20H22N2O2
322.40
Valeryl Chloride
O
Cl+ + NaHCO3
Sodium bicarbonate
Toluene
C5H9ClO
120.58
84.0
O
O
N
N
O
2-[(2-Cyano-biphenyl-4-ylmethyl)-pentanoyl-amino]-3-methyl-butyric acid methyl ester
C25H30N2O3
406.52
+ NaCl + CO2+ H2O
58.44 44.0 18.0
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 96
Stage-4
O
O
N
N
O
2-[(2-Cyano-biphenyl-4-ylmethyl)-pentanoyl-amino]-3-methyl-butyric acid methyl ester
C25H30N2O3
406.52
O
OH
N
O
NN
HN
N
+ NaN3 +
Tributyl tin chloride
Sn
Cl
+ H2
Hydrogen Sodium Azide
2.0 65.0 C12H27ClSn
325.5
Valsartan
C24H29N5O3
435.5
+ Sn
H3C+ NaCl
Tributyl methyl stannane
C13H30Sn
305.0
58.46
TolueneMDC
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 97
Flow-Chart
Stage-1
Stage-2
L-ValineThionyl ChlorideMethanolToluene
Methanol RecoveryToluene Recovery
Stage-14-Bromomethyl-biphenyl-2-carbonitrilePotassium carbonateToluene
Toluene RecoveryEffluent water
Stage-2Valeryl ChlorideTolueneTEASodium bicarbonateSodium Sulphate
Stage-3Toluene RecoveryEffluent water
Stage-3Sodium AzideTri butyl tin chlorideHydrogen Sodium hydroxideXyleneTolueneMDCN-HexaneActivated Carbon
Stage-4
Xylene RecoveryMDC RecoveryToluene RecoveryEffluent watetr
VALSARTAN
Material Balance:
Material Balance of Valsartan Stage-1
Batch Size: 500Kg
Name of the input Quantity in Kg
Name of the out put Quantity in Kg
L-Valine 154.00 Stgae-1 208.00
Thionyl Chloride 157.00 Methanol Recovery 475.00
Methanol 541.00 Methanol Loss 10.00
Toluene 400.00 Toluene Recovery 380.00
Toluene Loss 10.00
Process Emission 130.83
(Sulfur dioxide-84.21, Hydrogen Chloride-46.62)
0
Organic Residue 38.17
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 98
Process residue -13.17, Distillation residue -25 (Methanol-15, Toluene-10)
Total 1252.00 Total 1252.00
Material Balance of Valsartan Stage-2
Batch Size: 500Kg
Name of the input Quantity in Kg
Name of the out put Quantity in Kg
Stage-1 208.00 Stage-2 390.00
4-Bromomethyl-biphenyl-2-carbonitrile
338.00 Toluene Recovery 570.0
Potassium carbonate 172.00 Toluene Loss 20.00
Toluene 600.00 Effluent Water 1067.48
Water 800.00 (Water-800,Generated water-22.33, Potassium chloride-92.50, Potassium Bromide-147.65, Toluene-5)
0
Process Emission 54.60
(Carbon dioxide-54.60) 0
Organic Residue 15.92
Process residue -10.92 Distillation residue -5 (Toluene-5)
Total 2118.00 Total 2118.00
Material Balance of Valsartan Stage-3
Batch Size: 500Kg
Name of the input Quantity in Kg
Name of the out put Quantity in Kg
Stage-2 390.00 Stage-3 480.00
Valeryl Chloride 146.00 Toluene Recovery 665.00
Toluene 700.00 Toluene Loss 20.00
TEA 20.00 Effluent Water 820.77
Sodium bicarbonate 102.00 (Water-700,Generated water-21.77, Sodium chloride-71, TEA-20,Toluene-8)
0
Sodium Sulphate 10.00 Inorganic Solid Waste 10.00
Water 700.00 (Sodium Sulphate) 0
Process Emission 53.22
(Carbon dioxide-53.22) 0
Organic Residue 19.01
Process residue -12.01 Distillation residue -7 (Toluene-7)
Total 2068.00 Total 2068.00
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 99
Material Balance of Valsartan Stage-4
Batch Size: 500Kg
Name of the input Quantity in Kg
Name of the out put Quantity in Kg
Stage-3 480.00 Valsartan Pharma 500.00
Sodium Azide 77.00 Toluene Recovery 665.00
Tri butyl tin chloride 385.00 Toluene Loss 20.00
Hydrogen 2.50 MDC Recovery 475.00
Sodium hydroxide 20.00 MDC Loss 15.00
Xylene 240.00 Xylene Recovery 228.00
Toluene 700.00 Xylene Loss 12.00
MDC 500.00 N-Hexane Recovery 190.00
N-Hexane 200.00 N-Hexane Loss 10.00
Activated Carbon 10.00 Effluent Water 1087.00
Water 1000.00 (Water-1000, Sodium Chloride-69,Toluene-8, Acetic Acid-10)
0
Spent Carbon 10.00
Organic Residue 402.50
Process residue –385.50 Organic Impurities-25.50 (Tri butyl-methyl –stannane-360) Distillation residue- 17 (Toluene-7, MDC-10)
Total 3614.50 Total 3614.50
2.7 POLLUTION LOAD
Pollution load and generation of waste per day from all the proposed products is
given in below Table 2.4
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 100
Table 2.4: CONSOLIDATED POLLUTION LOAD OF ALL PRODUCTS IN KG PER DAY
SNo
Product Name
Production
capacity kg/
Month
Effluent in kg/day Solid waste Details in
Kg/day Distillat
ion Residue in Kg
/Day
Emissions in Kg/day
Water Input
Water In Effluent
Inorganics in
water
Organics in
water
TDS COD HTDS LTDS Total
Effluent Organic
Inorganic
Spent carbo
n
Process
Fugitive
1 Atorvastatin Calcium
10000 2333.33 2329.76 4.67 48.28 4.67 42.35 0.00 2382.71 2382.71 82.06 0.00 6.00 4.67 0.00 48.00
2 Dapoxetine Hydrochloride
4000 2800.00 2817.64 185.19 0.00 185.19 0.00 1936.16 1066.67 3002.83 33.41 53.33 0.00 1.33 74.92 169.33
3 D-penicillamine
5000 2083.33 2083.33 0.00 2.50 0.00 2.61 0.00 2085.83 2085.83 18.93 0.83 12.50 5.83 0.00 22.50
4 Duloxetine Hydrochloride
5000 2750.00 2740.00 26.92 71.48 26.92 151.92 2838.39 0.00 2838.39 14.28 8.33 0.00 15.00 60.53 185.00
5 Lansoprazole 10000 1866.67 2034.77 123.80 191.73 123.80 121.41 1206.07 1144.23 2350.30 76.11 205.80 3.33 28.67 101.79 41.33
6 Lopinavir 5000 1366.67 1650.40 370.63 69.33 370.63 195.20 1757.03 333.33 2090.36 73.26 208.60 4.00 62.00 100.60 218.67
7 Moxifloxacin hydrochloride
2000 1000.00 1000.00 0.67 2.00 0.67 3.00 0.00 1002.67 1002.67 32.57 0.00 3.33 0.00 0.00 26.67
8 Nebivolol 5000 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 103.80 16.67 0.00 5.00 0.00 85.42
9 Ritonavir 5000 5300.00 5310.59 278.12 61.86 278.12 128.61 4002.19 1648.38 5650.57 174.97 0.00 16.67 128.67 82.55 149.33
10
Sildenafil citrate
15000 3125.00 3224.11 734.72 20.00 734.72 62.60 1464.72 2514.11 3978.83 375.05 0.00 15.00 136.00 342.52 134.00
11
Valsartan 15000 2500.00 2544.10 380.15 51.00 380.15 133.43 2975.25 0.00 2975.25 421.60 10.00 10.00 54.00 238.65 117.00
Total 81000 25125.00 25734.71 2104.85 518.18 2104.85 841.12 16179.82 12177.92 28357.74 1406.05 503.57 70.83 441.17
1001.56
1197.25
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 101
Pollution loads have been calculated for each product based on chemical reactions,
material balance and subsequent process operations to get the required quantity.
2.8 Description of Process Emissions and its mitigation measures
The Predicted Process emissions are SO2, CO2, CH3Cl, HCl, HF, HBr, H2, NH3 & O2
which will liberate from manufacturing process of proposed products. The process
emissions are based on reactants quantity and chemical reactions between them in
relation with desired product output.
To meet the environmental standards, double stage scrubbers as a single unit is
proposed. During plant operations samples will be collected to check whether
process emissions are within limits.
TABLE 2.5: Process Emission details and Treatment Method
S. No. Name of the Gas Quantity In
Kg/Day Treatment Method
1 Sulphur dioxide 251 Scrubbed by using C.S.Lye Solution
2 Hydrogen chloride 323 Scrubbed by using chilled water media
3 Hydrogen Bromide 75 Scrubbed by using C. S. Lye solution
4 Carbon dioxide 228 Dispersed into the atmosphere
5 Hydrogen 16 Diffused by using Nitrogen through Flame arrestor
6 Ammonia 27 Scrubbed by using chilled water media
7 Oxygen 45 Dispersed into the atmosphere
8 Hydrogen fluoride 11 Scrubbed by using C.S.Lye Solution
9 Chloromethane 27 Scrubbed by using C.S.Lye Solution
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 102
TABLE-: 2.6 PROCESS EMISSION DETAILS - PRODUCT WISE
S.No. Product Name Production
Capacity Kg/ Month
Kg Per Day
CO2 SO2 H2 HCl O2 HF CH3Cl NH3 HBr
1 Atorvastatin Calcium 10000 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
2 Dapoxetine Hydrochloride 4000 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 74.92
3 D-penicillamine 5000 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
4 Duloxetine Hydrochloride 5000 23.28 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 10.52 26.72 0.00 0.00
5 Lansoprazole 10000 0.00 65.00 0.00 36.79 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
6 Lopinavir 5000 44.55 0.00 13.40 30.65 0.00 0.00 0.00 12.00 0.00
7 Moxifloxacin hydrochloride 2000 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
8 Nebivolol 5000 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
9 Ritonavir 5000 51.85 0.00 2.56 12.75 0.00 0.00 0.00 15.39 0.00
10 Sildenafil citrate 15000 0.00 101.40 0.00 195.82 45.30 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
11 Valsartan 15000 107.82 84.21 0.00 46.62 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
Total 81000 227.50 250.61 15.96 322.63 45.30 10.52 26.72 27.39 74.92
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 103
2.9 PROPOSED WATER CONSUMPTION DETAILS
Total water consumption for the proposed project is 134.13 KLD. Water consumption
details are given in below Table. No. 2.7
TABLE- 2.7: Proposed Water Consumption details
Recovered water 43.50 KLD from ZLD system is reused.
Total Fresh water reuirement = 134.13-43.50
= 90.63 KLD
The fresh water of 90.63 KLD will be met from Ground Water source.
TABLE- 2.8: PROPOSED WATER CONSUMPTION IN PROCESS
– PRODUCT WISE
S.No Product Name Productioncapacity kg/ Month
Water Input in kg/day
1 Atorvastatin Calcium 10000 2333.33
2 Dapoxetine Hydrochloride 4000 2800.00
3 D-penicillamine 5000 2083.33
4 Duloxetine Hydrochloride 5000 2750.00
5 Lansoprazole 10000 1866.67
6 Lopinavir 5000 1366.67
7 Moxifloxacin hydrochloride 2000 1000.00
8 Nebivolol 5000 0.00
9 Ritonavir 5000 5300.00
10 Sildenafil citrate 15000 3125.00
11 Valsartan 15000 2500.00
Total 81000 25125.00
S. No Purpose Water
Input in KLD
1 Process 25.13
2 Washings 5.00
3 Boiler make up 30.00
4 Cooling towers make up 63.00
5 Scrubbing system 3.00
6 Domestic 5.00
7 Gardening 3.00
Total 134.13
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 104
2.10 EXPECTED WASTE WATER GENERATION DETAILS
TABLE-2.9: Expected Effluent generation details
S. No Purpose Effluent in KLD
1 Process 28.36
2 Washings 5.00
3 Boiler Blow down 5.00
4 Cooling towers blow down
7.00
5 Scrubbing System 3.00
6 Domestic 4.50
Total 52.86
TABLE-2.10: Expected HTDS & LTDS Effluent Generation Details
Unit HTDS KLD
LTDS KLD
Effluent Generation
in KLD Treatment Method
Process 16.18 12.18 28.36 HTDS Effluent sent to stripper
followed by MEE system.
LTDS effluents treated in ETP along with MEE condensate. Treated effluent is sent to RO, RO permeate water is recycled and RO rejects taken for evaporation in MEE followed by ATFD to collect evaporation salts for disposal to TSDF.
Washings 0.00 5.00 5.00
Boiler Blow down 0.00 5.00 5.00
Cooling towers blow down 0.00 7.00 7.00
Scrubbing system 3.00 0.00 3.00
Domestic 0.00 4.50 4.50
Total 19.18 33.68 52.86
The generations of process effluent water HTDS & LTDS and its characteristics are
based on reactants quantity and chemical reactions between them in relation with
desired product output.
The Boiler & Cooling towers blow down water will have TDS less than 5000 mg/l and
scrubbing solution will have TDS more than 5000 mg/l. Floor washings and
equipment washings will have TDS less than 5000 mg/l.
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 105
TABLE- 2.11 WASTEWATER GENERATIONS IN KGS PER DAY - PRODUCT WISE
S.No Product Name Production capacity kg/
Month
Effluent in kg/day
Water In Effluent
Inorganics in water
Organics in water
TDS COD HTDS LTDS Total
Effluent
1 Atorvastatin Calcium
10000 2329.76 4.67 48.28 4.67 42.35 0.00 2382.71 2382.71
2 Dapoxetine Hydrochloride
4000 2817.64 185.19 0.00 185.19 0.00 1936.16 1066.67 3002.83
3 D-penicillamine 5000 2083.33 0.00 2.50 0.00 2.61 0.00 2085.83 2085.83
4 Duloxetine Hydrochloride
5000 2740.00 26.92 71.48 26.92 151.92 2838.39 0.00 2838.39
5 Lansoprazole 10000 2034.77 123.80 191.73 123.80 121.41 1206.07 1144.23 2350.30
6 Lopinavir 5000 1650.40 370.63 69.33 370.63 195.20 1757.03 333.33 2090.36
7 Moxifloxacin hydrochloride
2000 1000.00 0.67 2.00 0.67 3.00 0.00 1002.67 1002.67
8 Nebivolol 5000 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
9 Ritonavir 5000 5310.59 278.12 61.86 278.12 128.61 4002.19 1648.38 5650.57
10 Sildenafil citrate 15000 3224.11 734.72 20.00 734.72 62.60 1464.72 2514.11 3978.83
11 Valsartan 15000 2544.10 380.15 51.00 380.15 133.43 2975.25 0.00 2975.25
Total 81000 25734.71 2104.85 518.18 2104.85 841.12 16179.82 12177.92 28357.74
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 106
2.11 Expected Effluent water charact eristics:
*We are going to achieve zero discharge system.
The effluent water characteristics before treatment are based on calculations. The
effluent water after passing through Stripper, MEE, Biological treatment plant & RO
plant the expected results after treatment are given in the above table.
2.12 HAZARDOUS & SOLID WASTE GENERATION DETAILS
The Hazardous & Solid waste generated and disposal methods from proposed
project are given below.
TABLE- 2.12: EXPECTED HAZARDOUS & SOLID WASTE GENERATION,
DISPOSAL DETAILS
S. No Name of the Waste Quantity Kg/Day Disposal Method
Hazardous Waste Details
1 Organic waste (Process Residue)
1406
Sent to Cement Industries
2 Spent Carbon 71
3 Solvent distillation residue 441
4 Organic Evaporate ( liquid from MEE stripper)
380
5 Spent Mixed Solvents 2 KL/Day SPCB Authorized Agencies for Reprocessing/Recycling
6 ETP Sludge 350 Sent to TSDF 7 Inorganic waste 504
8 MEE Salts 2868
9 Used Oils 500 Ltrs/Annum SPCB Authorized Agencies for Reprocessing/Recycling
10 Detoxified Containers 500 No’s/Month After Detoxification sent back to suppliers/sent to outside Parties
11 Used Lead Acid Batteries 2 No’s/Year Send back to suppliers for buyback of New Batteries
Solid Waste Details
12 Ash from boiler 5425 Sent to Brick Manufacturers
S. No Parameters Unit Results
Before treatment
After treatment
1. pH - 8.5-9.0 6.5 – 8.5
2. HTDS mg/L 29973 700 - 900
3. LTDS mg/L 25103 <500
4. COD mg/L 2621 <250
5. Oil & Grease mg/L 20-25 <10
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 107
The expected quantities which are given in the above table based on calculations of
each product material balance. The ash from boiler is based on ash percentage in
the coal. The used oils and used lead acid batteries quantities are based on usage of
respective equipment. The container liners & containers are based on various
packing of raw materials.
TABLE- 2.13: SOLID WASTE GENERATION – PRODUCT WISE PER DAY
S.No Product Name Productioncapacity
kg/Month
Solid waste Details in Kg/day Distillation Residue in
Kg /Day Organic Inorganic
Spent carbon
1 Atorvastatin Calcium
10000 82.06 0.00 6.00 4.67
2 Dapoxetine Hydrochloride
4000 33.41 53.33 0.00 1.33
3 D-penicillamine 5000 18.93 0.83 12.50 5.83
4 Duloxetine Hydrochloride
5000 14.28 8.33 0.00 15.00
5 Lansoprazole 10000 76.11 205.80 3.33 28.67
6 Lopinavir 5000 73.26 208.60 4.00 62.00
7 Moxifloxacin hydrochloride
2000 32.57 0.00 3.33 0.00
8 Nebivolol 5000 103.80 16.67 0.00 5.00
9 Ritonavir 5000 174.97 0.00 16.67 128.67
10 Sildenafil citrate 15000 375.05 0.00 15.00 136.00
11 Valsartan 15000. 421.60 10.00 10.00 54.00
Total 81000 1406.05 503.57 70.83 441.17
2.13 POWER (ENERGY) REQUIREMENT
Power requirement of proposed project will be made available through Telangana
State Power Distribution Company Limited [TSPDCL]. The power requirement of
project will be 2000 KVA.
2.14 UTILITIES
TABLE - 2.14: Details of Utilities
S. No Description Capacity
1 Coal fired boiler 2 TPH & 3 TPH
3 D.G. Set 1 x 500 KVA
4 Cooling Towers 3 x 200 TR
& 1 x 300 TR
5 Electricity supply from TSPDCL
2000 KVA
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 108
2.15 PROPOSED BOILER & DG SET
For generation of Steam, the industry proposed to install 2 TPH & 3 TPH Coal fired
boilers. The coal requirement will be met from local authorized sources.
The unit is proposing a 500 KVA DG set, for usage during the power failures.
TABLE- 2.15: Emission Characteristic details of proposed Boilers
Particulars Units 2.0 TPH Coal fired
Boiler 3.0 TPH Coal fired
Boiler
Type of Fuel -- Indian Coal with CV of 4000 kcal/kg to
5000 kcal/kg
Indian Coal with CV of 4000 kcal/kg to
5000 kcal/kg
Coal Consumption TPD 8.00 7.50
Ash Content % 35 35
Sulphur Content % 0.4 0.4
No. of Stacks No 1 1
Height of stack M 30 30
Diameter of Stack M 0.40 0.50
Temperature of Flue Gas oC 175 175
Velocity of Flue Gas m/s 12 14
Particulate gm/sec 0.16 0.15
Sulphur dioxide emission gm/sec 0.74 0.69
Oxides of Nitrogen emission gm/sec 2.43 2.28
TABLE- 2.16: Stack Emission details of proposed DG Set
Capacity In KVA
Emission of SPM in mg/Nm3
Emission Of SO2 in mg/Nm3
Emission of NOx In mg/Nm3
Stack dia. In m
Flue Gas Temp. in
OC
Stack Height in (m)
Flue gas Velocity In m/sec.
500 KVA 60 85 110 0.2 300 10 14
Fuel
6 Coal 15.5 TPD
7 Diesel 80 Liters/Day
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 109
2.16 DETAILS OF PROPOSED SOLVENTS INPUT, RECOVERY & LOSS
A liquid substance capable of dissolving other substances; "the solvent does not change its state in forming a solution". Details of
solvents are given below in a table 2.17.
TABLE 2.17: DETAILS OF PROPOSED SOLVENT INPUT, RECOVERY & LOSS [PRODUCT WISE]
S.No Product Name Production
capacity Kg/Month
Quantity in Kgs/Day
Solvent Name Solvent
Input Solvent
Recovery Solvent
Loss
Solvent in
waste water
Solvent in
Residue
1 Atorvastatin Calcium 10000 Methanol 306.67 288.00 15.33 0.00 3.33
Cyclohexane 133.33 126.67 6.67 0.00 0.00
IPA 200.00 190.67 9.33 0.00 0.00
Acetonitrile 200.00 190.00 10.00 0.00 0.00
Toluene 133.33 123.33 6.67 2.00 1.33
Total 973.33 918.67 48.00 2.00 4.67
2 Dapoxetine Hydrochloride 4000 Methanol 353.33 334.67 17.33 0.00 1.33
Diethyl ether 1400.00 1330.67 69.33 0.00 0.00
carbon tetra hydrochloride
333.33 317.33 16.00 0.00 0.00
Ethanol 1066.67 1013.33 53.33 0.00 0.00
Ethyl acetate 133.33 120.00 13.33 0.00 0.00
Total 3286.67 3116.00 169.33 0.00 1.33
3 D-penicillamine 5000 Methanol 333.33 320.83 8.33 0.00 4.17
Toluene 291.67 277.50 10.00 2.50 1.67
EDC 250.00 245.83 4.17 0.00 0.00
Total 875.00 844.17 22.50 2.50 5.83
4 Duloxetine Hydrochloride 5000 Ethyl acetate 1300.00 1233.33 65.00 0.00 1.67
MDC 166.67 154.17 8.33 0.00 4.17
Cyclo hexane 316.67 300.83 15.83 0.00 0.00
Toluene 1666.67 1570.83 83.33 3.33 9.17
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 110
IPA 250.00 237.50 12.50 0.00 0.00
Total 3700.00 3496.67 185.00 3.33 15.00
5 Lansoprazole 10000 Toluene 600.00 570.00 16.67 3.33 10.00
MIBK 100.00 93.33 3.33 0.00 3.33
MDC 266.67 253.33 8.00 0.00 5.33
IPA 166.67 158.67 3.33 0.00 4.67
Chloroform 266.67 256.00 8.00 0.00 2.67
Acetone 100.00 95.33 2.00 0.00 2.67
Total 1500.00 1426.67 41.33 3.33 28.67
6 Lopinavir 5000 n-Heptane 166.67 158.67 8.00 0.00 0.00
MTBE 900.00 855.33 44.67 0.00 0.00
Methanol 600.00 570.00 16.67 0.00 13.33
Ethanol 933.33 886.67 30.00 0.00 16.67
THF 600.00 570.00 16.67 0.00 13.33
IPA 200.00 190.00 10.00 0.00 0.00
Ethyl acetate 1066.67 1013.33 42.67 5.33 5.33
MDC 400.00 380.00 8.00 0.00 12.00
Dimethyl acetamide 106.67 101.33 5.33 0.00 0.00
1,2-Dimethoxy ethane
200.00 190.00 10.00 0.00 0.00
DMF 200.00 190.00 10.00 0.00 0.00
Acetone 333.33 315.33 16.67 0.00 1.33
Total 5706.67 5420.67 218.67 5.33 62.00
7 Moxifloxacin hydrochloride 2000 Acetone 133.33 126.67 6.67 0.00 0.00
DMF 66.67 63.33 3.33 0.00 0.00
Methanol 333.33 316.67 16.67 0.00 0.00
Total 533.33 506.67 26.67 0.00 0.00
8 Nebivolol 5000 Hexane 250.00 237.50 12.50 0.00 0.00
Ethyl acetate 250.00 235.83 12.50 0.00 1.67
IPA 250.00 235.83 12.50 0.00 1.67
Methanol 500.00 473.33 25.00 0.00 1.67
DIPE 250.00 237.50 12.50 0.00 0.00
Acetonitrile 208.33 197.92 10.42 0.00 0.00
Total 1708.33 1617.92 85.42 0.00 5.00
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 111
9 Ritonavir 5000 Methanol 2266.67 2153.33 63.33 0.00 50.00
MTBE 266.67 253.33 5.33 0.00 8.00
IPA 333.33 316.67 10.00 0.00 6.67
DMA 333.33 316.67 10.00 0.00 6.67
Isoamyl nitrite 200.00 190.00 4.00 0.00 6.00
Toluene 1533.33 1456.67 33.33 15.33 28.00
Ethyl acetate 333.33 316.67 6.67 3.33 6.67
THF 333.33 316.67 10.00 0.00 6.67
n-Heptane 333.33 316.67 6.67 0.00 10.00
Total 5933.33 5636.67 149.33 18.67 128.67
10 Sildenafil citrate 15000 Methanol 1500.00 1425.00 35.00 0.00 40.00
MDC 1400.00 1330.00 36.00 0.00 34.00
Ethanol 500.00 475.00 15.00 0.00 10.00
Toluene 2400.00 2280.00 48.00 20.00 52.00
Total 5800.00 5510.00 134.00 20.00 136.00
11 Valsartan 15000 Methanol 500.00 475.00 10.00 0.00 15.00
Toluene 2400.00 2280.00 70.00 21.00 29.00
MDC 500.00 475.00 15.00 0.00 10.00
Xylene 240.00 228.00 12.00 0.00 0.00
n-Hexane 200.00 190.00 10.00 0.00 0.00
Total 3840.00 3648.00 117.00 21.00 54.00
Grand Total 33856.67 32142.08 1197.25 76.17 441.17
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 112
2.17 LIST OF THE RAW MATERIALS PRODUCT WISE
ATORVASTATIN CALCIUM
S .No. Raw Material Consumption/ Batch in Kgs
Consumption/ Day in Kgs
1
(6-Cyanomethyl-2,2-dimethyl- [1,3]dioxan-4-yl)-acetic acid tert-butyl ester
252.00 168.00
2
4-(4-fluorophenyl)-2-isobutyryl-3 phenyl -4-oxo-N-phenyl-butyramide
378.50 252.33
3 Acetonitrile 300.00 200.00
4 Activated carbon 5.00 3.33
5 Calcium acetate 66.82 44.55
6 cyclohexane 200.00 133.33
7 Hydrochloric acid 3.36 2.24
8 Hydrogen 0.68 0.45
9 Hyflow 3.00 2.00
10 IPA 150.00 100.00
11 Isopropylalcohol 150.00 100.00
12 Methanol 460.00 306.67
13 Pivalic acid 2.00 1.33
14 Raney Nickel 1.00 0.67
15 Sodium carbonate 7.00 4.67
16 Sodium hydroxide flakes
33.95 22.63
17 Toluene 200.00 133.33
DAPOXETINE HYDROCHLORIDE
S .No. Raw Material Consumption/ Batch in Kgs
Consumption/ Day in Kgs
1 1-Naphthol 106.00 141.33
2 3-Phenylpropyl bromide
147.00 196.00
3 Carbon tetra hydrochloride
250.00 333.33
4 Di methyl amine 32.00 42.67
5 Diethyl ether 1050.00 1400.00
6 Ethanol 800.00 1066.67
7 Ethyl acetate 100.00 133.33
8 IPA.HCl 2.00 2.67
9 Methanol 265.00 353.33
10 N-Bromo succinamide 127.00 169.33
11 Potassium hydroxide 42.00 56.00
12 Sodium hydroxide 1.00 1.33
13 Sodium sulphate 40.00 53.33
14 Tartaric acid 51.00 68.00
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 113
D-PENICILLAMINE
S .No. Raw Material Consumption/ Batch in Kgs
Consumption/ Day in Kgs
1 Peniloic acid 460.00 383.33
2 Acetic acid 89.55 74.63
3 Activated carbon 15.00 12.50
4 Aniline 139.00 115.83
5 EDC 300.00 250.00
6 Hyflow 1.00 0.83
7 Methanol 400.00 333.33
8 Toluene 300.00 250.00
DULOXETINE HYDROCHLORIDE
S .No. Raw Material Consumption/ Batch in Kgs
Consumption/ Day in Kgs
1 3-Dimethylamino-1-thiophen-2-yl-propan-1-ol
237.00 197.50
2 1-FluoroNapthalene 93.00 77.50
3 Cyclo hexane 380.00 316.67
4 Dichloromethane 200.00 166.67
5 DMSO 7.00 5.83
6 Ethyl acetate 1560.00 1300.00
7 Hydrochloric acid 23.00 19.17
8 Isopropyl alcohol 300.00 250.00
9 L(+) Mandelic acid 98.00 81.67
10 Methanol 4.00 3.33
11 Oxalic acid 68.00 56.67
12 Phenyl chloroformate 100.00 83.33
13 Sodium carbonate 5.60 4.67
14 Sodium chloride 10.00 8.33
15 Sodium hydroxide 16.70 13.92
16 Sodium sulfate 10.00 8.33
17 TBAB 3.00 2.50
18 TEA 5.00 4.17
19 Toluene 2000.00 1666.67
LANSOPRAZOLE
S .No. Raw Material Consumption/ Batch in Kgs
Consumption/ Day in Kgs
1 2,3-Lutidine 188.00 125.33
2 1,1,2-Tri Fluoro Ethanol
167.00 111.33
3 1H-Benzoimidazole-2thiol
226.00 150.67
4 Acetic Acid 46.00 30.67
5 Acetic Anhydride 170.00 113.33
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 114
6 Acetone 150.00 100.00
7 Activated Carbon 5.00 3.33
8 Catalyst 1.00 0.67
9 Chloroform 400.00 266.67
10 Hydrogen Chloride 61.00 40.67
11 Hydrogen Peroxide (50%)
178.00 118.67
12 Isopropyl Alcohol 250.00 166.67
13 Methylene Dichloride 400.00 266.67
14 MIBK 150.00 100.00
15 Nitric Acid 111.00 74.00
16 Potassium Carbonate 230.00 153.33
17 Sodium Hydroxide 188.00 125.33
18 Sulfuric Acid 50.00 33.33
19 TEBAC 1.00 0.67
20 Thionyl Chloride 180.00 120.00
21 Toluene 900.00 600.00
LOPINAVIR
S .No. Raw Material Consumption/ Batch in Kgs
Consumption/ Day in Kgs
1 (R)-2-amino-3-phenyl propanoic acid
103.00 85.83
2 1,2-Dimethoxy ethane 300.00 250.00
3 2,6-Dimethyl phenoxy acetyl chloride (DPC)
85.50 71.25
4 Acetone 500.00 416.67
5 Acetonitrile 58.35 48.63
6 Activated carbon 20.00 16.67
7 Ammonium chloride 200.00 166.67
8 Ammonium formate 29.48 24.57
9 Benzyl chloride 237.00 197.50
10 Benzyl magnesium chloride
85.90 71.58
11 Citric acid monohydrate
124.85 104.04
12 Citric acid monohydrate
119.70 99.75
13 Dimethyl acetamide 160.00 133.33
14 DMF 300.00 250.00
15 Ethanol 1400.00 1166.67
16 Ethyl acetate 1600.00 1333.33
17 Hydrochloric acid 20.00 16.67
18 Hydrogen gas 3.29 2.74
19 Hyflow 5.00 4.17
20 Imidazole 39.65 33.04
21 IPA 300.00 250.00
22 L-Pyro glutamic acid 57.96 48.30
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 115
23 MDC 600.00 500.00
24 Methane sulphonic acid
7.00 5.83
25 Methanol 900.00 750.00
26 Methyl chloro formate 60.45 50.38
27 MTBE 1350.00 1125.00
28 n-Heptane 250.00 208.33
29 Palladium carbon 20.60 17.17
30 Potassium carbonate 86.00 71.67
31 Raney Nickel 5.00 4.17
32 Sodamide 23.00 19.17
33 Sodium bicarbonate (10%)
362.50 302.08
34 Sodium Boro hydride 20.65 17.21
35 Sodium chloride 133.20 111.00
36 Sodium sulphate 20.00 16.67
37 THF 900.00 750.00
38 TPA 55.00 45.83
39 Triethyl amine 96.00 80.00
40 Valina 75.00 62.50
MOXIFLOXACIN HYDROCHLORIDE
S .No. Raw Material Consumption/ Batch in Kgs
Consumption/ Day in Kgs
1 Moxifloxacin Q-Acid 80.00 53.33
2 2,8-Diazobicyclo(4.3.0) nonane
34.50 23.00
3 Acetone 200.00 133.33
4 Activated Carbon 5.00 3.33
5 Dimethylformamide 100.00 66.67
6 EDTA 1.00 0.67
7 Hydrochloric acid 10.00 6.67
8 Methanol 500.00 333.33
9 Triethylamine 27.35 18.23
NEBIVOLOL HYDROCHLORIDE
S .No. Raw Material Consumption/ Batch in Kgs
Consumption/ Day in Kgs
1 6-Fluoro-2-oxiranyl-chroman
198.00 165.00
2 Acetonitrile 250.00 208.33
3 Benzylamine 52.90 44.08
4 DIPE 300.00 250.00
5 Ethyl acetate 300.00 250.00
6 Hexane 300.00 250.00
7 Hydrogen 0.92 0.77
9 Hyflow 0.50 0.42
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 116
10 IPA 300.00 250.00
11 IPA.HCl 44.62 37.18
12 Methanol 600.00 500.00
13 Palladium Catalyst 2.00 1.67
14 Silicagel 20.00 16.67
RITONAVIR
S .No. Raw Material Consumption/ Batch in Kgs
Consumption/ Day in Kgs
1 (R,Z)-5-amino-2-(dibenzyl amino) -1,6-diphenyl hex-4-en-3-one
238.00 198.33
2
(S)- methyl-3-methyl-2- ((4-Nitrophenoxy) carbonyl amino) butanoate
122.00 101.67
3 1,3-Dichloro acetone 55.35 46.13
4 2-chloro-3-oxo-propionicacid ethyl ester
79.00 65.83
5 4-nitro phenyl chloro formate
87.50 72.92
6 Acetic acid 26.35 21.96
7 Activated carbon 10.00 8.33
8 Ammonium chloride 23.30 19.42
9 Ammonium Formate 29.00 24.17
10 Di –tert-Butyl oxydiformate
107.00 89.17
11 DMA 500.00 416.67
12 Ethyl acetate 500.00 416.67
13 Hydrochloric Acid 69.28 57.73
14 Hydrogen 1.68 1.40
15 hyflow 5.00 4.17
16 IPA 500.00 416.67
17 Iso amyl nitrite 300.00 250.00
18 Iso butyramide 40.00 33.33
19 Lithium hydroxide 9.80 8.17
20 Methanol 3400.00 2833.33
21 Mono methyl amine 13.50 11.25
22 MTBE 400.00 333.33
23 n-Heptane 500.00 416.67
24 Palladium on Carbon 10.00 8.33
25 Phosphorus pentasulfide 20.40 17.00
26 Potassium carbonate 67.72 56.43
27 Pyridine 10.00 8.33
28 Sodium bi carbonate 36.45 30.38
29 Sodium Boro Hydride 37.90 31.58
30 Sodium hydroxide 91.88 76.57
31 Succinic acid 25.85 21.54
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 117
32 THF 500.00 416.67
33 Thiourea 40.00 33.33
34 Toluene 2300.00 1916.67
SILDENAFIL CITRATE
S .No. Raw Material Consumption/ Batch in Kgs
Consumption/ Day in Kgs
1 4-Propyl -1h-pyrrole-2-carboxylic acid ethyl ester
375.00 375.00
2 1-methyl-piperazine 92.82 92.82
3 2-Ethoxy-benzoyl chloride 236.00 236.00
4 Activated Carbon 10.00 10.00
5 Ammonium Hydroxide 55.45 55.45
6 Chloro sulfonic acid 120.45 120.45
7 Citric acid 160.00 160.00
8 Di methylsulphate 259.50 259.50
9 Ethanol 500.00 500.00
10 Hydrochloric acid 103.58 103.58
11 Hyflow 5.00 5.00
12 MDC 600.00 600.00
13 Methanol 1500.00 1500.00
14 Methylene di chloride 800.00 800.00
15 Nitric acid 112.00 112.00
16 Sodium hydroxide 78.35 78.35
17 Stannous Chloride 269.65 269.65
18 Sulfuric acid 300.00 300.00
19 Thionyl chloride 188.60 188.60
20 Toluene 2400.00 2400.00
VALSARTAN
S .No. Raw Material Consumption/ Batch in Kgs
Consumption/ Day in Kgs
1 L-Valine 154.00 154.00
2 4-Bromomethyl-biphenyl-2-carbonitrile
338.00 338.00
3 Activated Carbon 10.00 10.00
4 Hydrogen 2.50 2.50
5 MDC 500.00 500.00
6 Methanol 541.00 541.00
7 N-Hexane 200.00 200.00
8 Potassium carbonate 172.00 172.00
9 Sodium Azide 77.00 77.00
10 Sodium bicarbonate 102.00 102.00
11 Sodium hydroxide 20.00 20.00
12 Sodium Sulphate 10.00 10.00
13 TEA 20.00 20.00
14 Thionyl Chloride 157.00 157.00
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 118
15 Toluene 6.00 2400.00
16 Tri butyl tin chloride 385.00 385.00
17 Valeryl Chloride 146.00 146.00
18 Xylene 240.00 240.00
2.18 ENVIRONMENTAL ASPECTS, IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES OF
PROPOSED INDUSTRY
1. Aspect: Process gases such as SO2, HCl, HBr, NH3, HF & CH3Cl Emissions, DG
Set emissions & Boiler emissions into atmosphere.
Impact: Air pollution & Acid precipitation.
Mitigation measures: During production process the released gases will be
passed through double stage scrubber to scrub the gases with miscible liquid.
The scrubber will have polypropylene rings as packing media to increase the
contact surface area between gas and scrubbing solution to increase the
absorption. Gas and scrubbing solution will pass through the scrubber counter
currently.
SO2 gas will be scrubbed with caustic lye solution to convert into sodium
sulphate. In this process the entire SO2 will get scrubbed.
HBr, HF & CH3Cl are scrubbed by using C. S. Lye solution.
HCl gas will be scrubbed with chilled water to convert into HCl solution.
NH3 will be scrubbed with chilled water to convert into ammonium solution.
DG set emissions will be monitored regularly to maintain the emission limits
within the CPCB limits. As per norms the stack height will be provided around 10
mts to have proper dispersion. In case the limits are crossing the combustion
engine will be taken for service.
Boiler flue gases emissions will be monitored regularly to maintain the flue gases
emission limit as per CPCB Standard. The stacks of height 30 m each will be
provided to have proper dispersion of flue gases.
2. Aspect: Organic & inorganic impurities from process & inorganic impurities High
TDS water & High COD water from utilities, floor washings entering into water
stream.
Impact: water pollution (contamination of natural resources)
Mitigation measures: The generated High & Low TDS water, floor washings will
be collected in separate streams at generation point and collected in to
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 119
respective dedicated tanks. The high TDS water sent through the MEE System to
remove COD and TDS and later passed with Low TDS water through the
Biological treatment plant to remove BOD and finally through the RO plant to get
reusable water quality. This water will be used for Cooling towers and floor
washings etc. This will minimize the fresh water requirement to 90.63 KLD.
3. Aspect: Noise from DG Set, Boiler & Electric motors more than 75 dB.
Impact: Noise pollution.
Mitigation measure: DG set will have acoustic enclosure and drives will have
proper maintenance to minimize vibrations and internal parts servicing to
minimize the sound pollution.
4. Aspect: Spillages of chemicals during loading /unloading, Effluent water at ETP
Plant, Solvents spillages at storage tanks, spillage of Oils from DG Set & Air
compressor/Refrigeration compressor on to the ground.
Impact: Soil pollution.
Mitigation measure: To avoid any spillage of chemicals the working area of
loading & unloading area is barricaded and the floor will be made with acid proof
tiling with a slope towards a small pit so as to collect the spilled chemicals in the
dedicated pit. This results in avoiding the spillage of chemicals on to the ground.
Effluent water will be transferred through the dedicated pipe lines from plant to
ETP plant. This will eliminate soil contamination with effluent water.
Each solvent storage tank area will have dyke wall and the floor will have cement
concrete with slope towards a pit. Hence spillage of solvent will be avoided on to
ground.
The DG set /Air compressor/refrigeration compressor area will be placed in
Utilities building with cement concrete floor. The filling and draining of Oils from
respective equipment will be done by trained technical person to avoid any
spillage of oil on to the floor/ground.
5. Aspect: Improper Storage of hazardous waste (organic waste, inorganic waste,
spent carbon) results in leakage/Spillage on to the ground
Impact: Soil pollution
Mitigation measure: The hazardous waste in containers will be stored in
dedicated area as per its category with proper flooring having slope towards a pit
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 120
to collect any spilled material. The entire area will be barricaded with a dyke wall
and only authorized personnel will be allowed to do operations in storage area.
This avoids soil pollution.
6. Aspect: Establishment of industry may release gases emissions, effluent water
leakage to surrounding areas.
Impact: 1. Flora & Fauna, Water Bodies, Agriculture & Human habitation.
2. The positive impact is generation of employment to skilled & unskilled
people of nearby villages and economic development.
Mitigation measure: The industry will have dedicated effluent treatment (MEE,
Biological treatment plant, RO system) to achieve Zero Liquid Discharge system.
This will eliminate effluent leakage to surrounding area of the plant.
7. Aspect: Improper Storage of Flammable chemicals Methanol, Toluene, Acetone
causing leakage of flammable chemical.
Impact: presence of ignition source caches fire, risk to plant personnel due to
thermal radiation, release of CO, CO2, toxic gases in to atmosphere and global
warming.
Mitigation measure: Each solvent storage tank will have dyke to contain entire
contents. This will avoid leakage of solvent to the outside of dyke wall. The tanks
will be monitored regularly for any corrosion at valve joints, valve gland leakages.
The storage tanks will have fire alarm system. In case if it is catches fire, it will be
extinguished with DCP, fire extinguishers and fire hydrant water. This will
minimize the thermal radiation and release of CO, CO2 and toxic gases to the
atmosphere.
8. Aspect: ground water extraction for industry
Impact: Depletion of water resources
Mitigation measure: The industry will conserve rain water by adopting rain water
harvesting system in the plant of 7054 m3/ annum.
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 121
2.19 ASSESSMENT OF NEW & UNTESTED TECHNOLOGY FOR RISK OF
TECHNOLOGICAL FAILURE
No new or untested technology will be used in the proposed project but the
manufacturing process may be altered for better yields after successful lab tests and
R&D.
DESCRIPTION OF THE
ENVIRONMENT
CHAPTER -III
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 122
CHAPTER-III
DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT
3.0 INTRODUCTION
Baseline data generation is a part of the Environmental Impact Assessment study, which
helps to evaluate the predicted impacts on the various environmental attributes in the study
area by using scientifically developed and widely accepted environmental impact
assessment methodologies. This further helps in preparing an Environment Management
Plan (EMP) outlining the measures for improving the environmental quality and scope for
future improvements for environmentally sustainable development. The baseline
environmental study also helps to identify the critical environmental attributes, which are
required to be monitored after implementation of the project.
This chapter illustrates the description of the existing environmental status of the study
area with reference to the prominent environmental attributes. The existing environmental
setting is considered to adjudge the baseline conditions which are described with respect
to climate, hydro-geological aspects, atmospheric conditions, water quality, soil quality,
vegetation pattern, ecology, socio-economic profile, landuse, places of archaeological
importance etc.
3.1 STUDY AREA
SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd. proposed manufacturing unit is located at Sy No: 290 &
Parts, Dondapadu (V), Chinthalapalem (M), Suryapet District, Telangana State.
3.1.2 Study Period
The baseline data was collected for the study area during the period of October to
December – 2018.
3.2 Geological & Hydrogeological Environment
Scope and Methodology
In any given environment the occurrence and movement of ground water and its quality
and quantity is chiefly controlled and governed by many factors such as geographical set-
up, climate and rainfall conditions, hydrological features, topography, soil characteristics,
the nature and thickness of underlying rock formations and other related aspects that
prevail in an area. Therefore the study envisages indentifying the existing ground water
conditions comprising both quality and potential within the project site and its
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 123
neighborhood, relating the projected utilization for the production, identifying the likely
impacts on surface and ground water resources and indicating mitigation measures. In
order to accomplish the proposed objective of the study, the scope and methodology
adopted is as follows:
Collection of the relevant data contained in the EIA and EMP Reports, from the
reports and maps of Central Ground Water Board (CGWB), Geological Survey of
India (GSI) and Indian Meterological Department (IMD) other Institutions and
Departments.
Identify Inter- related and Inter – dependent key factors that play vital role in the
occurrence of ground water its quality and potential.
Identify surface water resources in the project site and its catchment area.
Assess the ground water resource potential in the catchment area of the project
site.
The field investigations were carried out to study surface rock outcrops, geological cross
sections in the road cuttings. Inventory of wells representing the entire watershed area was
carried out. Hydrogeological data of about 10 wells was collected. Water levels were
measured in the Dug wells and bore wells.
Information already available and the data collected during the survey is collated and
analyzed to comprehend the overall ground water situation in the area. An attempt is made
to predict the likely changes that could occur on account of the proposed bulk drugs
manufacturing and certain mitigation measures have been indicated to avoid adverse
effect on the ground water environment.
3.2.1 Geomorphology and Soil Types:
The domal (radial) structures are reflected in the geomorphology of the region as elevated
circular drainage pattern of the region from which the disposition and various
geomorphological units are identified. The soil comprises of red soil, black soil, alkaline soil
and alluvium. The red soil constitutes 85 % of the area. Black soil is found over the
limestone area, in the southeastern part of the area. Alkaline soil occurs as limited patches
in the central part. Alluvial soil occurs along Alair, Musi and Kargal rivers.
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 124
3.2.2 Geology
The district is underlain by variety of geological formations comprising from the oldest
Archaeans to Recent Alluvium. Hydrogeologically these formations are classified as
consolidated (Hard), semi-consolidated (Soft) and unconsolidated (Soft) formations. The
consolidated formations include crystallines (khondalites, charnockites and granitic
gneisses) and metasediments (Limestones, shales, phyllites and quartzites) of Archaean
and Pre-cambrian periods respectively.
3.2.3 Hydrogeology
The proposed Bulk Drug Manufacturing unit is located on the upper reaches of the
catchment and is over the run off zone. A Third order stream is passing over the
northeastern portion of the proposed Project area draining south east. The catchment area
of the proposed site is moderate and recharge conditions are good. However, the buffer
zone of 10Kms radius has good catchment, excellentand favorable rechargeconditions
with streams and tanks of considerable storage potential.
All the stream courses are ephemeral in character and carry large volumes of storm flows
during rainy season and remain dry during non - monsoon season. The width of the
streams is narrow and follows the weak planes within the hard rock formations. A drainage
map of the area around the proposed plant is annexed.A drainage map of the area around
the project is shown in Figure 3.1.
3.2.4 Groundwater Conditions
Groundwater occurs under semi-confined conditions in the bedding planes of limestone
and limited in the weathered zones. Eleven bore wells were inventoried to assess the
groundwater conditions. The depth to water levels was found to be 70-120m. The yield
ranges of bore wells were found to be 80-150 lpm. The quality of water is found to be
potable.
As the extent of the proposed site is very small only roof top rainwater harvesting is
suggested for improving the recharge to the groundwater.
The proposed area is categorized as safe by the Groundwater department and scope for
development & stage of groundwater is good. The site is feasible for groundwater
extraction for the proposed Bulk drugs & intermediates manufacturing unit.
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 125
3.2.5 Drainage Pattern of Study Area
Dendritic drainage indicates homogenous rocks, the trellis, rectangular and parallel
drainage patterns indicate structural and lithological controls. The coarse drainage texture
indicates highly porous and permeable rock formations; whereas fine drainage texture is
more common in less pervious formations. Weathering profile controls of ground water and
above all discharge of surface water along the major streams and rivers. Fractured pattern
and other structural features control drainage pattern in hard rocks. Slope / gradient of
area coupled with drainage density decide the weathering profile. These two factors
synthesized with rainfall (of a given area) provide information on the ground water potential
(weathering profile, structural factors) and discharge of surface water along streams.
Weathering profile increases groundwater potential, slope/gradient together with runoff
controls the thickness of weathered zone. Major faults, lineaments sometimes connects
two are more watersheds (Drainage Basins) and act as conduits (Interconnecting channel
ways). Flow of groundwater along these week zones is an established fact. A proper
understanding of the major faults, their influence of groundwater flow has to be understood
from drainage system and its controls. The study of the drainage for the present purpose is
to understand that, to what extent the ground water would be affected by the water
pollutants. Survey of India Topomaps, satellite data of summer season are the main input
data for preparation of drainage map. The drainage map is prepared using Toposheets of
Survey of India on 1:50,000 scale and updated using latest satellite data wherever
deviations and new developments are observed.
Step I: All the rivers its tributaries and drainage network shown on the Toposheets are
captured. The boundaries of all rivers/water bodies with names appearing are captured
from Toposheets. The drainage is drawn from whole to part, i.e., from the rivers to
tributaries to first drains to second order drains to third order drains.
Step II: Based on the post monsoon satellite image extent of water spread and dry parts
are updated. The water bodies which did not exist at the time of survey of Toposheets, if
any are also captured based on satellite imagery. The study area forms part of Mahanadi
river basin the southern of the area from western part, towards East. All these rivers and
rivulets get dry for major part of the year and carry heavy floods during rainy season. The
drainage map of study area has showing in figure 3.1.
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 126
Table 3.1
Showing drainage density based criteria by smith and strahler.
Drainage Density
Texture Runoff Infiltration Relief Stratum
< 5.0 Coarse (High) High Low High High Impermeable
5.0 - 13.7 Medium Medium Medium Medium Medium Permeable
13.7 - 155.3 Ultra fine (Low) Low High Low Good Permeable
Table 3.2
Showing drainage density based criteria proposed by Long Bein
Drainage Density Areas Runoff
0.55 - 2.09 Steep Impervious Areas High
1.03 Humid Regions High
Table 3.3
Showing Drainage Density Based Criteria Proposed by Horton
Drainage Density Stratum Runoff
0.9 - 1.29 Steep Impervious Areas High
< 0.9 Permeable High Infiltration Areas Low
3.2.6 Drainage Map
This Draingae map consists of all water bodies, rivers, tributaries, perennial & ephemeral
streams, reservoirs, tanks, ponds and the entire drainage network from first order
originating in the area to the last order joining the rivers, tributaries and tanks based on
topography. Understanding the importance of drainage depends on the purpose and the
objective of the project. For the present study purpose the following factors have to be
understood and extracted from the study of the drainage pattern. Drainage network helps
in delineation of watersheds. Drainage density and type of drainage gives information
related to runoff, infiltration relief and permeability.
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 127
FIGURE 3.1 SHOWING DRAINAGE MAP OF THE PROJECT STUDY AREA
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 128
3.3 Micrometeorology and Climate
The meteorological data recorded during the study period is very useful for proper
interpretation of the baseline information as well as for input to prediction models for
air quality dispersion. Historical data on meteorological parameters will also play an
important role in identifying general meteorological regime of the region.
Automatic weather station was installed in the project site at about 10 m above the
ground level. On-site monitoring was undertaken for various meteorological variables
in order to record the site-specific data. Data was recorded every hour continuously
from Oct – 2018 to Dec – 2018.
The critical weather elements that influence air pollution are wind speed, wind
direction, temperature, which together determines atmosphere stability. The details
of the temperature, relative humidity and rainfall observed during study period (Oct –
2018 to Dec – 2018) are given below.
A. Temperature:
During the study period the minimum and maximum temperatures were recorded as
12 °C and 39 °C respectively.
B. Relative Humidity:
During study period at project site, the relative humidity was recorded as 79%
C. Rainfall
Rainfall during the Study Period at the Project Site is 28.2 mm. Normal annual
rainfall is 982 mm. (Source: IMD Climatatological Normals, Nandigama 1981 - 2010)
D. Wind pattern
Dispersion of different air pollutants released into the atmosphere has significant
impacts on neighborhood air environment. The dispersion/dilution of the released
pollutant over a large area will result in considerable reduction of the concentration of
a pollutant. The dispersion in turn depends on the weather conditions like the wind
speed, wind direction, temperature, relative humidity, mixing height, cloud cover and
also the rainfall in the area.
Wind speed and direction data recorded during the study period is useful in
identifying the influence of meteorology on the air quality of the area. Wind roses on
sixteen sector basis have been drawn. Wind directions and wind speed frequency
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 129
observed during study period is given in Table 3.4 and wind rose diagrams are
given in Figure 3.2.
The following observations can be made from the collected data;
Calm period is observed to be 1.9 % during the time of monitoring.
The predominant wind direction is N & NE.
Other than predominant wind directions wind was blowing in North direction.
Average wind speed 3.5 m/s.
Mostly the wind speeds are observed to be in the range of 5.7 – 8.8 m/sec,
0.5 – 2.1 m/Sec, 3.6 - 5.7 m/Sec, with frequency of distribution percentages
ranges from 27.5, 21.1, & 16.2.
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 130
TABLE 3.4: FREQUENCY DISTRIBUTION WIND DIRECTIONS AND WIND SPEED
S. No Wind Directions Wind Classes (m/s)
0.5 - 2.1 2.1 - 3.6 3.6 - 5.7 5.7 - 8.8 8.8 - 11.1 >= 11.1 Total (%)
1 N 348.75 - 11.25 4.4 9.6 1.9 0.3 0 0 16.2
2 NNE 11.25 - 33.75 3.6 4.8 4.3 0.5 0 0 13.2
3 NE 33.75 - 56.25 4.2 4.3 5 0.6 0 0 14.1
4 ENE 56.25 - 78.75 3.4 3.7 2.9 0.1 0 0 10.1
5 E 78.75 - 101.25 3.1 2.6 2 0.2 0 0 7.9
6 ESE 101.25 - 123.75 2.9 2.7 0.7 0 0 0 6.3
7 SE 123.75 - 146.25 3.2 2.7 0.8 0 0 0 6.7
8 SSE 146.25 - 168.75 2.4 2.1 0.6 0 0 0 5.1
9 S 168.75 - 191.25 0.6 0.8 0.1 0.1 0 0 1.6
10 SSW 191.25 - 213.75 1 0.4 0 0 0 0 1.4
11 SW 213.75 - 236.25 0.8 0.1 0 0 0 0 0.9
12 WSW 236.25 - 258.75 0.9 0.4 0 0 0 0 1.3
13 W 258.75 - 281.25 1.1 0.2 0.3 0 0 0 1.6
14 WNW 281.25 - 303.75 1.5 0.5 0.5 0 0 0 2.5
15 NW 303.75 - 326.25 1.7 0.8 0 0 0 0 2.5
16 NNW 326.25 - 348.75 3.2 3.2 0.3 0 0 0 6.7
Sub-Total 38 38.9 19.4 1.8 0 0 98.1
Calms 1.9
Missing/Incomplete 0
Total 100
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 131
FIGURE 3.2: WINDROSE DIAGRAM PERIOD: OCT 2018 – DEC 2018
FIGURE 3.3: WINDROSE DIAGRAM FOR SECONDARY DATA
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 132
Table 3.5: Comparison of Primary Data (PROJECT SITE) with Secondary Data
(IMD DATA)
Month Parameter Primary Data Secondary Data
October Predominant wind direction
N & NE N, NW & NE
November N & NE N, NW & NE
December N & NE N, NW & NE
IMD DATA
30 years meteorological data for Peddapuram for the period of 1981 to 2010 is
collected from nearby IMD station (Kakinada) for Wind speed (kmph), Wind direction
(0 to 3600), Ambient Temperature (0C), Relative humidity (%), Rainfall (mm) and
Mixing height (m) collected from ATLAS.
Table 3.6: IMD Data for Chinthalapalem, Nandigama IMD Station
Month
Temperature, (0C)
Relative Humidity, (%)
Wind Speed (kmph)
Monthly Avg.
Rainfall (mm)
Predominant Wind
Direction coming from
Max Min Max Min
January 33.4 13.6 84 49 4.6 11.8 SE, N, S &
NW
February 36.6 15.6 81 44 5.3 7.7 SE, S & SW
March 39.8 18.2 78 39 7.0 14.1 SE, S & SW
April 42.4 21.1 72 39 8.0 13.9 SE, S & SW
May 44.7 21.8 62 36 8.1 46.2 SE, S, SW &
NW
June 42.4 22.0 67 49 7.0 117 SW, W & NW
July 38.1 21.8 75 62 6.4 179.8 SW, W & NW
August 36.1 21.9 79 68 5.5 225.9 SW, W & NW
September 35.8 21.6 82 70 4.2 188.7 SW, W & NW
October 34.8 19.7 83 71 4.4 138.3 N, NW & NE
November 33.2 15.3 81 64 4.9 28.2 N, NW & NE
December 32.2 13.6 82 56 4.2 10.4 N, NW & NE
Source: IMD data collected from IMD Nandigama for 1981 to 2010 (30 years)
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 133
3.4 AIR ENVIRONMENT
The ambient air quality with respect to the study area of 10 km radius around the
plant site forms the baseline information. The various sources of air pollution in the
region are industrial, traffic and rural activities. This will also be useful for assessing
the conformity to standards of the ambient air quality during the plant operation. The
study area represents mostly rural environment.
The baseline status of the ambient air quality has been assessed through a
scientifically designed ambient air quality monitoring network. The design of
monitoring network in the air quality surveillance programme has been based on the
following considerations:
Meteorological conditions on synoptic scale.
Topography of the study area.
Representation of plant site.
Influence of the existing sources (if any) are to be kept at minimum.
Inclusion of major distinct villages to collect the baseline status.
Representation of down wind direction.
Representation of upwind direction.
Representation of cross sectional distribution in the down wind direction.
The ambient air quality monitoring was carried out in accordance with National
Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS) of CPCB. Ambient Air Quality Monitoring
(AAQM) was carried out at eight locations for 2 days per week for 12 weeks during
study period and the locations are shown in Figure 3.4. The locations of the different
stations with respect to its distance and direction from project site are shown in
Table 3.7.
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 134
TABLE 3.7: AMBIENT AIR QUALITY SAMPLING LOCATIONS
S.No. Code Name of Sampling Location Distance (km) w.r.t Project
Direction w.r.t Project
1 A1 Project Site -- --
2 A2 Dondapadu (near Sitapurm Colony)
1.4 WSW
3 A3 Mukteshwarapuram 2.6 E
4 A4 Bugga Madharam 2.2 SE
5 A5 Vajinepalli 3.7 SSE
6 A6 Ramapuram 5.7 WNW
7 A7 Budavada 5.6 NNW
8 A8 Jaggayyapeta 7.9 N
The monitoring was carried out for a three month period (Oct 2018 – Dec 2018) at a
frequency of twice a week at each station adopting a continuous 24- hour schedule.
The following parameters were monitored in the study area :
Particulate Matter (PM10)
Particulate Matter (PM2.5)
Sulphur Dioxide (SO2)
Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx)
Carbon Monoxide (CO)
Ammonia (NH3)
Volitail Organic Compounds (VOC)
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 135
FIGURE 3.4: AMBIENT AIR QUALITY SAMPLING LOCATIONS MAP
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 136
3.4.1. National Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS)
National Ambient Air Quality Standards, 2009 for the notified Industrial, Residential,
Rural and Other Areas as well as Sensitive Areas are presented in table below. The
state has not promulgated separate Ambient Air Quality Standards.
TABLE 3.8: NATIONAL AMBIENT AIR QUALITY STANDARDS
S. No
Pollutant Time
Weighted Average
Concentration in Ambient Air
Methods of measurement
Industrial Area
Residential, Rural &
other Areas
Ecologically sensitive area
(Notified by Central Govt)
1 Sulphur Dioxide (SO2) µg/m3
Annual * 50 20 -Improved West and Gaeke method -Ultraviolet fluorescence
24 hours** 80 80
2 Oxides of Nitrogen as NO2 µg/m3
Annual * 40 30 -Modified Jocob and Hochheise(NaArsenite ) -Chemiluminescence
24 hours** 80 80
3 Particulate matter (size Less than 10µm) µg/m3
Annual * 60 60 -Gravimetric -TOEM -Beta attenuation
24 hours** 100 100
4 Particulate matter (size less than 2.5 µm) µg/m3
Annual * 40 40 -Gravimetric -TOEM -Beta attenuation
24 hours** 60 60
5 Ozone µg/m3
8 hours** 100 100 - UV Photometric -Chemiluminescence -Chemical method
1 hour** 180 180
6 Lead (Pb)
µg/m3
Annual * 0.50 0.50 -AAS/ICP method for sampling on EPM 2000 or Equivalent Filter paper -ED -XRF using Teflon filter paper
24 hours** 1.0 1.0
7 Carbon
Monooxide mg/m3
8 hours**
02 02 -Non Dispersive Infra Red (NDIR) spectroscopy 1 hour ** 04 04
8 Ammonia (NH3) µg/m3
Annual * 100 100 -Chemiluminescence -Indo-Phenol Blue method
24 hours** 400 400
9 Benzene µg/m3 Annual * 05 05
-GC based continuous analyzer - Adsorption & desorption followed by GC analysis
10 Benzo(a) pyrene (BaP)- Particulate Phase only ng/m3
Annual * 01 01 -Solvent extraction followed by GC/HPLC extraction
11 Arsenic ng/m3 Annual * 06 06
AAS/ICP method for sampling on EPM2000 OR Equivalent Filter paper
12 Nickel ng/m3 Annual *
20 20 -AAS/ICP method for sampling on EPM2000
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 137
S. No
Pollutant Time
Weighted Average
Concentration in Ambient Air
Methods of measurement
Industrial Area
Residential, Rural &
other Areas
Ecologically sensitive area
(Notified by Central Govt)
OR Equivalent Filter paper
G.S.No.826 (E) dated 16th November, 2009. Vide letter no. F. No. Q-15017/43/2007-CPW.
*Average Arithmetic mean of minimum 104 measurements in a year taken for a week
24 hourly at uniform interval.
**24 hourly/8 hourly values should meet 98 percent of the time in a year.
TABLE 3.9: AMBIENT AIR QUALITY RESULTS FOR PM10
Location Minimum Maximum 98th
Percentile NAAQ
Standards
Project Site 59.1 66.3 66.3 100
Jaggayyapeta 57.2 62.0 61.8 100
Mukteshwarapuram 52.9 58.9 58.7 100
Bugga Madharam 53.4 60.2 59.7 100
Vajinepalli 45.6 65.8 65.5 100
Ramapuram 47.3 61.9 61.5 100
Budavada 38.1 55.0 55.0 100
Dondapadu (near Sitapuram) 58.2 69.6 69.3 100
FIGURE 3.5: AMBIENT AIR QUALITY RESULTS FOR PM10
020406080
100
PM
10
µg/
m3
Air Quality Monitoring Locations
Minimum
Average
98 Percentile
CPCB Norms
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 138
TABLE 3.10: AMBIENT AIR QUALITY RESULTS FOR PM2.5
Location Minimum Maximum 98th
Percentile NAAQ
Standards
Project Site 23.7 26.5 26.5 60
Jaggayyapeta 22.9 24.8 24.7 60
Mukteshwarapuram 21.2 23.6 23.5 60
Bugga Madharam 21.4 24.1 23.9 60
Vajinepalli 18.2 26.3 26.2 60
Ramapuram 18.9 24.8 24.6 60
Budavada 15.2 22.0 22.0 60
Dondapadu (near Sitapuram) 23.3 27.8 27.7 60
FIGURE 3.6: AMBIENT AIR QUALITY RESULTS FOR PM2.5
TABLE 3.11: AMBIENT AIR QUALITY RESULTS FOR SO2
Location Minimum Maximum 98th
Percentile NAAQ
Standards
Project Site 13.1 14.7 14.7 80
Jaggayyapeta 12.7 13.8 13.7 80
Mukteshwarapuram 11.8 13.1 13.0 80
Bugga Madharam 11.9 13.4 13.3 80
Vajinepalli 10.1 14.6 14.6 80
Ramapuram 10.5 13.8 13.7 80
Budavada 8.5 12.2 12.2 80
Dondapadu (near Sitapuram) 12.9 15.5 15.4 80
010203040506070
PM
2.5
µg/
m3
Air Quality Monitoring Locations
Minimum
Average
98 Percentile
CPCB Norms
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 139
FIGURE 3.7: AMBIENT AIR QUALITY RESULTS FOR SO2
TABLE 3.12: AMBIENT AIR QUALITY RESULTS FOR NOX
Location Minimum Maximum 98th
Percentile NAAQ
Standards
Project Site 20.5 22.1 22.1 80
Jaggayyapeta 20.1 21.2 21.1 80
Mukteshwarapuram 19.2 20.5 20.4 80
Bugga Madharam 19.3 20.8 20.7 80
Vajinepalli 17.5 22.0 22.0 80
Ramapuram 17.9 21.2 21.1 80
Budavada 15.9 19.6 19.6 80
Dondapadu (near Sitapuram) 20.3 22.9 22.8 80
FIGURE 3.8: AMBIENT AIR QUALITY RESULTS FOR NOX
0102030405060708090
SO2
µg/
m3
Air Quality Monitoring Locations
Minimum
Average
98 Percentile
CPCB Norms
0102030405060708090
NO
Xµ
g/m
3
Air Quality Monitoring Locations
Minimum
Average
98 Percentile
CPCB Norms
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 140
TABLE 3.13: AMBIENT AIR QUALITY RESULTS FOR CO
Location Minimum Maximum 98th
Percentile NAAQ
Standards
Project Site 0.66 0.87 0.87 2
Dondapadu (near Sitapurm) 0.21 0.58 0.57 2
Mukteshwarapuram 0.11 0.51 0.44 2
Bugga Madharam 0.12 0.36 0.35 2
Vajinepalli 0.12 0.54 0.45 2
Ramapuram 0.12 0.36 0.35 2
Budavada 0.12 0.47 0.46 2
Jaggayyapeta 0.12 0.36 0.36 2
FIGURE 3.9: AMBIENT AIR QUALITY RESULTS FOR CO
TABLE 3.14: AMBIENT AIR QUALITY RESULTS FOR NH3
Location Minimum Maximum 98th
Percentile NAAQ
Standards
Project Site 25.8 27.4 27.4 400
Jaggayyapeta 25.4 26.5 26.4 400
Mukteshwarapuram 24.5 25.8 25.7 400
Bugga Madharam 24.6 26.1 26.0 400
Vajinepalli 22.8 27.3 27.3 400
Ramapuram 23.2 26.5 26.4 400
Budavada 21.2 24.9 24.9 400
Dondapadu (near Sitapurm) 25.6 28.2 28.1 400
012345
CO
mg/
m3
Air Quality Monitoring Locations
Minimum
Average
98 Percentile
CPCB Norms
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 141
FIGURE 3.10: AMBIENT AIR QUALITY RESULTS FOR NH3
050
100150200250300350400
Ammonia µg/m3
Minimum
Average
98 Percentile
CPCB Norms
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 142
3.4.2. Ambient Air Quality Data (AAQ)
The Maximum, Minimum & 98th percentile values for all the sampling are shown in
Table 3.7. The location wise monitored Ambient Air Quality details are presented in
Table 3.8 to Table 3.15.
1. Particulate Matter (PM10)
The maximum and minimum concentrations for PM10 were recorded in the study
area showed 98th percentile values in the range of 55.0 – 69.3 μg/ m3. The
maximum concentration 69.3 μg/ m3 were recorded at sampling locations at
Dondapadu (near Sitapurm). The concentrations of PM10 are well below the
CPCB standard of 100 μg/ m3.
2. Particulate Matter (PM2.5)
The CPCB Standard for concentration of PM2.5 is 60 μg/ m3. The maximum and
minimum 98th percentile concentrations for Particulate Matter (PM2.5) monitored
in the study area were 22.0 – 27.7 μg/m3 respectively. Highest value of 27.7 μg/
m3 was at Dondapadu (near Sitapurm). The concentration of PM2.5 is well below
the prescribed limit of 60 μg/ m3
3. Sulphur Dioxide (SO2)
98th percentile value of Sulphur dioxide in the study area from the monitored data
was in the range of 12.2 – 15.4 μg/ m3. Maximum value of Sulpur dioxide of 15.4
μg/ m3 obtained at Dondapadu (near Sitapurm). The concentration of SO2 is well
below the prescribed limit of 80 μg/ m3
4. Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx)
Ambient air quality status monitored for oxides of nitrogen in the study area were
in the range with 98th percentile values between 19.6 – 22.8 μg/ m3. A maximum
value of 22.8 μg/ m3 was prevailing at the time of sampling at Dondapadu (near
Sitapurm). The concentration of NOX is well below the prescribed limit of 80 μg/
m3
5. Carbon Monoxide (CO)
The maximum and minimum 98th percentile concentrations for Carbon Monoxide
(CO) monitored in the study area were 0.35 – 0.87 mg/m3 respectively. Highest
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 143
value of 0.87 mg/ m3 was at the Project Site. The concentration of CO is well
below the prescribed limit of 2 mg/ m3
6. Ammonia (NH3)
The maximum and minimum 98th percentile concentrations for Ammonia (NH3)
monitored in the study area were 24.9 – 28.1 μg/m3 respectively. Highest value of
28.1 μg/ m3 was at Dondapadu (near Sitapurm). The concentration of NH3 is well
below the prescribed limit of 400 μg/ m3
7. Volatile Organic Compounds (VOCs)
Volatile Organic Compounds (VOCs) concentration in study area was found to be
Below Detectable Limit of 1 ppm.
The ambient air quality monitoring results indicates that the overall air quality in the
study area is within permissible standards prescribed by NAAQ Standards.
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 144
TABLE 3.15: THE MAXIMUM, MINIMUM & 98th PERCENTILE VALUES FOR ALL THE
AMBIENT AIR SAMPLING LOCATIONS
Code Name of Sampling Location
PM 10(µg/M3) PM 2.5(µg/M
3) SO2(µg/M
3) NOX(µg/M
3) CO (mg/M
3) NH3 (µg/M
3)
Min Max 98th
Min Max 98th
Min Max 98th
Min Max 98th
Min Max 98th
Min Max 98th
A1 Project Site 59.1 66.3 66.3 23.7 26.5 26.5 13.1 14.7 14.7 20.5 22.1 22.1 0.66 0.87 0.87 25.8 27.4 27.4
A2 Dondapadu (near Sitapurm Colony)
58.2 69.6 69.3 23.3 27.8 27.7 12.9 15.5 15.4 20.3 22.9 22.8 0.21 0.58 0.57 25.6 28.2 28.1
A3 Mukteshwarapuram 52.9 58.9 58.7 21.2 23.6 23.5 11.8 13.1 13.0 19.2 20.5 20.4 0.11 0.51 0.44 24.5 25.8 25.7
A4 Bugga Madharam 53.4 60.2 59.7 21.4 24.1 23.9 11.9 13.4 13.3 19.3 20.8 20.7 0.12 0.36 0.35 24.6 26.1 26.0
A5 Vajinepalli 45.6 65.8 65.5 18.2 26.3 26.2 10.1 14.6 14.6 17.5 22.0 22.0 0.12 0.54 0.45 22.8 27.3 27.3
A6 Ramapuram 47.3 61.9 61.5 18.9 24.8 24.6 10.5 13.8 13.7 17.9 21.2 21.1 0.12 0.36 0.35 23.2 26.5 26.4
A7 Budavada 38.1 55.0 55.0 15.2 22.0 22.0 8.5 12.2 12.2 15.9 19.6 19.6 0.12 0.47 0.46 21.2 24.9 24.9
A8 Jaggayyapeta 57.2 62.0 61.8 22.9 24.8 24.7 12.7 13.8 13.7 20.1 21.2 21.1 0.12 0.36 0.36 25.4 26.5 26.4
NAAQ Standards’ 100 60 80 80 2 400
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 145
3.5 WATER ENVIRONMENT
Water sampling and subsequent analysis were carried out to determine both the
groundwater and surface water quality of the study area.
Selected water quality parameters of ground water resources and surface water
resources within 10 km radius of the study area has been studied for assessing the
quality of water.
3.5.1 Methodology for Water Quality Monitoring
Ground water sources and surface water sources covering 10 km radial distance
were examined for physico-chemical, heavy metals and bacteriological parameters
in order to assess the effect of industrial and other activities on ground water and
surface water. The samples were analyzed as per the procedures specified in
'Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater' published by
American Public Health Association (APHA).
Samples for chemical analysis were collected in polyethylene carboys. Samples for
bacteriological analysis were collected in sterilized glass bottles. Selected
physicochemical and bacteriological parameters have been analyzed for projecting
the existing water quality status in the study area. Parameters like pH and
temperature were analyzed at the time of sample collection.
The details of surface and ground water sampling locations are given in Table 3.16
and sampling locations of ground water quality and surface quality monitoring are
shown in Figure 3.11. The physico - chemical characteristics of the ground water
samples and surface water samples are presented in the Tables 3.17 & Tables 3.18.
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 146
TABLE 3.16: GROUND AND SURFACE WATER SAMPLING LOCATIONS
S.No. Code Name of Sampling Location Distance (km) w.r.t Project
Direction w.r.t Project
Ground Water Sampling Locations
1 GW1 Near Project Site -- --
2 GW2 Mukteshwarapuram 2.6 E
3 GW3 Bugga Madharam 2.2 SE
4 GW4 Vajinepalli 3.7 SSE
5 GW5 Dondapadu 1.4 WSW
6 GW6 Ramapuram 5.7 WNW
7 GW7 Budavada 5.6 NNW
8 GW8 Kautavari Agraharam 6.5 NE
Surface Water Sampling Locations
1 SW1 Krishna River Near Muktyala (Sri Bhavani Muktheswara Swamy Vari Ghat)
2.8 ESE
2 SW2 Krishna River Near Vajinepalli 4.4 SSE
3 SW3 Palleru River near Kautavari Agraharam
7.2 NE
4 SW4 Palleru River near Budavada 5.8 NNW
5 SW5 Water body Near Jaggayyapeta
8.6 NE
6 SW6 Water body near Ramapuram 8.0 WNW
7 SW7 Mine Pit Near Ramapuram 5.2 WNW
8 SW8 Water body near Tripuravaram 9.7 NNE
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 147
FIGURE 3.11: GROUND & SURFACE WATER SAMPLING LOCATIONS MAP
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 148
TABLE 3.17 GROUNDWATER QUALITY IN THE STUDY AREA
S. No Parameter Method Unit GW1 GW2 GW3 GW4 IS 10,500 Limits
Acceptable Permissible
1 pH APHA 22nd Edition 4500 H+ B -- 7.30 7.66 7.04 7.37 6.5-8.5 No Relaxation
2 Color APHA 22nd Edition 2120 B CU < 1.0 < 1.0 < 1.0 <1.0 5 15
3 Total Dissolved Solids APHA 22nd Edition 2540 C mg/l 642 940 610 966 500 2000
4 Total Alkalinity (as CaCO3)
APHA 22nd Edition 2320 B mg/l 280 450 285 370 200 600
5 Total Hardness (as CaCO3)
APHA 22nd Edition 2340 C mg/l 405 445 375 515 200 600
6 Calcium (as Ca ) APHA 22nd Edition 3500 Ca B mg/l 118.2 84.2 150.3 158 75 200
7 Magnesium (as Mg) APHA 22nd Edition 3500-Mg B mg/l 26.7 57.1 -- 29.2 30 100
8 Sulphate (as SO4) APHA 22nd Edition 4500 SO4 E mg/l 74.0 71.2 66.5 97.3 200 400
9 Chloride (as Cl) APHA 22nd Edition 4500 Cl- B mg/l 154.9 102.9 257.4 199.9 250 1000
10 Lead as Pb APHA 22nd Edition 3111B mg/l < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 0.01 No Relaxation
11 Cadmium as Cd APHA 22nd Edition 3111B mg/l <0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 0.003 No Relaxation
12 Total Chromium as Cr APHA 22nd Edition 3111B mg/l <0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05 0.05 No Relaxation
13 Copper as Cu APHA 22nd Edition 3111B mg/l < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 0.05 1.5
14 Zinc as Zn APHA 22nd Edition 3111B mg/l < 0.5 < 0.5 < 0.5 < 0.5 5 15
15 Nickel as Ni APHA 22nd Edition 3111B mg/l <0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 0.02 No Relaxation
16 Fluorides as F APHA 22nd Edition 4500 F- D mg/l 6.2 5.7 1.2 1.1 1 1.5
17 Aluminium as Al APHA 22nd Edition 3500 Al B mg/l <0.03 < 0.03 < 0.03 < 0.03 0.03 0.2
18 Boron as B APHA 22nd Edition 4500 B B mg/l <0.2 <0.2 <0.2 <0.2 0.5 1
19 Manganese as Mn APHA 22nd Edition 3111B mg/l <0.02 <0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 0.1 0.3
20 Iron as Fe APHA 22nd Edition 3500 Fe B mg/l < 0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05 0.3 No Relaxation
21 Nitrate Nitrogen APHA 22nd Edition 4500 NO3 B mg/l 4.2 4.6 4.5 4.0 45 No Relaxation
22 Sodium as Na APHA 22nd Edition 3500 Na B mg/l 148 95 220 185 -- --
23 Potassium as K APHA 22nd Edition 3500 K B mg/l < 5.0 <5.0 < 5.0 <5.0 -- --
24 Odour APHA 22nd Edition 2150 B -- Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable -- --
25 Electrical Conductivity APHA 22nd Edition 2510 B μmho/cm 1060 1565 1016 1609 -- --
26 Phosphorus as P APHA 22nd Edition 4500 P C mg/l 0.18 0.82 0.920 0.75 -- --
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 149
TABLE 3.17 GROUND WATER QUALITY IN THE STUDY AREA
S. No Parameter Method Unit GW5 GW6 GW7 GW8 IS 10,500 Limits
Acceptable Permissible
1 pH APHA 22nd Edition 4500 H+ B -- 7.32 7.60 7.08 7.31 6.5-8.5 No
Relaxation
2 Color APHA 22nd Edition 2120 B CU < 1.0 < 1.0 < 1.0 <1.0 5 15
3 Total Dissolved Solids APHA 22nd Edition 2540 C mg/l 638 950 608 965 500 2000
4 Total Alkalinity (as CaCO3)
APHA 22nd Edition 2320 B mg/l 285 455 280 365 200 600
5 Total Hardness (as CaCO3)
APHA 22nd Edition 2340 C mg/l 355 450 295 415 200 600
6 Calcium (as Ca ) APHA 22nd Edition 3500 Ca B mg/l 98.5 104.2 124.0 140 75 200
7 Magnesium (as Mg) APHA 22nd Edition 3500-Mg B mg/l 25.0 46.1 -- 28.3 30 100
8 Sulphate (as SO4) APHA 22nd Edition 4500 SO4 E mg/l 69.2 70.2 69.0 98.6 200 400
9 Chloride (as Cl) APHA 22nd Edition 4500 Cl- B mg/l 154.2 102.2 256 190.2 250 1000
10 Lead as Pb APHA 22nd Edition 3111B mg/l < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 0.01 No Relaxation
11 Cadmium as Cd APHA 22nd Edition 3111B mg/l <0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 0.003 No Relaxation
12 Total Chromium as Cr APHA 22nd Edition 3111B mg/l <0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05 0.05 No Relaxation
13 Copper as Cu APHA 22nd Edition 3111B mg/l < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 0.05 1.5
14 Zinc as Zn APHA 22nd Edition 3111B mg/l < 0.5 < 0.5 < 0.5 < 0.5 5 15
15 Nickel as Ni APHA 22nd Edition 3111B mg/l <0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 0.02 No Relaxation
16 Fluorides as F APHA 22nd Edition 4500 F- D mg/l 5.2 5.1 1.8 1.4 1 1.5
17 Aluminium as Al APHA 22nd Edition 3500 Al B mg/l <0.03 < 0.03 < 0.03 < 0.03 0.03 0.2
18 Boron as B APHA 22nd Edition 4500 B B mg/l <0.2 <0.2 <0.2 <0.2 0.5 1
19 Manganese as Mn APHA 22nd Edition 3111B mg/l <0.02 <0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 0.1 0.3
20 Iron as Fe APHA 22nd Edition 3500 Fe B mg/l < 0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05 0.3 No Relaxation
21 Nitrate Nitrogen APHA 22nd Edition 4500 NO3 B mg/l 4.0 4.5 4.2 4.1 45 No Relaxation
22 Sodium as Na APHA 22nd Edition 3500 Na B mg/l 148 95 220 185 -- --
23 Potassium as K APHA 22nd Edition 3500 K B mg/l < 5.0 <5.0 < 5.0 <5.0 -- --
24 Odour APHA 22nd Edition 2150 B -- Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable -- --
25 Electrical Conductivity APHA 22nd Edition 2510 B μmho/cm
1052 1580 1010 1528 -- --
26 Phosphorus as P APHA 22nd Edition 4500 P C mg/l 0.15 0.72 0.810 0.80 -- --
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 150
TABLE 3.18 SURFACE WATER QUALITY IN THE STUDY AREA
S. No Parameter Method Unit SW1 SW2 SW3 SW4
1 pH APHA 22nd
Edition 4500 H+
B -- 8.39 8.39 7.83 7.95
2 Color APHA 22nd
Edition 2120 B CU <1.0 < 1.0 < 1.0 <1.0
3 Total Dissolved Solids APHA 22nd
Edition 2540 C mg/l 414 416 793 802
4 Total Alkalinity (as CaCO3) APHA 22nd
Edition 2320 B mg/l 160 180 290 310
5 Total Hardness (as CaCO3) APHA 22nd
Edition 2340 C mg/l 190 200 495 380
6 Calcium (as Ca ) APHA 22nd
Edition 3500 Ca B mg/l 52.1 44.1 64.1 78.1
7 Magnesium (as Mg) APHA 22nd
Edition 3500-Mg B mg/l 14.6 21.9 81.4 44.9
8 Sulphate (as SO4) APHA 22nd
Edition 4500 SO4 E mg/l 71.5 77.2 84.8 72.2
9 Chloride (as Cl) APHA 22nd
Edition 4500 Cl- B mg/l 244 97 204 212
10 Lead as Pb APHA 22nd Edition 3111B mg/l < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01
11 Cadmium as Cd APHA 22nd Edition 3111B mg/l <0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01
12 Total Chromium as Cr APHA 22nd Edition 3111B mg/l <0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05
13 Copper as Cu APHA 22nd Edition 3111B mg/l < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01
14 Zinc as Zn APHA 22nd Edition 3111B mg/l < 0.5 < 0.5 < 0.5 < 0.5
15 Nickel as Ni APHA 22nd Edition 3111B mg/l <0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01
16 Fluorides as F APHA 22nd Edition 4500 F- D mg/l 2.6 2.8 4.5 3.3
17 Aluminium as Al APHA 22nd Edition 3500 Al B mg/l <0.03 < 0.03 < 0.03 < 0.03
18 Boron as B APHA 22nd Edition 4500 B B mg/l <0.2 <0.2 <0.2 <0.2
19 Manganese as Mn APHA 22nd Edition 3111B mg/l <0.02 <0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02
20 Iron as Fe APHA 22nd Edition 3500 Fe B mg/l < 0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05
21 Nitrate Nitrogen APHA 22nd
Edition 4500 NO3 B mg/l 4.2 4.4 4.6 4.8
22 Chemical Oxygen Demand APHA 22nd
Edition 5220 B mg/l 6 8 4 6
23 BOD(3day’s at 27oC) IS 3025 (Part – 44) 2009 mg/l 2.0 3.5 <2.0 2.4
24 Sodium as Na APHA 22nd
Edition 3500 Na B mg/l 212 89 189 201
25 Potassium as K APHA 22nd
Edition 3500 K B mg/l 5.0 4.2 4.1 4.6
26 Total Suspended Solids APHA 22nd
Edition 2540 D mg/l <10 <10 <10 <10
27 Dissolved Oxygen APHA 22nd
Edition 4500 O C mg/l 5.9 5.8 5.8 6.4
28 Oil and grease APHA 22nd
Edition 5520 B mg/l <5.0 <5.0 <5.0 <5.0
29 Electrical Conductivity APHA 22nd
Edition 2510 B μmho/cm 687 692 1219 1334
30 Phosphorus as P APHA 22nd
Edition 4500 P C mg/l <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0
31 Total Coliform IS 1622 MPN/100 ml 46 50 48 51
32 Feacal Coliforms IS 1622 MPN/100 ml 7 8 7 8
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 151
TABLE 3.18 SURFACE WATER QUALITY IN THE STUDY AREA
S. No Parameter Method Unit SW5 SW6 SW7 SW8
1 pH APHA 22nd Edition 4500 H+ B -- 7.74 7.47 7.42 7.90
2 Color APHA 22nd Edition 2120 B CU <1.0 < 1.0 < 1.0 <1.0
3 Total Dissolved Solids APHA 22nd Edition 2540 C mg/l 954 536 821 728
4 Total Alkalinity (as CaCO3) APHA 22nd Edition 2320 B mg/l 460 375 220 290
5 Total Hardness (as CaCO3) APHA 22nd Edition 2340 C mg/l 455 315 490 320
6 Calcium (as Ca ) APHA 22nd Edition 3500 Ca B mg/l 58.2 76.1 62 76.1
7 Magnesium (as Mg) APHA 22nd Edition 3500-Mg B mg/l 75.3 30.3 52.4 41.9
8 Sulphate (as SO4) APHA 22nd Edition 4500 SO4 E mg/l 69.1 35.4 58.8 71.2
9 Chloride (as Cl) APHA 22nd Edition 4500 Cl- B mg/l 265 62 184 210
10 Lead as Pb APHA 22nd Edition 3111B mg/l < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01
11 Cadmium as Cd APHA 22nd Edition 3111B mg/l <0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01
12 Total Chromium as Cr APHA 22nd Edition 3111B mg/l <0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05
13 Copper as Cu APHA 22nd Edition 3111B mg/l < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01
14 Zinc as Zn APHA 22nd Edition 3111B mg/l < 0.5 < 0.5 < 0.5 < 0.5
15 Nickel as Ni APHA 22nd Edition 3111B mg/l <0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01
16 Fluorides as F APHA 22nd Edition 4500 F- D mg/l 7.2 4.5 4.4 3.3
17 Aluminium as Al APHA 22nd Edition 3500 Al B mg/l <0.03 < 0.03 < 0.03 < 0.03
18 Boron as B APHA 22nd Edition 4500 B B mg/l <0.2 <0.2 <0.2 <0.2
19 Manganese as Mn APHA 22nd Edition 3111B mg/l <0.02 <0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02
20 Iron as Fe APHA 22nd Edition 3500 Fe B mg/l < 0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05
21 Nitrate Nitrogen APHA 22nd Edition 4500 NO3 B mg/l 4.6 4.5 4.9 4.8
22 Chemical Oxygen Demand APHA 22nd Edition 5220 B mg/l 8 7.4 4 4
23 BOD(3day’s at 27oC) IS 3025 (Part – 44) 2009 mg/l 3.0 2.8 <2.0 2.0
24 Sodium as Na APHA 22nd Edition 3500 Na B mg/l 225 59.2 162 188
25 Potassium as K APHA 22nd Edition 3500 K B mg/l 4.1 4.3 4.1 4.4
26 Total Suspended Solids APHA 22nd Edition 2540 D mg/l <10 <10 <10 <10
27 Dissolved Oxygen APHA 22nd Edition 4500 O C mg/l 6.2 5.8 5.0 6.0
28 Oil and grease APHA 22nd Edition 5520 B mg/l <5.0 <5.0 <5.0 <5.0
29 Electrical Conductivity APHA 22nd Edition 2510 B μmho/cm 1585 892 1180 1290
30 Phosphorus as P APHA 22nd Edition 4500 P C mg/l <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0
31 Total Coliform IS 1622 MPN/100 ml 51.0 48.0 42.0 50
32 Feacal Coliforms IS 1622 MPN/100 ml 9 8 5 5
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 152
A. Summary of Groundwater Samples within 10 Km Radius
pH of the ground water samples collected was in the range between 7.04 –
7.66. All samples are below acceptable limits. Only drinking water samples
have fixed pH limit which is 6.5 -8.5 as per IS 10500-2012.
The acceptable limits for total dissolved solids as per IS: 10500-2012 are 500
mg/l whereas the permissible limits in absence of alternate source are 2000
mg/l, beyond this palatability decreases and may cause gastro intestinal
irritation. Total dissolved solids in the ground water samples were in the range
between 608 – 966 mg/l. All samples are above acceptable limits, but all
samples are well below the permissible limits of 2000 mg/l.
In the ground water samples collected from the study area, the Total hardness
was found to vary between 295 – 515 mg/l. All samples are above acceptable
limits and seven ground water samples for Total hardness are above
acceptable limit but within the permissible limits, while one sample is above the
permissible of 600 mg/l.
The acceptable limit for chloride is 250 mg/l as per IS: 10500 whereas the
permissible limit of the same is 1000 mg/l beyond this limit taste, corrosion and
palatability are affected. The Chlorides concentration was found to vary
between 102.2 – 257.4 mg/l. Six samples are below acceptable limits while
one sample is above acceptable limits but within permissible limits.
Fluoride is the other important parameter, which has the acceptable limit of 1
mg/l and permissible limit of 1.5 mg/l. was found to vary between 1.1 – 6.2
mg/l.
The Sulphates concentration was found to vary between 66.5 – 98.6 mg/l. All
the samples for Sulphates concentration was found are within acceptable limits
of 200 mg/l.
Ground water samples collected from eight locations within 10 km radius from the
plant site & analyzed as per standard methods of water and wastewater analysis
(APHA).
The water quality of the study area is found to be above the acceptable limits of
IS10500, for parameters TDS, Total hardness, Total Alkalinity, Calcium, Magnesium,
Fluorides.
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 153
Summary of Surface Water Samples within 10 km Radius:
pH of the water samples collected was in the range between 7.42 – 8.39.
Total dissolved solids in the samples were in the range between 414 – 954 mg/l.
Total hardness was found to be in the range of 190 – 495 mg/l.
Chlorides concentration was found to vary between 62 – 265 mg/l.
Fluoride concentration was found to vary between 2.6 – 7.2 mg/l.
Sulphates concentration was found to vary between 35.4 –84.8 mg/l.
3.6. NOISE ENVIRONMENT
Noise, often defined as unwanted sound, interferes with speech communication,
causes annoyance, distracts from work, and disturbs sleep thus deteriorating quality
of human environment. Noise levels in the study area have therefore been
measured, at selected points, to provide the baseline data to describe the existing
situation.
Measured noise levels displayed as a function of time provides a useful scheme for
describing the acoustical climate of a community. Noise levels records at each
station with a time interval of about one hour are computed for equivalent noise
levels. Equivalent noise level is a single number descriptor for describing time
varying noise levels.
3.6.1 Noise Monitoring Stations
In order to assess the noise levels in the study area, monitoring was carried out at
eight different locations within 10 km radius of the study area. The noise monitoring
locations are shown in figure 3.12 and distances & directions of monitoring location
mentioned in Table 3.19. Noise levels were recorded and computed for equivalent
noise levels for day-equivalent, night-equivalent & day-night equivalent.
Sound Pressure Levels (SPL) measurements were recorded at eight locations. The
readings were taken for every hour for 24-hrs. The day noise levels have been
monitored during 6 am to 10 pm and night noise levels during 10 pm to 6 am at all
the locations covered in the study area.
The noise recording stations and the summary of the minimum, maximum, day -
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 154
equivalent, night - equivalent and day-night equivalent values computed for various
location in the study area is given in Table 3.20.
TABLE 3.19: NOISE MONITORING LOCATIONS
S No. Code Name of Sampling
Location Distance (km) w.r.t Project
Direction w.r.t Project
1. N1 Project Site -- --
2. N2 Dondapadu 1.4 WSW
3. N3 Mukteshwarapuram 2.6 E
4. N4 Bugga Madharam 2.2 SE
5. N5 Vajinepalli 3.7 SSE
6. N6 Ramapuram 5.7 WNW
7. N7 Budavada 5.6 NNW
8. N8 Jaggayyahpet 7.9 N
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 155
FIGURE 3.12: NOISE SAMPLING LOCATIONS MAP
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 156
TABLE 3.20: AMBIENT NOISE LEVELS WITHIN STUDY AREA
S. No
Name of the Location
Category of
Area/zone
Day Time in Leq dB (A)
CPCB Standard Day Time
Night Time in
Leq dB (A)
CPCB Standard
Night time
1. Project Site Industrial 65.3 75dB (A) 42.0 70dB (A)
2. Dondapadu Residential 53.4 55dB (A) 34.3 45dB (A)
3. Mukteshwarapuram Residential 53.5 55dB (A) 33.1 45dB (A)
4. Bugga Madharam Residential 52.8 55dB (A) 35.4 45dB (A)
5. Vajinepalli Residential 52.2 55dB (A) 37.5 45dB (A)
6. Ramapuram Residential 53.6 55dB (A) 37.6 45dB (A)
7. Budavada Residential 52.4 55dB (A) 37.5 45dB (A)
8. Jaggayyahpet Commercial 53.5 65dB (A) 36.1 55dB (A)
Daytime Noise Levels (Lday)
Industrial Zone: The day time noise level at the Project site was 65.3 dB(A), which
is well below the permissible limits of 75 dB(A).
Commercial Zone: The daytime noise levels in the commercial location was
observed as 53.5 dB(A). The noise levels at all the locations were below the
permissible limits of 65 dB(A).
Residential Zone: The daytime noise levels in all the residential locations were
observed to be in the range of 52.2 dB (A) to 53.6 dB(A). The noise levels at all the
locations were below the permissible limits of 55 dB(A).
Night time Noise Levels (Lnight)
Industrial Zone: The night time noise level in the Project site was observed be 42.0
dB(A), which is well below the permissible limits of 70 dB (A).
Commercial Zone: The night time noise levels in the commercial location was
observed as 36.1 dB(A). The noise levels at all the locations were below the
permissible limits of 55 dB(A).
Residential Zone: The nighttime noise levels in all the residential locations were
observed to be in the range of 33.1 dB(A) to 37.6 dB(A). The noise levels were
below the permissible limits of 45 dB(A) in nighttime at all the locations.
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 157
3.6.2 TRAFFIC STUDY
Anthropogenic emissions not only contribute to the green house effect but also
participate in the reaction that results in photochemical oxidants. The effect of
photochemical oxidants is well known for forming smog particularly in the urban
areas.Among the anthropogenic sources of pollutants forming the green house
gases, burning of fossil fuels constitute a major source. Highway mobile sources that
contribute significantly to poor quality have been regulated for the past two decades
in countries like India. The absence of regulation in developing countries has caused
a global concern regarding potential environmental damage on a larger scale.
The traffic survey was carried out on the Muktyala to Jaggayyapeta Road which is
2.5 km (ESE) to the Project site. Vehicular traffic counts were performed on either
side of the studied roads to provide background values of traffic density, and
correlate such data to the levels of air pollution along the road. Vehicular traffic on
these roads included heavy vehicle, light vehicle, three wheelers, and two wheelers.
The additional traffic due to the project would also occur in this time duration only. A
summary of the data is presented in Table 3.21.
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 158
TABLE 3.21: TRAFFIC STUDY AT MUKTYALA TO JAGGAYYAPETA ROAD (To & From)
S. No
Time Two
Wheelers 2 Wheeler
@ 0.75 PCU Three
Wheeler
3 Wheeler @ 1.2 PCU
Passenger cars
Passenger cars @ 1
PCU
Heavy vehicles
Heavy Vehicles
@3.7 PCU
Total vehicles
Total vehicles
PCU
1 06-07 am 107 80 32 40 118 118 272 1006 528 1244
2 07-08 am 147 110 35 51 125 125 309.6 1146 616 1431
3 08-09 am 179 134 39 78 160 160 294.4 1089 672 1461
4 09-10 am 183 137 42 96 170 170 280 1036 675 1439
5 10-11 am 156 117 45 125 190 190 266.4 986 657 1418
6 11-12 pm 145 109 50 139 178 178 256 947 628 1373
7 12-01 pm 126 95 54 130 167 167 248.8 921 596 1312
8 01-02 pm 120 90 53 106 150 150 241.6 894 564 1240
9 02-03 pm 124 93 48 102 145 145 227.2 841 544 1180
10 03-04 pm 116 87 45 95 131 131 196 725 487 1038
11 04-05 pm 106 79 40 90 128 128 180 666 453 963
12 05-06 pm 118 88 38 112 155 155 168 622 478 977
13 06-07 pm 129 97 35 125 145 145 160 592 469 959
14 07-08 pm 118 88 34 102 138 138 148.8 551 438 878
15 08-09pm 102 77 30 96 130 130 142.4 527 404 829
16 09-10pm 99 74 28 68 127 127 288 1066 542 1335
17 10-11pm 93 70 25 52 129 129 352 1302 599 1553
18 11-12pm 75 56 22 46 91 91 440 1628 628 1821
19 12-01am 68 51 19 35 59 59 256 947 402 1092
20 01-02am 54 41 15 28 45 45 240.8 891 355 1004
21 02-03am 45 34 14 19 42 42 234.4 867 335 962
22 03-04am 36 27 19 8 50 50 144 533 249 618
23 04-05am 46 34 25 12 73 73 125.6 465 269 584
24 05-06am 53 40 29 29 98 98 224 829 403 995
The highest peak observed during 11 am to 10 pm (worst Scenario) PCU/hr 1821
Total width of the Road in meters (Arterial Road) 24
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 159
Carrying capacity of the road (the road is 4 lane Divided 2 way road) As per IRC:106-1990 (PCU’s per hour) 3600
Existing V/C Ratio 0.51
LOS=Level of Service (Existing)
V/C LOS Performance
0.0-0.2 A Excellent
0.2-0.4 B Very Good
0.4-0.6 C Good
0.6-0.8 D Fair/Average
0.8-1.0 E Poor
1.0 & above F Very Poor
Note: *As per IRC Guidelines 1990
The traffic survey was carried out on the Muktyala to Jaggayyapeta Road which is 2.5 km (ESE) to the Project site. The details of
the vehicles movement recorded. From the study it is observed that there is no major impact on traffic due to the proposed project.
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 160
3.7 SOIL ENVIRONMENT
The present study on soil quality establishes the baseline characteristics in the study
area surrounding the project site. The study has been addressed with the following
objectives.
To determine the base line characteristics
To determine the soil characteristics of plant site and surrounding areas with
in 10 km radius.
To determine the impact of industrialization/urbanization on soil
characteristics
To determine the impacts on soils from agricultural productivity point of view.
The soil samples were collected during study period. Sampling Locations are
detailed in Table 3.22. and Figure 3.13. The analysis results are given in Table 3.23.
Details of Standard Soil Classification are given in table 3.24.
The homogenized soil samples collected at different locations were packed in a
polyethylene plastic bag and sealed. The sealed samples were sent to laboratory for
analysis. The important physical, chemical parameter concentrations were
determined from all samples.
TABLE 3.22: SOIL SAMPLING LOCATIONS
S. No. Code Name of Sampling Location Distance (km) w.r.t Project
Direction w.r.t Project
1 S1 Project Site -- --
2 S2 Dondapadu 1.4 WSW
3 S3 Mukteshwarapuram 2.6 E
4 S4 Bugga Madharam 2.2 SE
5 S5 Vajinepalli 3.7 SSE
6 S6 Ramapuram 5.7 WNW
7 S7 Budavada 5.6 NNW
8 S8 Kautavari Agraharam 6.7 NE
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 161
FIGURE 3.13: SOIL SAMPLING LOCATIONS MAP
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 162
TABLE 3.23: SOIL SAMPLING ANALYSIS RESULTS
S.No Parameters Units S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S7 S8
1 PH -- 7.05 6.92 6.85 7.21 6.90 7.52 6.90 7.32
2 Electrical Conductivity µ mhos 275.0 75.4 95.3 80.9 78.5 89.6 95.4 101.5
3 Bulk Density g/cc 1.11 1.20 1.21 1.22 1.18 1.14 1.13 1.12
4 Moisture Content % 5.80 5.92 5.85 5.90 5.45 5.60 5.25 5.31
5 Nitrates as N mg/Kg 1.50 1.30 1.42 1.35 1.42 1.52 1.61 1.62
6 Phosphorous as P mg/Kg 14.3 9.8 8.6 4.60 4.52 4.39 4.22 4.51
7 Potassium as K mg/Kg 17.5 16.50 18.40 21.82 17.95 16.44 16.20 16.29
8 Sodium as Na mg/Kg 15.1 12.22 13.01 15.85 14.30 12.45 12.46 13.65
9 Calcium as Ca mg/ kg 320.5 350.0 339.0 245.0 350.0 419.0 390.0 375.0
10 Magnesium as Mg mg/ kg 212.5 235.5 315.5 260.2 256.0 320.1 351.0 330.0
11 Total Organic Carbon % 0.80 0.81 0.79 0.71 0.80 0.81 0.76 0.79
12 Type of Soil -- Silt Loam Silt
Loam Silt
Loam Sandy Loam
Sandy Loam
Sandy Loam
Sandy Loam
Sandy Loam
a) Sand (%) -- 36 36 39 49 45 44 40 41
b) Silt (%) -- 49 44 48 37 39 38 39 42
c) Clay (%) -- 15 16 13 14 16 18 21 17
13 Copper as Cu mg/ kg 11.3 8.20 7.75 7.37 8.15 7.85 7.64 8.25
14 Chromium as Cr mg/ kg 30.22 32.55 30.65 30.26 30.70 28.12 29.5 30.22
15 Cadmium as Cd mg/ kg <0.5 <0.5 <0.5 <0.5 <0.5 <0.5 <0.5 <0.5
16 Zinc as Zn mg/ kg 35.4 32.24 34.21 28.45 29.25 31.45 26.42 26.47
17 Lead as Pb mg/ kg 10.5 11.21 10.56 9.25 10.42 10.29 10.52 10.90
18 Nickel as Ni mg/ kg 10.20 11.25 11.69 12.50 13.21 14.21 13.40 13.55
19 Sulphates as SO4 mg/ kg 80.4 42.35 31.24 32.54 35.65 34.22 38.05 39.52
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 163
Physicochemical characteristics of the soil samples obtained from 7 areas in the
buffer zone and one from the project site reveals that all basically Silt loams. It is due
to the fact that the upper soil layers are formed by the deposition of fine sand and silt
carried down by the storm waters from the surrounding areas. They are moderately
productive and they are not prone to water logging.
It has been observed that the pH of the soil quality ranged from 6.85 to 7.52.
Percentage of Total Organic Carbon is observed in between 0.76 to 0.81
indicating that On an avg. sufficient in nature.
Table 3.24 :STANDARD SOIL CLASSIFICATION
S.No Soil Test Classification
1 pH
<4.5 Extremely acidic
4.51- 5.50 Very strongly acidic
5.51-6.00 Moderately acidic
6.01-6.50 Slightly acidic
6.51-7.30 Neutral
7.31-7.80 Slightly alkaline
7.81-8.50 Moderately alkaline
8.51-9.00 Strongly alkaline
>9.00 Very strongly alkaline
2 Salinity Electrical Conductivity
(μS/cm) (1ppm = 640 μS/cm)
Upto 1.00 Average
1.01 - 2.00 harmful to germination
2.01 - 3.00 Harmful to crops (sensitive to salts)
3 Organic Carbon (%)
Upto 0.20: Very less
0.21- 0.40: Less
0.41- 0.50: Medium,
0.51- 0.80: On an avg. sufficient
0.81 - 1.00: Sufficient
>1.00 : More than sufficient
4 Nitrogen (kg/ha)
Upto 50 Very less
51-100 Less
101-150 Good
151-300 Better
>300 Sufficient
5 Phosphorus (kg/ha)
Upto 15 Very less
16-30 Less
31-50 Medium,
51-65 On an avg. sufficient
66-80 Sufficient
>80 More than sufficient
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 164
S.No Soil Test Classification
6 Potash (kg/ha)
0 -120 Very less
120-180 Less
181-240 Medium
241-300 Average
301-360 Better
>360 More than sufficient
Source: Hand book of Agriculture, ICAR, New Delhi
3.8 LAND USE PATTERN
Remote sensing satellite imageries were collected and interpreted for the 10-km
radius study area for analyzing the Land use pattern of the study area. Based on the
satellite data, Land use/ Land cover maps have been prepared.
Objectives
The objectives of land use studies are:
To determine the present land use pattern;
To analyze the impacts on land use due to the proposed project in the study
area; and
To give recommendations for optimizing the future land use pattern and
associated impacts.
3.8.1 DATA USED
The data is used for the preparation of different maps for the study natural
resources. The data is used by using the application of Remote Sensing and GIS
technologies.
TABLE 3.25: SHOWING THE DETAILS OF SOURCES & THE MAPS PREPARED
S No. Source Maps Prepared
1 Survey of India’s topographic maps and satellite imageries
Drainage map
2 Satellite imageries Land use / Land cover
TABLE 3.26: SHOWING THE TOPOGRAPHIC MAPS
Sl. No.
Topographic Map No.
Scale Year of Survey
Year of Publication
1. 56 P/13 1: 50,000 2010 2011
2. 56 P/14 1: 50,000 2010 2011
3. 65 D/1 1: 50,000 2010 2011
4. 65 D/2 1: 50,000 2010 2011 Source:Survey of India’s Topographic Maps
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 165
TABLE 3.27:SATELLITE DATA OF NATIONAL REMOTE SENSING CENTRE
S.No. Season Sensor path/row Satellite/Sensor Date of Pass
1. Khariff 101-61-B IRS RS-2 LISS IV
FX 11-September-
2018
3.8.2 LAND USE / LAND COVER MAP
Land use / land cover map is prepared by visual interpretation of high-resolution
satellite data with the help of Survey of India Topographic maps on 1:50,000 scale.
Two seasons’ data (Khariff year 2018) is used for the delineation of different units.
The units are confirmed by the ground truth/field visits.
Level-II classification of National (Natural) Resources Information System (NRIS)
has been followed for the delineation of units.
Land use/ Land cover map of the study area is integrated with village map and
analyzed with the help of GIS to get the village wise findings of the present land use
of the study area, which is given elaborately in the following tables:
Land use refers to man’s activities and various uses, which are carried on land. Land
cover refers to natural vegetation, water bodies, rock/soil, artificial cover and others
resulting due to land transformation. Although land use is generally inferred based
on the cover, yet both the terms land use and land cover are closely related and
interchangeable. Information on the rate and kind of change in the use of land
resources is essential to the proper planning, management and regulation of the use
of such resources.
Knowledge about the existing land use and trends of change is essential if the nation
is to tackle the problems associated with the haphazard and uncontrolled growth. A
systematic framework is needed for updating the land use and land cover maps that
will be timely, relatively inexpensive and appropriate for different needs at national
and state level. The rapidly developing technology of remote sensing offers an
efficient and timely approach to the mapping and collection of basic land use and
land cover data over large area. The satellite imageries are potentially more
amenable to digital processing because the remote sensor output can be obtained in
digital format. Land use data are needed in the analysis of environmental processes
and problems that must be understood if living conditions and standards are to be
improved or maintained at current levels.
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 166
3.8.2.1 Basic Concepts of Land Use
Clawson has given nine major ideas or concepts about land. These are:
Location or the relation of a specific parcel of land to the poles, the equator,
and the major oceans and landmasses. There is also relationship between
various tracts of land, as well as a political location.
Activity on the land, for what purpose this piece of land or tract is used.
Natural qualities of land, including its surface and subsurface characteristics
and its vegetative cover.
Improvements to and on the land. This is closely related to the activity.
Intensity of land use or amount of activity per unit area.
Land tenure, i.e. who owns the land, which uses it.
Land prices, land market activity and credit as applied to land.
Interrelations between activities on the land and other economic and social
activities.
Interrelations in the use between different tracts of land.
3.8.2.2 Methodology for land use / land cover mapping
The land use / land cover map is prepared by adopting the interpretation techniques
of the image in conjunction with collateral data such as Survey of India topographical
maps and census records. Image classification can be done by using visual
interpretation techniques and digital classification using any of the image processing
software. For the present study, ERDAS 9.1 version software is used for
preprocessing, rectification, enhancements and classifying the satellite data for
preparation of land use land cover map for assessing and monitoring the temporal
changes in land use land cover and land developmental activities.
The imagery is interpreted and ground checked for corrections. The final map is
prepared after field check. Flow chart showing the methodology adopted is given in
the different land use / land cover categories in the study area has been carried out
based on the NRSC land use / land cover classification system.
For analysis and interpretation, and preparation of LU / LC map, two types of data
are needed:
1. Basic data 2. Ground data
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 167
1. Basic data includes:
Fused data of LISS IV
Toposheets on 1 : 50,000
Local knowledge
Area map on any scale to transfer details
Reports and other literature of the study area
2. Ground data: Ground data is very much essential to verify and to increase the
accuracy of the interpreted classes and also to minimize the field work.
Data analysis: For analysis and interpretation of satellite data, the study can be
divided into three parts:
Preliminary work
Field work
Post field work
A. Preliminary work includes:
to see the limitation of satellite data
to lay down the criteria for land use classification to be adopted
to fix the size of mapping units, which depends upon the scale
interpretation of different land use/land cover classes
demarcation of doubtful areas
preparation of field land use/land cover map
B. Field work:
Type of ground data to be collected
Selection of sample area for final classification
Checking of doubtful areas
Change in land use/ land cover due to wrong identification, fresh
development, nomenclature.
General verification
C. Post field work:
Reinterpretation or analysis or correction of doubtful areas
Transfer of details on base map
Marginal information
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 168
Preparation of final land use/land cover map
A map showing Satelite Imagery Showing in Figure 3.15. A map depicting major land
use/ land cover classes comprising lands under agriculture, fallow land,
open/degraded vegetation; lands falling under water bodies, scrub and lands under
inhabitations is presented at Figure 3.16 and Flow chart for LU/LC mapping
methodology is presented at Flow chart 3.1.
The land use classification within a distance of ten kilometers from the project
location and the areas falling under the respective classifications are presented in
Table 3.28:
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 169
FLOW CHART 3.1 : LU/LC MAPPING METHODOLOGY
Basic data
Data source
IRS LISS IV FMX
Khariff
season
Rabi
season
Preparation of base maps
Interpretation and mapping of
land use /land cover categories
Ground verification of doubtful areas and modification of thematic details
Transfer of Khariff and Rabi season
land use/land cover details on to a single base map.
Area estimation of each
land use/land cover class.
Final land use/land cover
map with symbols and
colours
Development of
interpretation keys based
on image characteristics.
Validation and final
interpretation key
Secondary data
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 170
TABLE 3.28 : LAND USE / LAND COVER STATISTICS OF THE STUDY AREA
FIGURE 3.14 PIE DIAGRAM SHOWING LAND USE THE IN STUDY AREA
Built- Up Land7.5%
Waterbodies11.8%
Forest22.9%
Crop Land30.7%
Wastelands27.1%
S. No.
LANDUSE AREA (Sq. km) %
1. BUILT UP LAND A. Settlements/Air force area B. Industrial area
16.642 6.908
5.3 2.2
2. WATERBODIES A. Tank / River / Reservoir etc.
37.052
11.8
3. FOREST A. Scrub forest/Degraded forest
71.906
22.9
4.
CROP LAND A. Single crop B. Double crop C. Crop land forest D. Plantation
52.438 38.308 2.198 3.454
16.7 12.2 0.7 1.1
5.
WASTELANDS A. Land with scrub B. Land without scrub C. Sheet rock area D. Mining area E. Stony waste area
20.724 20.096 7.536 9.734
27.004
6.6 6.4 2.4 3.1 8.6
TOTAL 314 100
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 171
FIGURE 3.15: SATELLITE IMAGE OF THE STUDY AREA
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 172
FIGURE 3.9: LAND USE / LAND COVER MAP OF THE STUDY AREA
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 173
3.9 ECOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT
Ecological studies are one of the important aspects of Environmental Impact
Assessment with a view to conserve environmental quality and biodiversity.
Ecological systems show complex inter-relationships between biotic and abiotic
components including dependence, competition and mutualism. Biotic components
comprise of both plant and animal communities, which interact not only within and
between themselves but also with the biotic components viz. physical and chemical
components of the environment.
Generally, biological communities are good indicators of climatic and edaphic
factors. Studies on biological aspects of ecosystems are important in Environmental
Impact Assessment for safety of natural flora and fauna. The biological environment
includes terrestrial and aquatic ecosystems.
Objectives of Ecological Studies
The present study was undertaken with the following objectives to assess both
terrestrial and aquatic habitats of the study area
To assess the nature and distribution of vegetation in and around the project site
To assess the flora & fauna in the study area;
To ascertain the migratory routes of fauna, presence of breeding grounds and
sensitive habitats in the study area, if any;
To assess the presence of protected areas in the study area;
To review the information from secondary sources and discuss the issues of
concern with the relevant authority and stakeholders;
Impact prediction based on primary and secondary data sources to formulate
mitigation measures.
3.9.1 Detailed Description Of Flora And Fauna
Assessment of flora and fauna study location: Flora and Fauna studies were
carried out by using least count quadrate method at following six locations. Trees
were sampled by taking quadrates of 25 m2 and shrubs 10 m2 and in case of
herbaceous vegetation of 1 m2 distributed randomly. There are no National Parks,
Sanctuaries, Biosphere Reserves, Migratory Corridors of Wild Animals within the
10Km buffer zone of the project site. Forests and water bodies present in the buffer
zone are listed in Table 3.29.
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 174
TABLE 3.29 - Ecological Sensitivity details of the project site and its buffer
zone of 10 KM Radius
Protected areas Direction WRT
Project site Proximity to the
Project site in Km.
National Parks, Wildlife Sanctuaries, Biosphere Reserves and Important Bird Areas
None Not applicable
Heritage site and Monuments: Buddhist Stupa near Jaggayyapet
Northeast
8.9
Vedadri Lakshmi Narasimha Swamy Temple
East 8
MonkeyRehabilitationCentre East 8.4
Reserve Forests
Budavada R.F North 2.8
Balusupadu R.F North 6
Jaggayyapeta Extension R.F East 5.8
KuntimadiR.F East Southeast 5.2
Venkatayapalem R.F East Southeast 5.8
Ginjupalle R..F Southeast 6.4
Venkatayapalem ExtensionR.F Southeast 6.0
Nemalipuri R.F East Southwest 7.6
Chintapalem R.F East Southwest 7.6
WaterBodies
Krishna River East Southeast 2.5
Paleru River Northwest to East 5.5
Pulichintala Dam & Reservoir South 5.9
Tank near Jaggayyapet Northeast 8.3
Tank near Ramapuram West Northwest 8.0
Old limestone mine pits at Sitaramapuram
Northeast 8.0
The project site is located in Sy. No. 108 & 109, Jayanthipuram Village, Jaggayyapet
Mandal, Krishna District, Andhra Pradesh. The Primary surveys were conducted in
and around project area and 10 km radius study area, Reserve forests, open areas
near villages, waste lands and agricultural lands along the water bodies to identify
the floristic composition of the area and listed the plants species identified in the
Project area and 10 km radius study area is given in Table 3.30.
FLORA: Based on the physical setting and the kind of distribution of flora and fauna,
the study area can be classified into cropland, forest land, terrestrial vegetation
structure and aquatic ecosystems etc.
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 175
TABLE 3.30: List of plants found in the project area
Scientific name Common or Local name Family
Abrus precatorius Guruvinda Fabaceae
Acacia ferruginea Pandra Khair Mimosaceae
Acacia catechu Khair / Nalla sandra Mimosaceae
Acacia farnesiana Muriki thumma Mimosaceae
Acacia leucophloea Tella tumma Mimosaceae
Acacia nilotica Nalla tumma Mimosaceae
Acacia planifrons Godugu Thumma Mimosaceae
Aristida depressa Grass Poaceae
Aristida hystrix Grass Poaceae
Aristida setacea Grass Poaceae
Asperagus racemosa Satavari Liliaceae
Azadirachta indica Vepa Meliaceae
Azima tetracantha Tella Uppili Salvadoraceae
Butea monosperma Modugu Fabaceae
Calotropis gigantea Tella Jilledu Asclepiadaceae
Calotropis procera Jilledu Asclepiadaceae
Canthium dicoccum Nalla balusu Rubiaceae
Canthium parviflorum Balusu Rubiaceae
Capparis zeylanica Kutajamu Capparidaceae
Carallua umbellata Kundeti Kommulu Apocynaceae
Carissa spinarum Kalivi / Vaaka Apocynaceae
Cassia auriculata Tangedu Caesalpiniaceae
Cassia fistula Rela Caesalpiniaceae
Catunaregam spinosa Manga / Chinna manga Rubiaceae
Cissus quadrangularis Nalleru Vitaceae
Cissus vitiginea Adavi Gummadi Vitaceae
Cordia dichotoma Bankiriki Cordiaceae
Cosmostigma racemosum Adavitamalapaaku Apocynaceae
Cryptostegia grandiflora Rubber vine Asclepiadaceae
Cymbopogon coloratus Grass Poaceae
Cymbopogon caesius Grass Poaceae
Cynodon dactylon Grass Poaceae
Cyperus rotundus Grass Cyperaceae
Decalepis hahiltonii Maredu kommulu Periplocaceae
Desmodium pulchellum Deyyapu mokka Fabaceae
Dichrostachys cinerea Sara Thumma Mimosaceae
Diospyros chloroxylon Ulinda Ebenaceae
Diospyros melanoxylon Tunki Fabaceae
Dodonaea viscosa Bandedu Sapindaceae
Euphorbia antiquorum Bontha Jemudu Euphorbiaceae
Heteropogon contortus Grass Poaceae
Holoptelia integrifolia Nemali naara Ulmaceae
Jatropha glandulifera Wild Castor Euphorbiaceae
Lantana camara Makkadambu Verbenaceae
Leptadenia reticulata Mukkupala Teega Asclepiadaceae
Maytenus emerginata Danti Celastraceae
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 176
Mimosa polyancistra Thumma Mimosaceae
Mimosa rubicaulis Pariki kampa Mimosaceae
Opuntia dillenii Brahma Jemudu Cactaceae
Prosopis juliflora English tumma Mimosaceae
Prosopis spicigera Jammi chettu Mimosaceae
Tarenna asiatica Kommi Rubiaceae
Wattakaka volubilis Tummudu teega Asclepiadaceae
Wrightia tinctoria Pala –kordusha Apocynaceae
Ziziphus numularia Nela regu Rhamnaceae
Ziziphus rugosus Regu Rhamnaceae
Ziziphus xylopyra Goti or gotti Rhamnaceae
3.9.2 Vegetation and Flora of the study area:
There are reserved forests and water bodies in the 10 Km buffer zone of the project
site but there no Wildlife Sanctuaries or National Parks or Biosphere reserves or
other eco-sensitive areas. The reserved forests of the study area belongto the
Southern dry deciduous forests and Tropical dry evergreen scrub forests of
Champion and Seth. They are highly degraded and a few patches of dense scrub
and thorny bushes could be noticed. But many forest elements are still present and
hence they have a fairly good amount of botanical diversity. The main species in
these forests are Acacia chundra, Acacia planifrons, Albizia amara. Balanites
aegyptiaca, Anisochilus carnosus, Canthium parviflorum, Erythroxylon monogynum,
Flacourtia indica, Premna tomentosa, Ziziphus spp., Dodonaea viscosa,
Euphorbiaantiquorum, Dichrostachiys cinera, Capparis brevispina, Maytenus
emarginata, Carissa sginarum, Grewia tenax, Cassia auriculata, Prosopis juliflora
and a few others. A list of plant species representing trees, shrubs and herbs list is
given in Table 3.31. A list of grasses, herbs, Climbers and herbaceous plants found
in the study area is given in Table 3.31.
There are no rare or endangered or threatened species all the species listed in Table
3.31 are widely distributed in most parts of Deccan region.
Cropland Ecosystem: The common crops land ecosystem in study area are Oryzha
sativa and Zea maze which are mainly dependent on rainwater during monsoon
season, canal irrigation and also through ground water source, tube wells and open
wells during non-monsoon season.
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 177
TABLE 3.31., List of Trees, Shrubs, Grasses, Herbs, Climbers and Herbaceous
Species Found the Study Area
Scientific name Common or Local name Family
Abrus precatorius Guruvinda Fabaceae
Acacia ferruginea Pandra Khair Mimosaceae
Acacia auriculiformis Australian Wattle Mimosaceae
Acacia caesia Korintha Mimosaceae
Acacia catechu Khair / Nalla sandra Mimosaceae
Acacia farnesiana Muriki thumma Mimosaceae
Acacia leucophloea Tella tumma Mimosaceae
Acacia nilotica Nalla tumma Mimosaceae
Acacia planifrons Godugu Thumma Mimosaceae
Acacia holosericea White Wattle Mimosaceae
Achrus sapota Sapota Sapotaceae
Aegle marmelos Maredu Rutaceae
Ailanthus excelsa Peddamaanu Simaroubaceae
Alangium salvifolium Ooduga Alangiaceae
Albizia amara Narlinga Mimosaceae
Albizia lebbek Dirisanam Mimosaceae
Alhagi camelorum Camel thorn Fabaceae
Allamanda cathartica Allamanda Apocynaceae
Anisochilus carnosus Karpuravalli Lamiaceae
Annona squamosa Seetaphalam Annonaceae
Anogeissus acuminata Pasi Combretaceae
Anogeissus latifolia Chirumaanu Combretaceae
Asperagus racemosa Satavari Liliaceae
Azadirachta indica Vepa Meliaceae
Azima tetracantha Tella Uppili Salvadoraceae
Balanites aegyptiaca, Gara chettu Zygophyllaceae
Bassia latifolia Ippa Sapotaceae
Bauhinia racemosa Aare chettu Caesalpiniaceae
Bauhinia variegata Mandari Caesalpiniaceae
Benkara malabarica Pedda manga Rubiaceae
Bombax malabariucm Silk cotton Bombacaceae
Borassus flabellifer Taati / Taadi Arecaace
Breynia retusa Chinna purugudu Euphorbiaceae
Breynia vitis-ideae Nalla purugudu Euphorbiaceae
Buchanania angustifolia Pedda -mori Anacardiaceae
Buchanania latifolia Char / Sarapappu Anacardiaceae
Butea monosperma Modugu Fabaceae
Callistemon citrinus Indian bottle brush tree Myrtaceae
Calotropis gigantea Tella Jilledu Asclepiadaceae
Calotropis procera Jilledu Asclepiadaceae
Calycoperis floribunda Bonta teega Combretaceae
Canthium dicoccum Nalla balusu Rubiaceae
Canthium parviflorum Balusu Rubiaceae
Capparis brevispina Indian Caper Capparaceae
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 178
Capparis zeylanica Kutajamu Capparidaceae
Caralluma umbellata Kundeti Kommulu Apocynaceae
Careya arborea Adavi Jaama / Kumbhi Lecythidaceae
Carissa spinarum Kalivi / Vaaka Apocynaceae
Cascabela thevetia Patcha ganneru Apocynaceae
Cassia auriculata Tangedu Caesalpiniaceae
Cassia fistula Rela Caesalpiniaceae
Carissa spinarum Kalivi Apocynaceae
Catunaregam spinosa Manga / Chinna manga Rubiaceae
Chloroxylon sweitenia Billudu Flindarsiaceae
Cissus quadrangularis Nalleru Vitaceae
Cissus vitiginea Adavi Gummadi Vitaceae
Cocos nucifera Coconut Arecaceace
Codiaeum varieigatum Croton Euphorbiaceae
Cordia dichotoma Bankiriki Cordiaceae
Cosmostigma racemosum Adavitamalapaaku Apocynaceae
Crataeva religiosa Urimidi Capparidaceae
Cryptostegia grandiflora Rubber vine Asclepiadaceae
Dalbergia sisso Sisso or Seesum Caesalpiniaceae
Decalepis hahiltonii Maredu kommulu Periplocaceae
Dendrocalamus strictus Bamboo / Veduru Poaceae
Desmodium pulchellum Deyyapu mokka Fabaceae
Dichrostachys cinerea Sara Thumma Mimosaceae
Diospyros chloroxylon Ulinda Ebenaceae
Diospyros melanoxylon Tunki Fabaceae
Dodonaea viscosa Bandedu Sapindaceae
Dolichondrone crispa Nirwodi Bignoniacae
Dolichondrone falcata Wodi Bignoniaceae
Erythina indica Indian coral tree Papilionaceae
Erythroxylon monogynum Dedaraaku Erythroxylaceae
Eucalyptus teretocronis Eucalyptus Myrtaceae
Eucalyptus hybrid Eucalyptus / Nilagiri Myrtaceae
Euphorbia antiquorum Brahma jemudu Euphorbiaceae
Ficus benghalensis Marri Moraceae
Ficus racemosa Medi Moraceae
Ficus religiosa Raavi Moraceae
Flacourtia indica Nakka neredu Salicaceae
Givotia rottleriformis Tella Poliki Euphorbiaceae
Glycomis mauritiana Tanaka Rutaceae
Grevellia robusta Silver oak Proteaceae
Grewia flavescens Jaana Tiliaceae
Grewia hirsuta Jaani Chettu Tiliaceae
Grewia obtusa Jaana Tiliaceae
Grewia orbiculata Pedda Jaani Tiliaceae
Grewia tillifolia Pedda Jaana Tiliaceae
Grewia villosa Bantha Tiliaceae
Grewia tenax Kaladi Tiliaceae
Hardwickia binata Yepi Caesalpiniaceae
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 179
Hemidemus indicus Sugandhapala Periplocaceae
Heterophragma roxburghii Bondudgu Bignoniaceae
Holoptelia integrifolia Nemali naara Ulmaceae
Hygrophila auriculata Gokulakanta Acanthaceae
Ipomoea carnea Rubber mokka Convolvulaceae
Jatropha glandulifera Wild Castor Euphorbiaceae
Kigelia africana Yenugu Paadam Bignoniaceae
Lagerstroemia parviflora Chennangi Lythraceae
Lantana indica Makkadambu Verbenaceae
Leptadenia reticulata Mukkupala Teega Asclepiadaceae
Leucaena leucocephala Subabul Mimosaceae
Limonia acidissima Velaga Rutaceae
Mangifera indica Mamidi Anacardiaceae
Maytenus emerginata Danti Celastraceae
Millingtonia hortensis Aakaasa malle Bignoniaceae
Mimosa polyancistra Thumma Mimosaceae
Mimosa rubicaulis Pariki kampa Mimosaceae
Mimosops elengi Pogada Sapotaceae
Morinda pubescens Togaru Rubiaceae
Moringa olivaefera Munaga Moringaceae
Muntingia calabura Wild cherry Elaeocarpaceae
Odina wodier Gumpena Anacardiaceae
Opuntia dillenii Naaga Jemudu Cactaceae
Oroxylum indicum Dundilam Bignoniaceae
Parkinsonia aculeata Jeeluga Widespread
Peltophorum pterocarpum Konda chinta Caesalpiniaceae
Pergularia daemia Dustapa teega Asclepiadaceae
Phoenix sylvestris Eetha Arecaceae
Phyllanthus emblica Usiri Euphorbiaceae
Phyllanthus reticulatus Pulasari / Puliseru Euphorbiaceae
Pithecellobium dulce Seema chinta Mimosaceae
Plumeria acutifolia Temple tree Apocynaceae
Plumeria alba Tella devaganneru Apocynaceae
Plumeria rubra Erra devaganneru Apocynaceae
Polyalthia longifolia Ashoka Annonaceae
Polyalthia pendula Asoka Annonaceae
Pongamia pinnata Ganuga Fabaceae
Premna tomentosa Wooly leaf Lamiaceae
Prosopis juliflora English tumma Mimosaceae
Prosopis spicigera Jammi chettu Mimosaceae
Quisqualis indica Rangoon creeper Combretaceae
Saccopetalum tomentosum Chilka dudi Annonaceae
Samanea saman Nidrabhangi Mimosaceae
Sapindus emarginatus Kunkundu Sapindaceae
Sarcostemma bevistigma Som Asclepiadaceae
Semecarpus ancardium Marking nut tree Anacardiaceae
Spathodea companulata Flame of the forest Bignoniaceae
Sterculia foetida Adavi badam Sterculiaceae
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 180
Syzigium cumini Neradu Myrtaceae
Tabermantana coronaria Nandivardhanam Apocynaceae
Tamarindus indica Chinta Caesalpiniaceae
Tarenna asiatica Kommi Rubiaceae
Tecoma stanns Patcha turai Bignoniaceae
Tectona grandis Teak / Teku Verbenaceae
Terminalia arjuna Tella maddi Combretaceae
Terminalia bellerica Taani / Taandra Combretaceae
Terminalia catappa Baadam Combretaceae
Terminalia tomentosa Nalla maddi Combretaceae
Thespecia populnea Ganga Raavi Malvaceae
Thevetia nerifolia Yellow oleander Apocynaceae
Tylophora indica Kukkapala teega Asclepiadaceae
Vitex negundo Vaavili / Nirgundi Verbenaceae
Wattakaka volubilis Tummudu teega Asclepiadaceae
Wrightia tinctoria Pala –kordusha Apocynaceae
Ziziphus numularia Nela regu Rhamnaceae
Ziziphus rugosus Regu Rhamnaceae
Ziziphus xylopyra Goti or gotti Rhamnaceae
Though most of the annual herbs and therophytes had completed their life cycle and
withered away, most of them were represented by a few individuals in areas along
the river banks and croplands. A list of herbaceous species found during the survey
are listed in Table 3.32.
TABLE 3.32., Herbaceous species found the Study Area
Scientific name Family
Abutilon crispum Malvaceae
Abutilon indicum Malvaceae
Acalypha indica Euphorbiaceae
Achyranthes aspera Amaranthaceae
Adhatoda vasica Acanthaceae
Aerva lanata Amaranthaceae
Aerva tomentosa Amaranthaceae
Ageratum conyzoides Asteraceae
Alloteropsis cimicina Poaceae
Amaranthus spinosus Amaranthaceae
Andropogon jwarancusa Poaceae
Argemone mexicana Papaveraceae
Aristida depressa Poaceae
Aristida hystrix Poaceae
Aristida setacea Poaceae
Aristolochia bracteata Aristolochiaceae
Boerhaavia diffusa Nyctaginaceae
Bothriochloa pertusa Poaceae
Brachiaria cruciformis Poaceae
Brachiaria distachya Poaceae
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 181
Brachiaria mutica Poaceae
Brachiaria reptens Poaceae
Bulbostylis barbata Cyperaceae
Cassytha filiformis Lauraceae
Cenchrus ciliaris Poaceae
Chloris barbata Poaceae
Chrysopogon fulvus Poaceae
Cissus quadrangularis Ampelidaceae
Citrullus vulgaris Cucurbitaceae
Cleome aspera Capparidaceae
Cleome gynandra Capparidaceae
Conyza stricta Asteraceae
Crinum asiaticum Amaryllidaceae
Crotalaria verrucosa Fabaceae
Croton bonplandianum Euphorbiaceae
Cymbopogon coloratus Poaceae
Cymbopogon caesius Poaceae
Cynodon dactylon Poaceae
Cyperus rotundus Cyperaceae
Datura metel Solanaceae
Desmodium gangeticum Fabaceae
Desmodium triflorum Fabaceae
Dichanthium annulatum Poaceae
Dichanthium caricosum Poaceae
Eremopogon faveolatus Poaceae
Evolvulus alsinoides Convolvulaceae
Evolvulus nummularis Convolvulaceae
Heteropogon contortus Poaceae
Hibiscus micranthus Malvaceae
Hyptis suaveolens Lamiaceae
Indigofera enneaphylla Fabaceae
Ipomoea carnea Convolvulaceae
Neptunia triquetra Mimosaceae
Oldenlandia umbellata Rubiaceae
Parthenium hysterophorus Asteraceae
Polycarpaea corymbosa Caryophyllaceae
Ruellia tuberosa Acanthaceae
Rungia repens Acanthaceae
Scilla indica Asparagaceae
Sida acuta Malvaceae
Sida cordifolia Malvaceae
Tragia involucrata Euphorbiaceae
Trainthema portulacastrum Ficoidaceae
Tridax procumbens Asteraceae
Urginea congesta Liliaceae
Urginea coromandeliana Liliaceae
Waltheria indica Sterculiaceae
Withania somnifera Solanaceae
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 182
3.9.3. Terrestrial fauna of the project area and the study area
As the animals, especially vertebrates and the winged invertebrates move from place
to place in search of food, shelter, mate or other biological needs, separate lists for
core and buffer areas are not desirable. The buffer zone is subjected to
anthropogenic disturbances and biotic pressures of grazing. As such there are no
chances of occurrence of any rare or endangered or endemic or threatened (RET)
species within the core or buffer area. There are no Sanctuaries, National Parks,
Tiger Reserve or Biosphere Reserve or Elephant Corridor or other protected areas
within 10 Km of radius from core area. It is evident from the available records,
reports and circumstantial evidence that the entire study area including the core and
buffer areas were free from any endangered animals except those in the Krishna
River and the Pulichintala Reservoir. Among the Mammals, only Squirrels,
Mongoose, Rats, Bandicoots and Rabbits were seen noticed during the survey.
Monkeys were also rare. Among the reptiles, Lizards, Garden lizards were
common. Rat snake was seen during the survey. Other reptiles were very rare. The
amphibians were also rare. A list of Mammals, Reptiles and Amphibians either found
or reported from the area is given in Table 3.33. There were no resident birds other
than Crows, Parrots, Doves, and Weaver birds, Swifts, Quails and Mynas. It is
apparent from the list that Mugger Crocodile (Crocodyluspalustris), Common Indian
Monitor (Varanus bengalensis), Indian Flap-shell Turtle (Lissemys punctata), Indian
Tent Turtle (Pangshura tentoria) andAsian Giant Softshell Turtle (Pelochelys
cantorii), reported from the Krishna River and Pulichintala Reservoir belong to
Schedule I of the Indian Wildlife (Protection) Act 1972.
A list of birds either spotted or reported or recorded from the area under
consideration is given in Table 34. The data is verified with Avibase and there are no
RET species or Schedule I species.
3.9.3.1 Methodology for Mammals study: The mammal survey was carried out by
walking through different forest habitats, recording and collecting evidence of
mammals. Besides fixed transect survey as far as possible, random search was also
adopted to record the occurrence of mammalian species in the study area. Indirect
evidences such as scats, pug/foot marks, calls of different mammalian species and
discussion with the villagers in the surrounding villages were used for the identification
and documentation of the mammalian species there are several minor carnivorous and
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 183
herbivorous wild animals in the study area. The commonly observed or reported
mammals during study period are presented in below Table No. 3.33.
3.9.3.2 Methodology for Herpeto-fauna: Herpeto-fauna were noticed mainly in fresh
water and marshy places Different amphibians, Butterflies: Butterflies spotted in the
study area were identified as per Butterflies of India.
3.9.3.3 Methodology for Birds in Study Area: Survey for birds was done in
different areas like wetlands, forest types and cultivation lands. Birds were observed
mostly during most active period of the day around 5.30 hrs to 8.30 hrs and 15.30
hrs to 18.30 hrs. Birds were identified by direct observation, identifying the physical
features with the help of field guides (The book of Indian Birds by Salim Ali) and
reference books. In case of complications in identification, photographs were taken
for identification in later stages. Birds were observed in different types of habitats
and those areas where sighting chances are more. However, time schedule was
altered according to situation and availability of time.
TABLE 3.33 List of vertebrates other than birds found in and around the
project site.
Common / Local name Scientific name WPA
Schedule
MAMMALS
Large bandicoot rat Bandicota indica IV
Short-nosed fruit bat Cynopterus sphinx IV
Three striped squirrels Funambulus palmarum IV
Indian bush rat Golunda ellioti IV
Indian grey mongoose Herpestes edwardsii IV
Indian crested porcupine Hystrix indica IV
Common Indian field mouse Mus booduga IV
Home mouse Mus musculus IV
Bandicoot rat Nosokia indica IV
Indian pygmy pipistrelle Pipistrellus mimus IV
Long-eared bat Plecotus auritus IV
Common Indian rat Rattus rattus IV
Greater yellow bat Scotophillus heathi IV
Savvy pygmy shrew Suncus etruscus IV
House shrew Suncus murinus IV Wild boar Sus scrofa III
REPTILES
Common Indian Krait Bungarus caeruleus II
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 184
Garden lizard Calotes versicolor IV
Chameleon Chameleon zeylanicus II
Tree Snake Chrysopelea taprobanica II
Mugger Crocodile Crocodyluspalustris I
Whip Snake Dryphis nasutus II
Saw scaled viper Echis carinatus II
Indian star tortoise Geochelone elegans II
Indian wall lizard Hemidactylus flaviviridis IV
Cobra Naja naja II
Rat snake Ptyas mucosa II
Blind Snake Typhlops diardii IV
Slender Blind Snake Typhlops porrectus II
Common Indian Monitor Varanus bengalensis I
Russell’s viper Vipera russseli II
AMPHIBIANS
Indian Narrow-headed Softshell Turtle
Chitra indica II
Bicolored frog Clinotarsus curtipes Endemic to South India
Common Indian Toad Duttaphrynus melanostictus IV
Green pond frog Euphlyctis hexadactylus IV
Indian Star Tortoise Geochelone elegans IV
Indian Bull Frog Hoplobatrachus tigerinus IV
Indian Flap-shell Turtle Lissemys punctata I
Indian Pond Terrapin Melanochelys trijuga IV
Indian Roofed Turtle Pangshura tecta IV
Indian Tent Turtle Pangshura tentoria I
Asian Giant Softshell Turtle Pelochelys cantorii I
Common Tree Frog Polypedates leucomystax IV
Common tree frog Polypedates maculatus IV
Indian Burrowing frog Sphaerotheca breviceps IV
http://vindhyabachao.org/wildlife_guidelines/schedule_species_reptiles.pdf *Schedule species (Reptiles) :Indian wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972
TABLE 3.34 List of Birds either spotted or reported from the areas in and
around the project site.
Scientific Name Common Name Family WPA
Schedule
Accipiter badius Shikra Accipitridae IV
Acridotheres tristis Common myna Sturnidae IV
Aegithinia tiphia Common Iora Irenidae IV
Alcedo atthis Smallblue kingfisher Alcedinidae IV
Amaurornis phoenicurus White-breasted waterhen
Recurvirostridae IV
Anas poecilorhyncha Spot-billed duck Anatidae IV
Ardea cinerea Grey Heron Ardeidae IV
Ardeola grayii Pond Heron Ardeidae IV
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 185
Athene brama Spotted owlet Noctuidae IV
Bubulcus ibis Cattle Egret Ardeidae IV
Centropus sinasis Greater coucal Phasianidae IV
Ceryle rudis Lesser pied Kingfisher Alcedinidae IV
Columba livia Blue rock pigeon Columbidae IV
Coracias benghalensis Indian roller Coraciidae IV
Corvus splendens House crow Corvidae V
Dendrocitta vagabunda Indian tree pie Corvidae IV
Dendrocygna javanica Lesser whistling-duck Anatidae IV
Dicaeum erythrorhynchos Tickell’s flower pecker Dicaeidae IV
Dicrurus macrocercus Black drongo Dicruridae IV
Egretta garzetta Little egret Ardeidae IV
Elanus caeruleus Black-shouldered kite Accipitridae IV
Eudynamys scolopace Asian koel Cuculidae IV
Fulica atra Coot Rallidae IV
Gallinula chloropus Indian Moorhen Rallidae IV
Halcyon smyrnensis White-Breasted King fisher
Alcedinidae IV
Hierococcyx varius Brain fever bird Ardeidae IV
Himantopus himantopus Black-winged stilt Recurvirostridae IV
Hydrophasianus chrugus Pheasant tailed Jacana Jacanidae IV
Lanius excubitor Great grey shrike Daniidae IV
lxobrychus cinnamomeus Chestnut bittern Ardeidae IV
Megalaima haemacephala Copper smith Barbet Capitonidae IV
Merops orientalis Small Bee eater Meropidae IV
Milvus migrans Black kite Accipitridae IV
Motacilla alba White wagtail Motacillidae IV
Motacilla flava Yellow wagtail Motacillidae IV
Motacilla maderaspatensis Large pied wagtail Motacillidae IV
Nectarinia asiatica Purple sunbird Nectariniidae IV
Nectarinia zeylonica Purple-rumped sunbird Nectariniidae IV
Oriolus oriolus Eurasian golden oriole Oriolidae IV
Passer domesticus House sparrow Passeridae IV
Perirocotus cinnomomeus Small Minivet Phasianidae IV
Phalacrocorax carbo Large Cormorant Phalacrocoracidae IV
Phalacrocorax niger Little cormorant Phalacrocoracidae IV
Porphyrio porphyrio Purple moorhen Rallidae IV
Prinia inornata Plain prinia Cisticolidae IV
Prinia socialis Ashy prinia Cisticolidae IV
Psittacula cyanocephala Blossom headed Parakeet
Psittacidae IV
Psittacula krameri Rose-Ringed Parakeet Psittacidae IV
Pycnonotus cafer Red-vented bulbul Pycnonotidae IV
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 186
Saxicolodies fulicata Indian robin Turdinae IV
Streptopelia chinensis Spotted dove Columbidae IV
Streptopelia decaocto Eurasian Collared-Dove Columbidae IV
Streptopelia Senegalensis Little brown dove Columbidae IV
Streptopelia tranquebarica Red Collared-Dove Columbidae IV
Sturnus pagodarum Brahminy starling Sturnidae IV
Turdoides caudatus Common babbler Timalinae IV
Upupa epops Common hoopoe Upupidae IV
Vanellus indicus Red-wattled lapwing Charadriidae IV
3.9.4 AQUATIC FLORA AND FAUNA:
The core area is completely dry and there are no pools or ponds on any major storm
water drain. Hence, the core area is devoid of any aquatic species. Krishna River
and the Pulichintala Reservoir are the main aquatic bodies. A lost of aquatic and
semiaquatic plants found along the banks of the water bodies and in shallow waters
is given in Table 7. A list of fishes reported and recorded from the Krishna River,
Paleru River and Pulichintala reservoir are compiled basing on Fishbase and
Laxmappa & Ravinder Rao Bakshi (2016) after cross checking with fisheries
database of Krishna District. A list of fishes reported and recorded from the Krishna
River in Suryapet and Jaggayyapet areas is given in Table 3.35. A few RET species
have been reported from the River.
TABLE – 3.35 Aquatic and semi aquatic macrophytes found along the banks
and in the shallow waters of Krishna River, Palleru River and Pulichintala
reservoir.
Latin name Family
Alternanthera philoxeroides Solanaceae
Azolla pinnata Azollaceae
Brachiaria mutica Poaceae
Carex cruciata Cyperaceae
Centella asiatica Apiaceae
Chrysopogon aciculatus Poaceae
Cynodon dactylon Poaceae
Cyperus arenarius Cyperaceae
Cyperus exaltatus Cyperaceae
Echinochloa colona Poaceae
Eichhornia crassipes Pontederiaceae
Hygrophila auriculata Acanthaceae
Ipomoea aquatica Convolvulaceae
Ludwigia perennis Onagraceae
Marsilia quadrifoliata Marsiliaceae
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 187
Nelumbo nucifera Nelumbiaceae
Nymphaea nauchali Nympheaceae
Nymphaea stellata Nympheaceae
Nymphoides hydrophylla Nympheaceae
Nymphoides indica Nympheaceae
Ottelia alismoides Hydrocharitaceace
Oxalis corniculata Oxalidaceae
Paspalidium geminatum Poaceae
Pistia stratoides Araceae
Typha angustata Typhaceae
TABLE – 3.36 List of Fishes reported from Krishna River, Palleru River and
Pulichintala Reservoir located in the buffer zone of the project site.
Scientific name English Name Local name IUCN
Status
Acanthocobitis botia Striped loach Jerri chepa LC
Amblypharyngodon microlepis
Indian carplet Kodipe LC
Amblypharyngodon mola Indian carplet Kodipe LC
Anabas testudineus Climbing perch Goraka chepa DD
Anguilla bengalensis Long-finned eel Malugu NT
Anguilla bicolor Indian short finned eel Malugu LC
Aplochelus lineatus Striped top-minnow Minnow-chepa LC
Awaous grammepomus Scribbled goby Uskedonthi LC
Bangana ariza Ariza labeo Aruzu LC
Bangana diplostoma Sind labeo Kodipe LC
Barbodes carnaticus Carnatic carp Perka-chapa LC
Barbodessarana sarana Olive barb Gandeparaka LC
Barbodessarana subnasutus
Peninsular Olive barb Parka LC
Barilius bakeri Malabar baril Kodipe LC
Barilius barila Barred baril Kodipe LC
Barilius barna Baranabaril Kodipe LC
Barilius bendelisis Spotted baril Kodipe LC
Carassius carassius Crucian Carp Pakke LC
Catla catla Katla Botcha LC
Channa gachua Dwarf snakehead Guruja LC
Channa marulius Giant snakehead Poo meenu LC
Channa punctata Spotted snakehead Buradamatta LC
Channa striata Striped snakehead Korrameenu LC
Chela cachius Silver hatchet chela Getchu LC
Cirrhinus cirrhosa White carp Aruza LC
Cirrhinus fulungee Deccan white carp Mosu LC
Cirrhinus mrigala Mrigal Yerramosu LC
Cirrhinus reba Reba carp Chittrai LC
Clarias gariepinus African catfish African marpu LC
Crossocheilus latius Stone roller Parkachepa LC
Ctenopharyngodon idella Grass carp Gaddi chepa LC
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 188
Cyprinus carpio Common carp Bangaruteega LC
Daniorerio Chintakuparega
Zebra danio Zebra fish LC
Devario aequipinnatus Giant danio Nooltu LC
Devario devario Sind danio Nooltu LC
Esomus danricus Flying barb Astapakke LC
Esomus thermoicos Flying barb Astapakke LC
Etroplus suratensis Banded pearl spot Duvenna chepa
LC
Gambusia affinis Mosquito fish Gambusia LC
Garra lamta Stone sucker Taatigoraka LC
Garra mcclellandi Stone sucker Banda pakiri LC
Garra mullya Stone sucker Banda pakiri LC
Glossogobius giuris Bar-eyed goby Isikadondu LC
Haludaria melanampyx Melon barb Parka DD
Hemibagrus maydelli Krishna mystus Ponduga LC
Heteropneustes fossilis Stinging catfish Ingilayee LC
Hypophthalmicthys molitrix
Silver carp Vendi chepa LC
Hypophthalmicthys nobilis
Big head carp Pedda Tala chepa
LC
Hyporhamphus limbatus Congaturi halfbeak Konga mukku LC
Hyporhamphus xanthopterus
Red-tipped halfbeak Konga mukku LC
Hypostomus plecostomus Suckermouth catfish Common pleco LC
Hypselobarbus dobsoni Krishna Carp Parka DD
Hypselobarbus jerdoni Jerdon’s carp Pakki LC
Hypselobarbus kolus Kolus barb Nilusu VU
Indoreonectes evezardi Evezardi loach Jerri chepa LC
Labeo bata Bata Mosu LC
Labeo calbasu Kalbasu Kakiparaka LC
Labeo dussumieri Common labeo Parka LC
Labeo fimbriatus Fringe- lipped carp Chitra LC
Labeo gonius Kurialabeo Mosu LC
Labeo kawrus Deccan labeo Parka LC
Labeo kontius Pig-mouthcarp Pandigande LC
Labeo microphthalmus Murreelabeo Parka LC
Labeo porcellus Bombay labeo Moyya LC
Labeo potail Deccan labeo Baman- chepa LC
Labeo rohita Rohu Seelavathi LC
Laubuca laubuca Indian glass barb Getchu LC
Lepidocephalichthys berdmorei
Leopard Loach Vulicha LC
Lepidocephalicthys guntea
Guntea loach Ulsha LC
Macrognathus aral One stripe spiny eel Bommidai LC
Macrognathus guentheri Malabar spiny eel Bommidai LC
Macrognathus pacalus Barred spiny eel Kontemukku LC
Mastacembelus armatus Zig – zag spiny eel Kontemukku LC
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 189
Megarasbora elanga Bengala Barb Kattekodipe LC
Mystus gulio Long whiskered catfish Jella LC
Mystus tengra Tengra mystus Jella LC
Mystus vittatus Stripped dwarf catfish Errajella LC
Nemacheilus anguilla Black lined loach Jerri chepa LC
Neotropius atherinoides Indian potasi Akujella LC
Oreochromius mossambicus
Mozambique Tilapia Doobotcha LC
Oreochromius niloticus Nile tilapia Doobotcha LC
Osphronemus goramy Giant gourami Gourami LC
Osteobrama vigorsii Deccan cotio Khira LC
Osteochilichthys thomassi
Konti barb Pedda parka LC
Osteochilus nashii Nashis barb Pedda parka LC
Pangasius pangasius Pangash Banka jella LC
Parambassis ranga Indian glassy fish Sarawa LC
Puntius amphibius Scarlet banded barb Perka-chapa DD
Puntius chola Swamp barb Pakki LC
Puntius conchonius Stigma barb Perka-chapa LC
Puntius dorsalis Long-snouted barb Perka LC
Puntius filamentosus Black-spot barb Perka LC
Puntius vittatus Silver barb Parigi chepa LC
Rasbora caverii Canvery rasbora Kodipe chepa LC
Rohtee ogilbii Vatanirohtee Aku chepa LC
Salmophasia acinaces Silver razor-belly minnow
Chela LC
Salmophasia bacaila Large razor-belly minnow
Chandamama LC
Schisturadenisonii dayi Dayi loach Jerri chepa LC
Schisturadenisonii denisonii
Denison's loach Jerri chepa LC
Sperata seenghala Giant river cat fish Multi jella LC
Tenualosa ilisha Indian shad Polasa LC
Tinca tinca Tench Tench LC
Tor khudree Deccan mahaseer Mansoor EN
Xenentodon cancila Freshwater garfish Vodla mukku LC
3.9.5 RET and Schedule I Fauna
On the basis of literature survey, from Red data books of Indian plants, detailed list
Rare and Endangered flora reveals that there are no Endangered, Threatened, Rare
plant species observed or recorded during study period.
There are no endangered animals, however recorded or observed list of wild animals
and their conservation status as per Wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972 are presented
above tables. As per Ministry of Environment, forests and climate change, Forest
department of Government of Andhra Pradesh state notifications reveals that there are
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 190
no Biospheres, Tiger Reserves, Elephant Reserves, National Parks, Wildlife
Sanctuaries, Conservation Reserves and Community Reserves in 10 - km radius from
plant boundary.
3.10. Socio Economic Study
The socio- economic aspects of people in the 10 km radius of the Project site of
Dondapadu village was analyzed. The socio-economic data forms the basis for
developing a suitable enterprise social responsibility plan to address the needs of the
population.
3.10.1. Methodology Adopted for the Study
The methodology adopted for the study mainly includes review of published
secondary data and primary data collection through sample survey conducted
project study area. Census of India - 2011 for respect to population, density,
household size, sex ratio, literacy rate and occupational structure for 10 km radius
study area.
3.10.2. Distribution of Population in the study area
As per 2011 census the study area consists of 1,80,636 persons inhabited in the
study area of 10 km radial distance from the periphery of the project. The distribution
of population in the study area is given in Table 3.37.
Table 3.37: Population Distribution
S.
No Name of Village
Number of
households
Total population 0-6 years aged population
Total Male Female Total Male Female
1 Chinthalapalem 1707 6597 3276 3321 807 389 418
2 Rama Puram 576 2250 1153 1097 214 116 98
3 Guddimalkapuram 237 896 442 454 103 54 49
4 Kothagudem 328 1199 605 594 118 62 56
5 Revuru 3081 11719 5973 5746 1270 662 608
6 Donda Padu 2552 9093 4576 4517 1028 512 516
7 Vajinepalle 494 1621 822 799 172 100 72
8 Nemalipuri 385 1476 748 728 194 108 86
9 Madharam 219 823 415 408 66 33 33
10 Jaggayyapeta 32711 126275 62713 63562 13801 7061 6740
11 Budawada 1196 4805 2480 2325 640 343 297
12 Tripuravaram 32 128 73 55 8 7 1
13 Jayanthipuram 619 2348 1191 1157 361 198 163
14 Mukteswarapuram 713 2742 1385 1357 253 134 119
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 191
15 Ravirala 316 1275 626 649 173 89 84
16 Vedadri 590 2155 1099 1056 231 105 126
17 Annavaram 1066 3917 2008 1909 440 229 211
18 Sreenivasapuram 356 1317 681 636 124 63 61
Total 47178 180636 90266 90370 20003 10265 9738 (Source: Hand Book of Statistics, Suryapet & Krishna District, 2011 and Census data 2011)
The male and female population constitutes about 49.97 % and 50.03 % in the study
area respectively. The graphical representation of total population distribution in the
study area was shown in Figure 3.17.
Figure 3.17: Diagram Showing Total Population Distribution in the Study Area
3.10.3. Literacy & Illiteracy Rate:
Literacy level is quantifiable indicator to assess the development status of any area.
The literate male and female in the study area are 60324 and 48184 which implies
that the percentage of literacy rate is 66.83 % with male and 53.32 % with female
respectively.
0
10000
20000
30000
40000
50000
60000
70000
80000
90000
100000
110000
120000
130000
140000
150000
160000
170000
180000
190000
Total population
Male Population
Female Population
Village Names
No
. o
f P
op
ula
tio
n
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 192
The male and female illiterates population in the study area are 29942 and 42186
respectively which implies that the percentage of illiteracy rate is 33.17 % with male
and 46.68 % with female respectively. The distribution of literate and literacy rate in
the study area is given in Table 3.38. The graphical presentation of literates and
illiterates in study area is given in Figure 3.12.
Table 3.38: Distribution of Literacy Rate and Illiteracy Rate in the Study Area
S. No Particulars Population
1. Male Population 90266
2. Female Population 90370
3. Total Population 180636
4. Male population Literates 60324
5. Male population Literates % 66.83 %
6. Male population illiterates 29942
7. Male population Illiterates % 33.17 %
8. Female population Literates 48184
9. Female population Literates % 53.32 %
10. Female population Illiterates 42186
11. Female population Illiterates % 46.68 % (Source: Hand Book of Statistics, Suryapet & Krishna District, 2011 and Census data 2011)
Figure 3.18: The Diagram Showing Literates and Illiterates in Study Area
3.10.4. Occupational Structure
The occupational structure of residents of work participation rate in the study area is
studied with reference to main workers, marginal workers and non workers. The
main workers include 10 categories of workers defined by the Census Department
60324
48184
29942
42186
Male Female
Literates Illiterates
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 193
consisting of cultivators, agricultural laborers, those engaged in live-stock, forestry,
fishing, mining and quarrying; manufacturing, processing and repairs in household
industry; and other than household industry, construction, trade and commerce,
transport and communication and other services.
The marginal workers are those workers engaged in some work for a period of less
than six months during the reference year prior to the census survey. The non-
workers include those engaged in unpaid household duties, students, retired
persons, dependents, beggars, vagrants etc.; institutional inmates or all other non-
workers who do not fall under the above categories.
Occupational pattern of the concerned study area is recorded to assess skills of
people and it also helps in identifying dominating economic activity in the area. In the
study area the main and marginal workers are 76041 and 12056 respectively of the
total population while the remaining 92539 constitutes non-workers.
Table 3.39: Occupational Structure in Study Area
S. No Parameter Total Male Female
1 Main Workers 76041 47926 28115
2 Marginal Workers 12056 4735 7321
3 Non-Workers 92539 37605 54934
Total Population 180636 90266 90370 (Source: Hand Book of Statistics, Suryapet & Krishna District, 2011 and Census data 2011)
Figure 3.19: The Diagram Showing Occupational Structure in Study Area
0
10000
20000
30000
40000
50000
60000
70000
80000
90000
100000
Total Male Female
Main Workers
Marginal Workers
Non-Workers
No
. o
f P
op
ula
tio
n
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 194
3.10.5 Civic Amenities Available In The Study Area
The project site is located near Chinthalapalem – where all the basic social
amenities like, Emergency Medicare, Drinking-Water, Communications,
Educational facilities, Roads and Power supply are readily available.
A) Power and Energy:
All Villages, in the Project Study Area, are electrified – both for common facilities
like, Street Lights, Public Water Pumping, etc. and also almost all houses are
electrified for home lighting, while LPG, Kerosene Oil and in some cases Waste
Agri-Waste, Fallen Firewood, Cow Dung Cakes, etc. are used for cooking
purpose.
B) Health and Medical Facilities:
Most Villages have PHCs or Visiting ANMs / Health Counseling-cum-Primary
Health Care Mobile Units. For Maternity and Specialist Care & basic Diagnostics,
adequate facilities are available near to project site, which is 10 km from the
proposed project site. And for Critical and Advanced Medicare & Diagnostics,
local communities visit Vijayawada City, which is about 66 km from the project
site.
Ambulance is available for emergencies to evacuate patients of serious health
condition/s to the Multi-Specialty.
C) Tele-Communications:
Telecommunication facility in the Project Study Area is adequate; BSNL
Electronic Telephone Exchange is available and BSNL / Airtel / Vodafone, Idea
Cellular & Reliance Telecom Services available everywhere.
D) Local Administration & Law:
While all the Villages and Towns do have ‘Village Panchayat’, duly elected by the
local electorates to assure Sanitation, Local Law & Order and to coordinate with
various Government Departments & Other Agencies, concerned for local
Sanitation, General Hygiene, Immunisation, Nutrition Programmes, Enhancement
of Literacy Levels and Crime / Law & Order as well as all Central and State
Governmental Developmental Projects.
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 195
E) Other Administrative Issues:
They are further supported by the Mandal Revenue Office (M.R.O.) stationed at
Mallareddygudem (9.3 km).
F) Transportation & Other Important Facilities:
The nearest Police Station, the Fire Station and Bus Station are located at
Jaggayyapet (8.0 Km) to the project site and there are also Bus-Station, Bus-
Stops at Jaggayyapet to all major Towns & Cities.
3.10.6 Corporate Social Responsibility of the Project Proponent
Due to proposed project there is no major negative impact on socio
economic environment.
The proposed project requires a workforce of 100 persons. Thus industrial
activity will boost up the commercial and economical status of the locality
to some extent. And, the overall impacts on socio-economic environment
due to the proposed project are positive in nature and accrue to the
community on the long-terms basis.
ANTICIPATED
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS
&
MITIGATION MEASURES
CHAPTER -IV
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – IV Page 196
CHAPTER - IV
ANTICIPATED ENIVORNMENTAL IMPACTS
& MITIGATION MEASURES
4.1 INTRODUCTION
Environment and development should be considered as mutually Complementary,
interdependent and an instrument of reinforcing the quality of life. Environmental
Impact Assessment (EIA) is the important aspect of overall environmental
management strategy and an important tool for sustainable development. It identifies
major impacts of Industrial and associated activities on environment and provides
guideline to prepare the necessary control measure termed as Environmental
Management Plan (EMP).
The identified impacts for various components of environment viz., Air, Noise, Water,
Land, Socio-Economy, etc. are presented herewith. EIA is an activity or an attempt
to identify, predict, evaluate and communicate the likely environmental impacts of the
activity/project on the environment.
Based on results [Baseline Data] of prediction and evaluation, pollution abatement
and control measures in order to mitigate the adverse impacts on the environment
are delineated in an Environmental Management Plan
The proposed project is likely to create impact on the environment in two distinct
phases:
During the construction phase, which may be temporary and short term; and
During the operation phase that would have long-term effects.
4.2. INVESTIGATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS DUE TO PROPSED PROJECT
The environmental impact assessment is accomplished by identification and
prediction of impacts and their assessment. Potential impacts of proposed project on
various environmental attributes given below are predicted;
Air environment
Water resources and quality
Noise levels
Land use
Soil quality
Solid waste
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – IV Page 197
Terrestrial and aquatic ecology
Demography and socio-economics.
Hydrology & Geology
4.3. CONSTRUCTION PHASE
During the construction phase, the activities which are likely to contribute to impact
on various environmental components which are temporary in nature are site
clearing, leveling, construction of various structures of Drug manufacturing activities,
lying of internal roads, erection of equipment etc.
The construction activities will be confined within the project area of 9 acres.
The environmental impacts and management plan during construction phase are
detailed below.
4.3.1 IMPACT ON LAND USE
Present land is Barren. Now the site is converted in to industrial use and the
proposed project will be in an area of 9 Acres (36414 SQM) Change will occur on
the land use pattern of the surrounding villages
Any construction of infrastructure will lead to permanent change in land use pattern
at the site as a direct impact. No major changes in land use pattern will occur due to
the project activities.
4.3.2 IMPACT ON SOIL ENVIRONMENT
The activities of proposed project will be confined within the site premises. During
construction works, top soil generated from various activities like excavation etc. will
be stored and preserved to use it during restoration period as far as possible.
The construction activities will result in loss of topsoil and earthen material to some
extent in the plant premises. However, it is proposed to use the soil and earthen
material in greenbelt development.
No solid or hazardous waste will be generated during construction thus no impact on
soil environment is likely.
4.3.3 IMPACT ON TOPOGRAPHY
The proposed site is plain terrain and during the construction phase there would be
proper leveling of the proposed site. There is no additional stress expected due to
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – IV Page 198
this project activity on topography and soil strategy of the project site and its
surroundings
Since it is a new project, changes occur in topography due to excavation of soil in
the proposed project area and construction of buildings and facilities. During
construction, excavated soil will be restored to its original shape. Thus the impact
during the construction is reversible, for short term and insignificant.
4.3.4 IMPACT ON AIR ENVIRONMENT
The sources of air emissions during construction phase will be due to development
of site, emissions from vehicles used for transportation of men and materials and
emission from construction equipment’s. These activities are likely to result in
emission of SO2, NO2, CO2 and Particulate matter. However, the quantity of these
will be very negligible and that too only for a very short period. Hence no adverse
impact on air quality is likely to occur.
4.3.5 IMPACT ON WATER ENVIRONMENT
No surface water body is located in the vicinity of the project site; hence project
related impact on water environment would mainly be limited to the groundwater
resources. The potential impacts during construction phases are assessed based on
the various activities.
● Improper disposal of construction debris may lead to off-site contamination of
water resources.
● Unaccounted disposal of domestic wastewater from temporary labour camps.
● Spillage of oil and grease from the vehicle maintenance activity and wastewater
stream generated from activities, such as vehicles washing and maintenance.
Site Workshop:
The repair and maintenance of equipments/ vehicles at site would generate waste
containing oil and grease. The wastewater stream would also be generated from
vehicle washing. The impact can be mitigated to a great extent by installing oil and
grease traps during construction phase.
Construction of Roads and Parking Areas:
The impact from the road construction depends on both the construction practices
and the type of material used. Construction waste of electrical installation, painting
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – IV Page 199
and flooring may create significant impact. This type of waste would be stock piled
and disposed off to authorized vendor.
Development of the proposed site could lead to stockpiling and excavation activity on
site, thereby causing erosion of base soil. The run-off from the site may contain high
quantity of suspended solids (SS). The impact of runoff may not be very significant
except during rainy season. Further, construction of garland drains will reduce the
runoff from the stockpiles
Domestic Wastewater generated during construction, which will be collected in
sewage collection tank [septic tank]
The contamination of groundwater might occur due to the irrational disposal of liquid
wastes. The overall impact on water environment during construction phase due to
proposed project is likely to be short term and insignificant. There seems no impact
on the water environment of the study area.
4.3.6 IMPACT ON NOISE LEVELS
Noise will be generated due to construction traffic for loading and unloading,
fabrication and handling of equipment and materials are likely to cause an increase
in the ambient noise levels. The areas affected are those close to the site. However,
the noise will be temporary and will be restricted mostly to daytime.
4.3.7 IMPACT ON ECOLOGY
The proposed project will not involve removal of any vegetation from the soil and
loosening of the topsoil generally causes soil erosion as it is. However, such impacts
will be confined to the project site and will be minimized through paving and water
sprinkling. However, 37.51 % of greenbelt will be developed in the proposed project
site. The existing trees will be preserved to the extent possible. Thus, there will no
major adverse impacts are envisaged on ecological environment due to project
activities.
4.3.8 IMPACT ON SOCIO-ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT
Due to proposed project there is no major negative impact on socio economic
environment. The proposed project will requires a workforce of 100 persons during
plant operations. Thus industrial activity will boost up the commercial and
economical status of the locality to some extent. And, the overall impacts on socio-
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – IV Page 200
economic environment due to the proposed project are positive in nature and accrue
to the community on the long-terms basis.
TABLE – 4.1: Summary – Identification of Impacts During Construction Phase
S.No Components Aspect Potential Impacts
1 Topography & Geology
Site development No significant adverse Impacts
2 Soil
Construction activity leading to topsoil removal and erosion.
Minor negative impact
3 Landuse & Aesthetics
Land development Positive impact
4 Water Quality
Surface runoff from project site
Oil/ fuel and waste spills
Improper debris disposal
Discharge of sewage from labour camp.
Short term, but no significant negative impact
5 Ambient Air Quality
Dust emissions from site preparation, excavation, material handling and other construction activities at site.
Short term minor negative impact inside the site premises. No negative impact outside the site.
6 Noise
Noise generated from construction activities, operation of construction equipment and traffic.
Short term minor negative impact near noise generation sources inside premises. No significant impact on ambient noise levels at sensitive receptors.
7 Ecology Flora and Fauna
Habitat disturbance during construction activity.
Short term minor negative impact
8 Socio – economy
Increased job opportunity. Economy related to semiskilled expected to boom.
Short term positive impact by employment generation
9 Traffic Pattern
Haul Truck movement and possibility of traffic congestion outside site on Sector Road
Minor negative impact
10 Solid Waste Waste will be generated from construction activities
Proper disposal plan will be implemented. No adverse impact
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – IV Page 201
4.4. MITIGATIVE MEASURES OF IMPACTS DURING CONSTRUCTION PHASE
Mitigative measures of identified impacts during construction phase are listed in
tabular form.
TABLE – 4.2: Mitigation Measures During Construction Phase
S. No
Components Impacts Mitigative Measures
1 Topography & Geology
No significant adverse Impacts
Construction will be carried out within the site premises; therefore no change will occur in land use pattern as well as there will not be any significant Topographical change. However, temporary change in top layer of soil will be occurred but the construction activity will help in fixation of soil thereby reducing the soil erosion
2
Land/Soil
Short term minor negative impact due to change in top layer of soil
The earthen material generated during excavations and site grading periods, will be properly dumped and slope stabilization shall be taken. The topsoil generated during construction shall be preserved and reused for plantations
Greenbelt development will have significant impact in reduction of the soil erosion
3 Ambient Air Quality
Sort term negative impacts because of dust emission due to site cleaning, road laying, earthwork, transportation & construction
The emissions will be temporary and confined within proposed project site boundary. It is not expected to contribute significantly to the ambient air quality However, the unit will take following measures for control of dust emissions:
Use of plastic cover sheet while transporting construction material at site
Storage of sand and other such dispersible material by covering with tarpaulin sheet
Storage of sand and other such dispersible material by covering with tarpaulin sheet
Keeping minimum inventory/stock of
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – IV Page 202
S. No
Components Impacts Mitigative Measures
sand and other such dispersible material at site
The heights, from which materials will be dropped, will be the minimum practical height to limit fugitive dust generation.
Use of water sprinkling system at site for dust suppression
During high wind condition, construction activities will be restricted, so that minimum flow of dust particle takes place.
Proposed Greenbelt development will be started from the construction phase
4 Water Quality
Short term, but no significant negative impact
Water requirement for construction phase will be very minor and for short period and that will be fulfilled by ground water source Thus, there will not be any significant impact on water environment
The wastewater generation will be from the domestic activities. Domestic effluent will be disposed of through septic tank into soak pit.
Measures will be implemented to prevent seepage of liquid materials into ground where it could contaminate groundwater and soil.
Fence will be constructed around the site to trap sediments whilst allowing the water to flow through.
All mud & dirt deposited on the roads from the construction activities will be cleaned.
5 Noise
Short term negative impact due to increase in noise level by site cleaning, road laying, earthwork, transportation & construction activities
The noise generated from construction machinery will be kept low by keeping the moving parts serviced and properly lubricated.
The construction activity will be carried out during day time only.
Vehicular movement carrying materials will be avoided during night time.
The vehicles will be regularly maintained and optimum use of the same will be made.
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – IV Page 203
S. No
Components Impacts Mitigative Measures
Adequate PPE’s (ear plugs, ear muffs helmet, mask etc) will be provided to the workers
Greenbelt development will have significant impact in reduction of the noise
6 Ecology Flora and Fauna
Short term minor negative impact but, long term positive impact due to green belt development
The felling of trees will be kept at minimum.
Adequate Greenbelt will be developed.
7 Socio - economy
Short term positive impact by employment generation
Temporary employment will be generated due to construction activities and related services like transportation of construction materials, mechanical erections etc. [25 Workers]
8 Traffic Pattern Minor negative impact
9 Solid Waste No adverse impact
Waste will be generated from construction activities Proper disposal plan will be implemented.
4.5. PREDICTION OF IMPACTS DURING OPERATIONAL PHASE
This phase of the project is important because it generates long-term impacts as the
production starts.
The following activities related to the operational phase will have varying impacts on
the environment and are considered for impact assessment:
Air environment
Water resources and quality
Noise levels
Land use
Soil quality
Solid waste
Terrestrial and aquatic ecology
Demography and socio-economics.
Hydrology & Geology
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – IV Page 204
4.6 AIR ENVIRONMENT
The impacts on air quality from project depend on various factors like design
capacity, configuration, process technology, raw material, fuel to be used, air
pollution control measures, operation and maintenance. Apart from the above, other
activities associated with transportation of fuel, raw materials and finished products,
storage facilities and material handling within the plant premises may also contribute
to air pollution.
4.6.1 Source of Air Pollution
The operational phase activities are expected to have long - term impacts on the air
quality. The main sources from project are detailed below.
A. Flue gas Emissions
Boilers and DG set are the two main sources of emissions from the plant. Industry
proposed to install 2 TPH & 3 TPH coal fired boilers. A 500 KVA DG Set will be kept
as standby power during power failures.
PM, SO2 and NOx are the main air pollutants generated from the boilers and DG set.
The emissions from the boiler stacks and DG Set Stack are given in Table 4.3 & 4.4.
TABLE 4.3: Emission Details from Proposed Boiler Stack
Particulars Units 2.0 TPH Coal fired
Boiler 3.0 TPH Coal fired
Boiler
Type of Fuel -- Indian Coal with CV of 4000 kcal/kg to
5000 kcal/kg
Indian Coal with CV of 4000 kcal/kg to
5000 kcal/kg
Coal Consumption TPD 8.00 7.50
Ash Content % 35 35
Sulphur Content % 0.4 0.4
No. of Stacks No 1 1
Height of stack M 30 30
Diameter of Stack M 0.40 0.50
Temperature of Flue Gas oC 175 175
Velocity of Flue Gas m/s 12 14
Particulate gm/sec 0.16 0.15
Sulphur dioxide emission gm/sec 0.74 0.69
Oxides of Nitrogen emission gm/sec 2.43 2.28
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – IV Page 205
TABLE 4.4: Emission Details from DG Set Stack
Emission of SPM in mg/Nm3
Emission Of SO2 in mg/Nm3
Emission of NOx In mg/Nm3
Stack dia. In m
Flue Gas Temp. in
OC
Stack Height in (m)
Flue gas Velocity In m/sec.
500 KVA 60 85 110 0.2 300 10 14
B. Process Emissions
The Predicted Process emissions are
CO2, [Carbon dioxide] – Pollutant
SO2, [Sulphur dioxide] - Pollutant
O2, [Oxygen] – Non Pollutant
HCl [Hydrochloric acid] - Pollutant
NH3 [Ammonia] – Pollutant
CH3Cl [Chloromethane] – Pollutant
HF [Hydrogen fluoride] – Pollutant
H2 [Hydrogen] - Non Pollutant
HBr [Methane] - Pollutant
Which will liberate from manufacturing process of proposed products. The process
emissions are based on reactants quantity and chemical reactions between them in
relation with desired product output.
C. Fugitive emission
The main sources of fugitive emissions from project are
Storage & Handling of raw materials
Storage & Handling of Solvents.
During reaction period
During Product filtrations & Finished operations
The raw materials will be stored in PP bags, Fibre drums and HDPE drums in
elevated flat from under the roof. Bulk quantities will be stored in storage tanks with
vent condensers to avoid the fugitive emissions. Solvents are handled in closed
conditions thereby reducing the losses in the form of evaporation.
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – IV Page 206
4.6.2 Prediction of Impacts on Air Environment
The objective of dispersion modeling is to predict the ground level concentration
during the operation of plant and its impact on ambient air quality of the area.
Air quality assessment is done by integrating the measurement techniques and
modeling tools. The air modeling tools are routinely used in the environmental impact
assessments, risk analysis, emergency planning, and source apportionment studies.
Recent strategies for air pollution control in industries have largely neglected the
emission reduction measures which are the prime polluting sources. To accomplish
this, various air dispersion models have been developed and used worldwide so far
for different applications under different scenarios. The Gaussian plume model is a
standard approach for studying the transport of pollutants due to turbulent diffusion
and advection by the wind. Applications of such models have been made mandatory.
In this study, the AERMOD (the American Meteorological Society/Environmental
Protection Agency Regulatory Model Improvement Committee’s Dispersion Model,
Gaussian dispersion model is selected to predict the ground level concentrations
(GLC’s) of Particulate Matter (PM) µg/m3, sulphur dioxide (SO2) µg/m3 , and oxides
of nitrogen (NOx)- µg/m3 from point source emissions will be investigated in the
study area.
Methodology
Prediction of GLC values are made by using AERMOD software approved by U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency (USEPA) and has adopted it as its regulatory
model since 2005. In point source emissions, the stacks are subjected to plume rise
which again is dependent on force of buoyancy and momentum. The higher is the
plume rise or stack, the lesser will be ground level concentrations (GLC’s).The
emissions when released into the atmosphere are subjected to transportation,
dispersion, transformation, and fall out and wash out and finally reach the ground
level at a particular distance and concentrations. The relationship between the
source of emissions and its magnitude with the ground level concentrations (GLC’s)
at receptor points is governed by air dispersion models which take into the account
by the source strength, plume rise, atmospheric stability, mixing height, wind
velocity, terrain and other meteorological conditions. The comparison between the
predicted and field sampled downwind concentrations for PM, SO2 & NOX (µg/m3)
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – IV Page 207
will be carried out in this study to predict the average downwind ground level
concentrations (GLC’s)
Data Used for Computation
Stack emissions data have been used for prediction of short-term incremental GLC
values of PM, SO2 & NOx using the meteorological data collected at site during the
Oct – 2018 to Dec – 2018. Details of the data used for computations are given
below:
Source Characteristics/Release Characteristics
The details of estimated stack emissions load are given in Table 4.2.
Meteorological Data
The meteorological data recorded continuously during the month of Oct – 2018 to
Dec - 2018, on hourly basis. AERMOD model requires hourly surface data values for
wind speed, wind direction, temperature, relative humidity and cloud cover. Both
data files for the surface and profile files were then used to generate the
meteorological file required by the AERMOD dispersion model using the AERMET
meteorological pre-processor. This AERMET has three stages to process the data.
The first stage extracts meteorological data and assesses data quality through a
series of quality assessment checks. The second stage merges all data available for
24-hour periods and writes these data together in a single intermediate file. The third
and final stage reads the merged meteorological data and estimates the necessary
boundary layer parameters for dispersion calculations by AERMOD.
Dispersion Modeling Results
The 24 hourly average ground level concentration (GLC) values from plant have
been computed for PM, SO2 & NOx considering topographical features around the
plant and applicable stability classes. The maximum 24 hourly average GLC values
for PM, SO2 & NOx from plant are given in Table 4.5 to Table 4.6. Corresponding
isopleths plotted are shown in Figure 4.1 to Figure 4.3 for PM, SO2 & NOx.
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – IV Page 208
TABLE 4.5: Predicted 24-Hourly Short Term Incremental Concentrations
Season Maximum Incremental GLCs
(μg/m3) Distance
(km) Direction
PM SO2 NOx
Oct – 2018 to Dec – 2018
0.975 2.34 2.59 0.5 NW
TABLE 4.6: Resultant Concentrations Due to Incremental GLC's
Pollutant
Maximum Baseline
Concentration (μg/m3)
Incremental Concentrations due to Proposed Project
(μg/m3)
Resultant Concentration
(μg/m3)
NAAQ Standards (μg/m3)
PM 69.3 0.975 70.275 100
SO2 15.4 2.34 17.74 80
NOx 22.8 2.59 25.39 80
With this marginal contribution due to the proposal of the project, the levels of PM,
SO2 & NOx will remain below the 24 –hourly ambient air quality standards for SO2 &
NOx (80 μg/m3) and PM10 (100μg/m3) prescribed by CPCB. The operation of plant is
not likely to cause any significant impact on the ambient air quality of the study area.
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – IV Page 209
FIGURE - 4.1: SHORT TERM 24 HOURLY INCREMENTAL GLCs OF PM
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – IV Page 210
FIGURE - 4.2: SHORT TERM 24 HOURLY INCREMENTAL GLCs OF SO2
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – IV Page 211
FIGURE - 4.3: SHORT TERM 24 HOURLY INCREMENTAL GLCs OF NOX
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – IV Page 212
MITIGATION MEASURES
The industry will take measures for reduction of fugitive emissions emanating out of
process reactions by adopting the following;
Good ventilation will be provided to reduce the workroom concentrations.
Fugitive emissions will be reduced by providing vent condensers to the all the
reactors and Storage tanks.
Adequate stacks of height 30 mts will be provided to the 2 TPH & 3 TPH
boilers respectively.
Stack monitoring facilities for the periodic monitoring of the stack to verify the
compliance of the stipulated norms. Apart from this Cyclone Separator, Bag
filters will be provided to the boiler.
Table No.4.7 Process Emission details and mitigation measures
S. No. Name of the Gas Quantity In
Kg/Day Treatment Method
1 Sulphur dioxide 251 Scrubbed by using C.S.Lye Solution
2 Hydrogen chloride 323 Scrubbed by using chilled water media
3 Hydrogen Bromide 75 Scrubbed by using C. S. Lye solution
4 Carbon dioxide 228 Dispersed into the atmosphere
5 Hydrogen 16 Diffused by using Nitrogen through Flame arrestor
6 Ammonia 27 Scrubbed by using chilled water media
7 Oxygen 45 Dispersed into the atmosphere
8 Hydrogen fluoride 11 Scrubbed by using C.S.Lye Solution
9 Chloromethane 27 Scrubbed by using C.S.Lye Solution
In order to minimize the air pollution, unit will develop greenbelt in and around
its premises.
ODOR CONTROL
The chance of odours within premises is mainly due to
Raw materials
Storage / Handling
Transportation of raw materials
Process
Raw materials transportation
During reaction
Drying
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – IV Page 213
ETP Operations
Storage / Handling
Storage
Industry will provide adequate and proper storage facilities for all the raw
materials and finished products.
Corrosive substances will be stored away from the moisture.
Solid raw material will be stored in covered area and Liquid raw material will
be stored in closed Horizontal / Vertical tanks.
Hazardous chemicals and solid wastes will be stored away from other plant
activities.
The storage yard of chemicals will be isolated and it will be equipped with all
necessary measures to control odours.
Handling
All the raw materials and finished products will be handled as per the standard
practice.
For proper handling, company will adapt good housekeeping technology to
entire shed.
To avoid any leakage or spillage of chemicals from all storage tanks, third
party will inspects transfer lines, valves, fittings and every joint periodically.
Transportation of Raw materials
All the necessary precautions will be taken while carrying out transport of the
above materials as per the Hazardous Rules of transportation.
The vehicles for transportation of raw materials and products will be parked at
specified loading facilities where there will be a provision of fire extinguishers.
The finished product will be transported by road, rail and ship route in closed
containers.
Other sources of odour nuisance are as follows
Leaks from pressurized process equipment generally occur through valves, pipe
connection, mechanical seals or related equipment.
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – IV Page 214
Control measures
To minimize & control leaks at process facilities operators carry out regular
leak detection test and repair activities.
Routine inspections of process equipment with gas detectors can be used to
identify leaks & estimate the leak rate in order to decide an appropriate
corrective action.
Proper routine maintenance of equipment reduces the likelihood of leaks.
Solvents will be transferred through the closed pipe line system.
Cleaner production practices
Process vessels:
Liquid raw material will be charged by pumping and closed loops and dosing
will be done by metering system to avoid odour.
Double mechanical seals will be provided to the process vessels having
agitator for reduction of odour and leakages.
Storage tanks
Storage tanks for products as well as raw materials will be fitted with
appropriate control devices [Condensers with chilled water circulation
systems] to avoid possible odours / leakages.
House keeping
Keep work areas clean.
Keep aisles clear.
Keep exits and entrances clear.
Use proper waste collection containers.
Cleanup spills and leaks off’s any type quickly and properly.
Follow up preventive predictive maintenance.
4.7 WATER ENVIRONMENT
With respect to water environment; three aspects are considered in EIA, availability
& Requirement of fresh water, Wastewater generation and its disposal.
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – IV Page 215
Fresh Water Requirement
The total water requirement for the proposed project is 134.13 KLD. Water
requirement of unit is met through Ground water.
Waste water generation
Total effluent generation is 52.86 KLD, which is from process, scrubbers, boiler,
cooling towers and washing activities. The HTDS waste water of 19.18 KLD from
Process after neutralization taken for treatment in stripper followed by MEE and
ATFD. LTDS waste water of 33.68 KLD including domestic sewage, floor Washes.
Disposal of Effluent – ZLD System
Utilities waste water taken along with Vapour Condensate from MEE & ATFD for
Biological Effluent Treatment plant. Treated effluent from ETP sent to RO and RO
permeate water is recycled and RO rejects are sent to MEE followed by ATFD for
evaporation. Evaporation salts collected and sent to TSDF. MEE & ATFD vapour
condensate reused along with RO permeate.
MITIGATION MEASURES
Effluent generated in the plant will be treated in Proposed ZLD system.
The industry is proposing to install a MEE System with 40 KLD capacity,
Biological Treatment system of 55 KLD and RO system with 50 KLD
capacities for treatment of 52.86 KLD effluents generated from plant
operations.
Total Water requirement is 134.13 KLD out of which 43.50 KLD recycled
water recovered from ZLD system. The fresh water of 90.63 KLD will be met
from Ground Water source.
The leakages of oil spills from machinery shall be collected in leak proof
barrels and then disposed off to SPCB authorized dealers.
The groundwater levels need to be monitored with setting up of piezometers
in the core and buffer zone.
Unit is proposed to recharge ground water through roof water harvesting pits
in the project area and rain water harvesting pits outside plant area wherever
possible to balance the water table.
Minimization of water use providing drip system for gardening.
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – IV Page 216
Use of high-pressure hoses for cleaning the floor and process equipment to
reduce the amount of wastewater generated during washings.
Conjunctive use of groundwater.
4.8 NOISE ENVIRONMENT
PREDICTION OF IMPACT
Identification of potential impacts on noise environment from the proposed project is
as important as other components of the environment. The main sources of noise
pollution are Boiler, Reactors, DG Set, Air compressors, and other Noise generating
units. Vehicular movements during operation phase for loading / unloading of raw
materials and finished products and transporting activity may also increase noise
level. Noise levels in the ambient air are well within the permissible limits given by
the National Ambient Noise level standards as confirmed during baseline study. Leq
values of the noise levels within the plant premises will be kept less than 75 – 70 db
[A] [during day time and night time] which will be within the permissible limit.
MITIGATION MEASURES
To minimize the noise pollution the unit proposes the following noise control
measures,
Noise suppression measures such as enclosures, exhaust mufflers, buffers
and / or abatement measures that will be implemented.
Employees will be provided with earplugs or earmuffs.
Extensive oiling, lubrication and preventive maintenance will be carried out for
the machineries and equipments to reduce noise generation.
Green Belt Development.
4.9. LAND/ SOIL ENVIRONMENT
IDENTIFICATION OF IMPACTS
Infrastructural development for the proposed project as well as subsequent
developments in the nearby area may change the land use pattern of area.
The impact on land and soil environment may be due to effluent disposal, chemical
and hazardous waste storage & handling. Spillage of chemicals during loading,
unloading and transfer, leakage of pumps, flange leakage in pipelines may create
soil/land contamination.
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – IV Page 217
PREDICTION OF IMPACTS
The Proposed project will be carried out within the acquired land premises; there
will not be any change in land use pattern, forest cover or vegetation in
surrounding area. Moreover, electricity, water, roads, all basic amenities and
infrastructure are already available in the area.
There will not be any disposal of untreated effluent on land. Industrial wastewater
will be properly treated and reuse in various activities within the premises.
Spillage of chemicals during loading, unloading and transfer, leakage of pumps,
flange leakage in pipelines may create soil/land contamination. However, the
regular maintenance of pumps and flange connections in the pipelines will be
carried out and proper care will be taken while loading, unloading and transfer of
materials to avoid any soil/land contamination.
MITIGATION MEASURES
During operational phase, the chances of any enhanced soil erosion are not
anticipated. But improper disposal of toxic wastes and accidental spillages of
toxic chemicals can pose a serious threat to the soil, ground and surface waters.
But the chances of such events cannot be quantified and predicted. Since the
industry is expected all rules and regulations relating to the use, handling and
disposal of all toxic and hazardous chemicals, no additional safety methods are
required especially to prevent contamination of soil.
Liberal use of locally available farmyard manure will be used for the plants in the
greenbelt and block plantations for improving the productivity, fertility and health
of soils.
In case of any spillage, the same will be collected and treated in ETP. The unit
will provide an adequate designated storage area with impervious flooring system
and roof cover with leachate collection system for the storage of hazardous
wastes.
Leachate, if any will be collected and treated in ETP. Thus, there will not be any
chances of contamination of soil due to the storage of chemicals and hazardous
waste.
The hazardous waste generated will be stored and handle as per the Hazardous
Wastes (Management, Handling and Transboundary Movement) Rules, 2016
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – IV Page 218
The project does not have any impact on the soils beyond the boundaries of the
project site since it is a zero liquid discharge unit. Physicochemical characteristics
of the soil samples obtained from 7 areas in the buffer zone and one from the
project site reveals that all basically sandy loams.
4.10. IMPACT OF SOLID WASTE
The details of hazardous waste to be generated from the proposed project, is
mentioned at Chapter - 2. The current practice of storage of generated hazardous
waste, in a closed room having an impervious bottom, and disposed of as per the
prescribed guidelines will be continued for the generation of hazardous waste.
Hence, the impact due to the same will be negligible as the handling of hazardous
waste to be generated will be disposed as per guidelines. The details of
solid/Hazardous waste details are shown in below Table. The ash from boilers will be
used in the brick manufacturing. The ash of 0.5 µm to 45 µm will be used in the
cement manufacturing as a filler material, stabilization of soft soils, mineral filler in
asphaltic concrete, floor and metal castings etc.
MITIGATION MEASURES
To reduce the quantity of solid / hazardous waste generation as well as possible
contamination of land (soil) due to spillages / leaks from the plant operations,
following
Mitigation measures can be implemented:
There will not be any leakages / spillage from the raw-materials storage and
from the storage of generated effluent from the project.
The generated Hazardous waste will be stored on floor with suitable packing
and this dedicated area will be covered with the roof.
The records on quantity of hazardous waste generation and disposal will be
maintained for each category and possibilities will be explored for
minimization and reuse.
Classification of waste, Collection, Storage, Transportation, & disposed/sale
to authorized recycler or re-user.
Data Management and Reporting
Personnel Training
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – IV Page 219
Solid/Hazardous Waste Generation and Disposal mode
Table No.4.8 Hazardous & Solid Waste Disposal Details
S. No Name of the Waste Quantity Kg/Day Disposal Method
Hazardous Waste Details
1 Organic waste (Process Residue)
1406
Sent to Cement Industries 2 Spent Carbon 71
3 Solvent distillation residue 441
4 Organic Evaporate ( liquid from MEE stripper)
380
5 Spent Mixed Solvents 2 KL/Day SPCB Authorized Agencies for Reprocessing/Recycling
6 ETP Sludge 350
Sent to TSDF 7 Inorganic waste 504
8 MEE Salts 2868
9 Used Oils 500 Ltrs/Annum SPCB Authorized Agencies for Reprocessing/Recycling
10 Detoxified Containers 500 No’s/Month After Detoxification sent back to suppliers/sent to outside Parties
11 Used Lead Acid Batteries 2 No’s/Year Send back to suppliers for buyback of New Batteries
Solid Waste Details
12 Ash from boiler 5425 Sent to Brick Manufacturers
4.11. IMPACTS ON ECOLOGY
Prediction of impacts is based both on the direct and indirect; short-term as well as
long-term; irreversible and irreversible impacts that are most likely to occur owing to
the industrial activity during establishment and operation. The ecological factors that
are considered most significant as far as the impact on flora and fauna are
concerned:
1. Whether there shall be any reduction in species diversity.
2. Whether there shall be any habitat loss or fragmentation.
3. Whether there shall be any risk or threat to the rare or endangered or
endemic or threatened (REET) species.
4. Whether there shall be any impairment of ecological functions such as (i)
disruption of food chains, (ii) decline in species population and or (iii)
alterations in predator-prey relationships.
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – IV Page 220
NEGATIVE IMPACTS
As there is change in the land use and land cover on account of the proposed
project, the proposed action is not going to have any direct and significant negative
impacts of flora and fauna or biodiversity.
MOST PROBABLE SCENARIO
As stated earlier, it is a new project there will be change in the land use and land
cover within the project site. No damage is going to be done to the existing green
cover within the project site. Except for a few weeds, there are only cultivated plants
and no RET species in the core area. No species is going to be lost on account of
the proposed project. No direct or indirect damage is expected to the flora and fauna
of the buffer zone. Further, as there are no rare or endangered or endemic or
threatened (REET) species, the project does not pose any threat to the flora and
fauna of the study area. As the industry is required to operate and maintain the
emissions and effluents within the limits specified by the CPCB / SPCB, the effects
of the industry on the flora and fauna of the buffer zone may be negligible. Neither
the storm water nor the effluent water nor any other kind of rain or waste water from
the industry shall get in to the drinking water resources.
MITIGATION MEASURES
Extensive plantation and green area development of 3.37 Acres is planned in the
proposed project along with landscaping. This is hereby ensured that the mostly
indigenous/local plants will be planted all around the periphery of the project area
and along the compound wall sides. Plantations would be of large leaf trees that
provide adequate shade and are semi evergreen to evergreen. Various native and
indigenous trees would be planted for mitigation purpose
4.12. IMPACTS ON SOCIO- ECONOMY
During the erection phase short term direct or indirect employment will be
generated. Project Proponent shall give first preference to the Local people wherever
found suitable for all the jobs in the plant operations. Economic status of the local
people will improve due to the increased employment & business opportunities,
thereby, making a positive impact to the Local Economy. Educational, medical and
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – IV Page 221
housing facilities in the study area will considerably improve. Thus, the proposed
project will have significant positive impact on the socio-economic environment.
MITIGATION MEASURES
Due to proposed activity the employment generation will be around 100
persons including, skilled, semi-skilled & unskilled labour and office staff.
Local qualified personnel can be employed.
Under CSR & CER Budget, the proponent has allotted 54 lakhs to take up
Environment & welfare activities.
4.13. IMPACTS ON HYDROLOGY & GEOLOGY
The generation of ash from the industry will have sedimentation affect over
the wind ward side on the soil regime as well as the buffer zone over a period
of time affecting the Green cover/ plantation thereby affecting the growth of
plants / crops.
The chemically loaded waste water leakage from the industry will adversely
affect the soil, surface and groundwater.
MITIGATION MEASURES
Ash generation and storage will be monitored closely to avoid leakages and
will be disposed safely to the brick manufacturing industries and infrastructure
projects.
The ash spreading in and around the plant will be avoided by storing under
closed conditions at dedicated place till it is disposed to users. The prevention
suggested is not to allow the waste water leakage from the industry by
implementing proper storage tanks for wastewater collection and ZLD system.
ANALYSIS OF
ALTERNATIVES
(TECHNOLOGY & SITE)
CHAPTER -V
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - V Page 222
CHAPTER – V
ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES
(TECHNOLOGY & SITE)
5. ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES
This chapter deals with the criteria for site selection and process technology in the
proposed project by assessment of alternatives and comprehensive comparison of all
potential impacts, both direct and indirect and cumulative, on the environment. The goal
of evaluating alternatives is to find the most effective way of meeting the need and
purpose of the proposal.
5.1. SITE SELECTION CRITERIA
SITE LOCATION: To establish a Bulk drugs & Intermediates manufacturing, the site is
selected at Sy No: 290 & Parts, Dondapadu (V), Chinthalapalem (M), Suryapet District,
Telangana state based on these factors Practicability, Feasibility, Relevance,
Reasonable & Viability.
TABLE 5.1: SITE DESCRIPTION
Project location Details
Latitude & Longitude Latitude: 16° 49' 33.67" N Longitude: 80° 2' 53.39" E
Climatic Conditions
Annual Max Temp is 44.9 0C Annual Min Temp is 15.4 0C Normal Annual Rainfall is 750.7 mm (Source: IMD Climatalogical Normals, Nandigama 1981 - 2010)
Land acquired for the plant 9.0 Acres (36414 Sq. m)
Nature of Land Patta Land
Nearest Habitation Dondapadu Village - 1.20 km (WSW)
Nearest Town Jaggayyapet – 8.0 km (NE)
National Highway Railway station Airport
National Highway No. 9 – 16 km (ENE) (Hyderabad – Vijayawa da Road) Motumari Railway Station – 33 km (ENE) Vijayawada Airport – 87 km (ESE)
Interstate Boundary Telangana State – Andhra Pradesh Interstate Boundary – 400 meters (NE)
Historical Places Vedadri Lakshmi Narasimha Swamy temple – 8.0 km (E)
Water Bodies within 10 km radius Krishna River – 2.5 km (ESE) Palleru River – 5.5 km (E)
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - V Page 223
The proposed project site is identified based on the following considerations:
Land acquired for proposed Project is 9.0 Acres (36414 Sq. m), topographically
the area is generally plain, with gentle slope.
The area is not covered by any notified forests.
Proximity of National Highways and railways stations, for transport of raw
materials and manufactured products.
Availability of infrastructure facilities.
Well connected road networks.
The location of the site have distinct advantages such as accessibility to Road, Rail,
Electricity, Ground water and other facilities which are adequate for the proposed
project and hence, no alternate sites were considered.
5.2. SELECTION OF PROCESS TECHNOLOGY
Proposed to manufacture different types of bulk drugs & intermediates.
All the products will be manufactured on a batch basis.
The products are categorized on similarity in process or therapeutic usage.
Bulk Drugs substances typically consist of structurally complex organic chemical
compounds which are manufactured via a series of intermediate steps and
reactions under precise process conditions.
The drug intermediates are manufactured by:
Chemical synthesis;
Pulichintala Dam – 5.9 km (S) Water body near Jaggayyapet – 8.3 km (NE) Water body near Ramapuram – 8.0 km (WNW)
Reserve Forest within 10 km radius
Budavada R.F- 2.8 km (N) Balusupadu R.F – 6.0 km (N) Jaggayyapeta Extension R.F – 5.8 km (E) Kuntimadi R.F- 5.2 km (ESE) Ginjupalle R.F- 6.4 km (SE) Venkatayapalem Extension R.F- 6.0km (SE) Venkatayapalem R.F- 5.8 km (SSE) Nemalipuri R.F – 7.6 km (SSW) Chintapalem R.F – 7.6 km(SSW)
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - V Page 224
Isolation / recovery from natural sources; and /or
Combination of above.
In the proposed project, resource availability may limit the range of alternatives in a
particular context. Bulk drugs & Intermediates will be manufactured using proven
Chemical synthesis technology; hence no alternative technology has been analyzed
thus, no new or untested technology will be used.
ENVIRONMENTAL
MONITORING PROGRAM
CHAPTER -VI
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – VI Page 225
CHAPTER – VI
ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM
6.1. INTRODUCTION
Regular monitoring of environmental parameters is of immense importance to assess
the status of environment during plant in operation. With the knowledge of baseline
conditions, the monitoring programme will serve as an indicator for any deterioration in
environmental quality due to operation of the expansion project, to enable taking up
suitable mitigative steps in time to safeguard the environment. Monitoring is as
important as that of control of pollution since efficiency of control measures can only be
determined by monitoring.
The baseline study is carried out for post monsoon season. Hence, post project
monitoring programme of the environmental parameters is essential to take into account
the changes in the environmental quality to ascertain the following:
State of Pollution within the plant site and in its vicinity.
Generate data for predictive or corrective purpose in respect of pollution.
Examine the efficiency of air pollution control system adopted at the site.
To assess environmental impacts.
Monitoring will be carried out at the site as per the norms of CPCB.
Environmental Monitoring Programme will be conducted for various environmental
components as per conditions stipulated in Environmental Clearance Letter issued by
MoEF&CC & Consent to Operate issued by SPCB. Six monthly compliance reports will
be submitted on regular basis, to MoEF&CC, Regional Office, Nalgonda on 1st of June
& 1st of December. Quarterly compliance Report for conditions stipulated in Consent to
Operate will be submitted to SPCB on regular basis.
6.2. ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
In order to maintain the environmental quality within the standards, regular monitoring of
various environmental components is necessary. The company will establish full-
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – VI Page 226
fledged environmental management cell (EMC) reporting directly to Plant Manager for
environmental monitoring and control. The EMC team will takes care of pollution
monitoring aspects and implementation of control measures.
A group of qualified and efficient engineers with technicians is deputed for maintenance,
up keeping and monitoring the pollution control equipment, to keep them in working at
the best of their efficiencies. For effective and consistent functioning of the plant, the
EMS at the site will be strengthened further with the following:
Environmental management cell covering EHS (Environment, Health & Safety)
team
Environmental Monitoring
Personnel Training
Regular Environmental Audits and Corrective Action Plan
Documentation – Standard operating procedures, Environmental Management
plans and other records
6.3. ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT CELL RESPONSIBILITIES
It is necessary to have a permanent organizational set up charged with the task of
ensuring its effective implementation of mitigation measures and to conduct
environmental monitoring. The major duties and responsibilities of Environmental
Management Cell will be as under:
To implement the Environmental Management Plan (EMP)
To ensure regulatory compliance with all relevant rules and regulations
To ensure regular operation and maintenance of pollution control devices
To minimize environmental impacts of operations by strict adherence to the EMP
To initiate environmental monitoring as per approved schedule
Review and interpretation of monitored results and corrective measures with
reference to prescribed standards
Maintain documentation of good environmental practices and applicable
environmental laws for ready reference.
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – VI Page 227
Maintain environment related records.
Coordination with regulatory agencies, external consultants, monitoring
laboratories.
Organising meetings of the Environmental Management Committee and
reporting to the committee.
To improve the capacity building of the Environment Department, as a part of the
management, a separate division will be created under the leadership of Plant Manager,
who is assisted by EHS - Manager will be working for day to day operation of
environmental management systems with documentation, procedures & Compliances.
All executives/Supervisors and workmen/Helpers will be responsible for the operations.
The Organizational Structure of Environmental Health and Safety is presented in Fig.
6.1.
Any non-compliances/violations of serious nature will be addressed by the Plant general
manager in consultation with the directly involved officials and will report to the Board of
Directors of the company. The primary focus is to comply with the regulations and work
out on action taken report to be placed before the Board of Directors. Similarly a
preventive action for non-recurrence of such violations/non-compliances will also be
worked out and strict monitoring will be done by the Management for implementation of
the same
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – VI Page 228
Fig. 6.1: Organisational Structure of Environment Health & Safety
6.4. ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING AND REPORTING PROCEDURE
Monitoring may take the form of direct measurement and recording of quantitative
information, such as concentrations of discharges, emissions and wastes, for
measurement against corporate or statutory standards, consent limits or targets. It may
also require measurement of ambient environmental quality in the vicinity of a site using
ecological/biological, physical and chemical indicators. Monitoring may include
socioeconomic interaction, through local liaison activities or even assessment of
complaints. Monitoring will also be required to meet compliance with statutory and
corporate requirements. Finally, monitoring results will provide the basis for auditing.
6.4.1. OBJECTIVES OF MONITORING
The objectives of environmental post-project monitoring are to
Verify effectiveness of planning decisions
Measure effectiveness of operational procedures
Confirm statutory and corporate compliance and
Identify unexpected changes.
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – VI Page 229
6.4.2. MONITORING SCHEDULE FOR CONSTRUCTION AND OPERATION PHASES
Environmental monitoring schedules of SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd. are prepared
covering various phases of project advancement, such as construction and operation
phases.
Construction Phase
The proposed project envisages setting up of buildings and machinery, establishment of
production and storage facilities. The construction activities are expected to last for
about one year. As there are no major construction activities for the plant, simple and
generic environmental monitoring measures that need to be undertaken during project
construction stage.
Operation Phase
During operation stage of the project, air emissions from process areas, Boilers and DG
set. Full-fledged Effluent treatment plant with ZLD Scheme operates for water recovery
and reuse, hazardous and nonhazardous waste generation is envisaged. The following
attributes which meet regular monitoring based on the environmental setting and nature
of project activities are listed below:
Source emissions and ambient air quality.
Work zone monitoring for VOCs/ solvents in air.
Groundwater levels and ground water quality in bore wells.
Raw and ETP effluent quality.
Hazardous and solid waste characterization (process hazardous waste, ash,
ETP sludge, used and waste oils).
Soil quality.
Noise levels (equipment and machinery noise levels, occupational exposures
and ambient noise levels) and
Ecological preservation and afforestation.
Monitoring Schedule: Details of the Post Project Environmental Monitoring schedule,
which will be undertaken for various environmental components are detailed below:
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – VI Page 230
Table 6.1: Post Project Environmental Monitoring schedule details
Sl. No. Description Frequency of Monitoring
1 Ambient Air Quality at Plant site Once in a month
2 Water Quality Monthly Basis
3 Noise Level Monitoring Monthly Basis
4 Soil Quality Once in six months
Methodology Adopted: Post project monitoring will be carried out as per conditions
stipulated in Environmental Clearance Letter issued by MoEF&CC, Consent order
issued by concerned State PCB as well as according to CPCB guidelines. The plant site
is considered as core zone and the area lying within 10 km radius from the plant site is
considered to be the buffer zone. In the Buffer zone slight impact may be observed and
that too is occasional.
Table No. 6.2 Environmental Monitoring Plan during Operation Phase
Sl. No Potential Impact Action to be
Followed Parameters for
Monitoring Frequency of
Monitoring
1 Air Emissions
Stack emissions from process stacks to be optimized and monitored
Process emissions (HCl, SO2, NH3, as applicable)
Monthly with recommended methods of CPCB
Stack emissions from Boilers, DG sets to be monitored
Emissions (PM, SO2, HC, NOx)
Monthly with recommended methods of CPCB
Ambient air quality within the plant premises of the proposed expansion unit and nearby habitations to be monitored. Exhaust from vehicles to be minimized by use of fuel efficient vehicles and well maintained vehicles having PUC certificate.
Ambient air quality will conform to the standards for NAAQ parameters (MoEF circular dated 16-11- 2009) and HCl, Cl2 and HC Vehicle logs to be maintained
Online continuous AAQ one station and Monthly in Industry and nearby habitants with recommended methods of CPCB.
Vehicle trips to be minimized to the extent possible
Vehicle logs Daily records
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – VI Page 231
Sl. No Potential Impact Action to be
Followed Parameters for
Monitoring Frequency of
Monitoring
2 Noise Levels
Noise generated from operation of boiler/cooling towers to be optimized and monitored (3 locations within plant and 2 locations outside plant) Noise generated from operation of DG sets to be optimized and monitored
Noise Level recording; Leq (night), Leq (day), Leq (dn)
Regular and Monthly
Generation of vehicular noise
Vehicle Maintenance records
Monthly
3 Waste water Discharge
Segregated effluent Stream wise (3 streams)
ETP performance will be monitored for raw and treated effluent characteristics for reuse of treated effluent. Basic parameters like pH, TSS, TDS, COD, Oil & grease
Daily with internal lab and monthly from authorized lab
In-house ETP treated Effluents reuse in Cooling Towers
pH, TDS, COD and Temperature etc.
Daily monitoring at In- house Laboratory for treated effluent
4 Drainage and
effluent Management
Ensure drainage system and specific design measures are working effectively.
Visual inspection of drainage and records thereof
Daily
5 Water Quality
Surface and Groundwater quality surrounding plant site
Comprehensive monitoring as per BIS 10500-2012.
Quarterly
6 Work zone air quality
Contaminants such as VOCs to be reduced by providing adequate ventilation
Indoor monitoring of VOCs.
On Daily Basis
7 Hazardous / Solid Waste
Implement waste management plan
Records of solid waste generation,
Regular Basis during operation
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – VI Page 232
Sl. No Potential Impact Action to be
Followed Parameters for
Monitoring Frequency of
Monitoring
Management that identifies and characterizes every waste arising associated with proposed activities and which identifies the procedures for collection, handling & disposal of each waste arising.
storage and disposal
phase
8 Soil quality
3 locations within plant site, solid waste storage area, near production block and ETP area
Physico-chemical parameters and Heavy metals.
On regular basis (Once in six Months)
9 Occupational
Health
Employees and migrant labour health check -up
All relevant parameters including HIV
Once in a Year
Comprehensive Pre-employment medical checkup for all employees.
Medical examination will be done for all the employees once in a year.
Tie up with local hospitals and Govt. health monitoring system will be engaged during emergency.
Dispensary and ESI facility will be provided to all workers as applicable.
All safety gears will be provided to workers and care will be taken by Environmental Management Cell (EMC) that these are used properly by them. All safety norms will be followed.
6.5. LOCATION OF MONITORING STATIONS
Location of the monitoring stations will be selected on the basis of prevailing micro –
meteorological conditions of the area like; Wind direction & wind speed, Relative
Humidity, Temperature. Post project air quality monitoring will be carried out at plant site
and 2 locations (one each in upwind and downwind direction) to asses ambient air
quality of the area. Major surface water body lies within 10 km area of plant site and
ground water quality monitoring will be carried out. Regular monitoring of noise will be
done to control noise levels at plant site. Soil quality will be tested of the plant site area
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – VI Page 233
regularly to keep check on any leakage in storing hazardous waste. Locations for the
post project monitoring will be as under:
Table 6.3: Details of Post Project Monitoring Locations
S. No.
Description Location of Monitoring
1 Ambient Air Quality Plant site, Villages in upwind & downwind direction (with Max. Ground level concentration) from the plant site
2 Noise Level Monitoring Plant Boundary, High Noise generating areas within the plant boundary
3 Water Quality From Nearby Surface water Source and Ground Water Source
4 Soil Quality At plant Site and Nearby area
6.6. MONITORING AND DATA ANALYSIS
6.6.1. AIR QUALITY MONITORING AND DATA ANALYSIS
Stack Monitoring: The emissions from all the stacks will be monitored for exit gas
temperature, velocity and pollutant concentrations. Any deviation from the design
criteria will be thoroughly examined and appropriate correction will be initiated. Air
blowers will be checked for any drop in exit gas velocity. The monitoring will be done by
authorised laboratory and test result will be submitted to the SPCB.
Work Zone Monitoring: The concentration of air borne pollutants in the
workspace/work zone environment will be monitored periodically. If concentrations
higher than threshold limits are observed, the source of fugitive emissions will be
identified and necessary measures taken. In addition, industry will continue to monitor
the VOC in all process & storage areas on regular basis. In case, the levels are high,
suitable measures as detailed in EMP will be implemented.
Ambient Air Quality Monitoring: The concentrations of PM, SO2, NOX, NH3, CO and
HC in the ambient air will be monitored at regular intervals. In case of any excess
concentration in the ambient air quality due to the proposed production enhancement,
proponent will take necessary action and follow the air pollution control measures.
Greenbelt will further be developed for minimising dust propagation. The ambient air
quality data will be transferred and processed in a centralised computer facility
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – VI Page 234
equipped with required software. Trend and statistical analysis will be carried out as per
the CPCB guidelines.
6.6.2. WATER AND WASTEWATER QUALITY MONITORING AND DATA ANALYSIS
To ensure a strict control over the water consumption, flow meters will be installed for
existing and proposed facilities for all major inlets in expansion. All leakages will be
identified and rectified. In addition, periodic water audits will be conducted to explore
possibility of water conservation.
Industry will analyse the basic parameters and the procedures prescribed in "Standard
Methods for Examination of Water and Wastewater" prepared and published jointly by
American Public Health Association (APHA), American Water Works Association
(AWWA) will be followed for all the parameters of monitoring. As per the CPCB
guidelines, industry will be installed the online sensors in the treated effluent for pH,
Conductivity and DO with night vision cameras.
Surface and Groundwater Monitoring: The monitoring of Surface and groundwater is
the most important tool to know the variations from the baseline study. This is
indispensable as it provides detection of the presence of waste constituents in ground
water in case of leachate migration. In this project, chances are very less for leachate
as the total effluent is segregated and is sent to ETP – ZLD and the treated effluent will
be reused in cooling tower. The water samples from the nearby surface water bodies
and bore wells will be analysed for relevant parameters as per monitoring program.
Records of analysis will be documented.
Monitoring of Wastewater Streams: All the segregated wastewater streams will be
regularly measured for physic - chemical, nutrient and demand parameters. The
monitoring will be carried out from stream wise raw wastewater, raw and treated effluent
characteristics of ETPs before recycling to utilities. These data will be documented and
compared against the design performance values of ETPs for necessary corrective
action.
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – VI Page 235
The ETP will be operated and maintained by existing & additional skilled and dedicated
personnel. Daily log sheets for no. of hours of the ETP operation, chemicals, electrical
and steam consumption; effluent monitored parameters with their results, etc. will
continue to be maintained.
6.6.3. NOISE LEVELS
Noise levels in the work zone environment such as boiler house, cooling tower area,
and DG house will be monitored. The frequency will be once in a month in the work
zone. Audiometric tests will be conducted periodically for the employees working close
to the high noise sources.
6.6.4. SOIL QUALITY
Soil quality will be tested for the parameters given in schedule for every six months.
6.7. REPORTING SCHEDULES OF THE MONITORING DATA
It is proposed that voluntary reporting of environmental performance with reference to
the EMP will be undertaken. The environmental monitoring department will co-ordinate
all monitoring programmes at site and data thus generated will be regularly furnished to
the State regulatory agency. The frequency of reporting will be on monthly basis to the
local state PCB officials and six monthly reports to Regional Office of MoEF&CC. The
Environmental Audit reports will be prepared for the entire year of operations and will be
regularly submitted to regulatory authorities in Form V Environmental Statement.
6.8. ENVIRONMENTAL LABORATORY
Environmental laboratory will be well-equipped analytical instruments and consumable
items for monitoring of environmental parameters at the site. Alternatively, monitoring
will be continued to be outsourced to a recognized/approved laboratory. The equipment
and consumable items will be made available at the site for environmental monitoring.
The sampling is done as per the standard procedures laid down by IS: 2488. The
equipment’s will be in the Environmental Laboratory are Heating Mantle, Digital
conductivity meter, Digital pH Meter, COD Digestion Apparatus, BOD Incubator, Hot air
oven, Muffle Furnace, Thermometer, Microprocessor based conductivity meter,
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – VI Page 236
Microprocessor based pH Stat Analyzer, Electronic Balance, HOT Plate, Mechanical
Balance, Hand Held DO meter, Hand Held Turbidity meter, Magnetic Stirrer and
consumables, chemicals and Glassware.
6.8.1. AIR QUALITY AND METEOROLOGY
Proposed: Manual AAQ monitoring stations – 3 Nos., on monthly basis third party
monitoring will be done by NABL / MoEF&CC authorised laboratory and the test report
will be verified for any deviation in air quality standards for corrective action and the test
reports will be submitted to the respective SPCB.
6.9. OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ASPECTS
All the preventive and corrective actions of environmental impacts to protect the health
of all the employees from any possible occupational health problems, the periodical
medical and health checkups of all the employees will be done to assess the any
occupational health problems.
ADDITIONAL STUDIES
CHAPTER -VII
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 237
CHAPTER – VII
ADDITIONAL STUDIES
[RISK ASSESSMENT & DISASTER MANAGEMENT]
SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd. is proposed to manufacture Bulk Drugs & Intermediates
at survey No. 290 & Parts, Dondapadu (V), Chinthalapalem (M), Suryapet District,
Telangana State and is covered under Category- A of the EIA Notification – 2006.
Public Consultation is required for this project.
7.1 ADDITIONAL STUDIES
In order to support the environment impact assessment and environment
management plan, following additional studies have been included in this report.
Risk Assessment
Disaster management plan
Occupational Health
7.1.1 SCOPE OF THIS STUDY
The QRA (Quantitative Risk Assessment) study in this report has been conducted
considering the Terms of References (TORs) given for Environment Clearance (EC).
The study has been carried out with a view to comply TOR points with respect to
Risk assessment.
7.1.2 Methodology:
The following parameters are considered to prepare Quantitative Risk Assessment.
1. Discussions were held with Plant officials on proposed individual safety
systems of plant operations.
2. Hazard Identification exercise in coordination with plant officials was
conducted taking into consideration the proposed storage of Hazardous
Chemicals/Solvents, operating parameters and proposed safety systems.
3. Containment failure scenarios related to flammable chemicals & hazardous
chemicals have been considered for Risk Assessment and consequences in
detail. Thus, this study is mainly oriented towards acute risks rather than
chronic risks.
4. Discussed on proposed Raw materials Hazards and their Risks in handling.
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 238
7.2 Risk Assessment
SGR laboratories Pvt. Ltd. will handle various chemicals, some of which are
hazardous in nature by virtue of their intrinsic chemical properties or their operating
temperatures or pressures or a combination of them. Fire, explosion, toxic release or
combinations of them are the hazards associated with industrial plants using
hazardous chemicals. More comprehensive and systematic methods have been
adopted in Hazard Identification and Quantitative Risk Assessment to improve upon
the integrity, reliability and safety of the plants. The same has been discussed in
detail under their respective headings.
7.2.1 Objectives of Risk Assessment
Risk analysis follows an extensive hazard analysis. It involves the identification and
assessment of risks the neighboring populations are exposed to as a result of
hazards present. This requires a thorough knowledge of failure probability, credible
accident scenario, vulnerability of population etc., much of this information is difficult
to get or generate. Consequently, the risk analysis is often confined to maximum
credible accident studies.
The risk assessment process is primarily based on likelihood of occurrence of the
risks identified and their possible hazard consequences particularly being evaluated
through hypothetical accident scenarios. With respect to the proposed project, major
risks are leaks from storage tanks, rupture of Pipelines, Spillages from containers
during transfer operations and Storage in the Ware house have been assessed. Risk
associated with the flammable chemicals storages have been determined semi-
quantitatively as the product of likelihood/probability and severity/consequence by
using order of magnitude data (risk ranking = severity/consequence factor X
likelihood/probability factor). Significance of such project related risks have been
established through their classification as high, medium, low, very low depending
upon risk ranking.
It provides basis for:
The type and nature of its on-site and off-site emergency plan
The types of safety measures required
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 239
7.2.2 IDENTIFICATION OF HAZARDS
Hazard identification is carried out to ascertain the controls required and
available in order to mitigate the risk of exposure to the hazards. This would
substantially help in overcoming costly errors and prolonged delays that may
be caused due to the design changes that may be required on a later date.
Hazard assessment in the proposed plant is carried out examining the Liquid
and solid chemicals storage in the ware house, production operations of toxic
chemicals such as Thionyl chloride and solid chemicals such as Sodium
borohydride, Potassium hydroxide, Raney Nickel and Storage of Flammable
liquid chemicals such as Methanol, Toluene, Acetone, Ethyl Acetate, IPA, n-
hexane, in bulk quantities in plant premises, locations to find out the
adequate facilities in place to overcome the Risks of exposure to the Hazards.
Following are the Hazards identified in proposed plant activities:
Fire Hazards due to Flammable chemicals leakage from storage tanks, pipe
line ruptures during transfer of material which may get ignited due to any
spark.
Fire Hazard due to improper earthing of storage tanks and material transfer
lines
Fire hazard due to leakage of flammable chemicals from transfer pumps gland
leaks.
Spillage/Leakage of Hazardous chemicals – Solvents, Acetic acid, HCl,
Thionyl chloride which leads to Air pollution, Water pollution and Soil pollution
Hydrogen gas explosion at high pressure during Lopinavir and Ritonavir
production.
The exposure to hazards depends upon the concentration of hazard, Frequency and
duration. The exposure to hazard could be controlled by reducing either the
concentration of hazard, frequency or duration.
After a critical analysis of the chemicals propose to use, stored and for products to
manufacture a defined safe operating procedures will be in place with safety and
mitigation measures to overcome the hazards.
The exposure to the hazard could be controlled by implementing the following:
Engineering controls at the source
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 240
Environmental controls that remove the hazard from the environment
Inspection of solvents transfers pipelines & Hydrogen gas conveying lines
once in a month.
Earthing to all storage tanks and providing jumpers to transfer pipe lines to
have continuity of earthing.
Process reactor which is proposing to use for hydrogenation should be kept
away from production block to minimize the effect in case of explosion.
Providing suitable personal protective equipment
Employing experienced trained personnel
All the proposed process reactors will have temperature control and pressure control
system for process as well as suitable Rupture disc followed by a safety valve to
avoid explosion due to excess pressure.
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 241
TABLE 7.1: AREA WISE IDENTIFIED HAZARDS, PRECAUTIONS PROPOSED WITH MITIGATION MEASURES
S. No.
AREA IDENTIFIED
HAZARD
SEVERITY & NO. OF
PERSONS EXPOSED
PRECAUTIONS PROPOSED MITIGATION MEASURES
1] Raw Material Storage area
Spillage of chemicals
Low to medium & 4 persons
1. Approved layout as per legal
requirements.
2. Flame proof electrical fittings will
be installed
3. Chemicals will be stored in safe
Containers with secondary
containment to prevent spillages.
4. Storage quantity is limited
5. Storage area will be well ventilated
by a forced air ventilation system.
6. Material will be accessed only by
authorized personnel using
mechanized systems
7. Double door entry to ensure a
clean atmosphere.
8. Showers will be provided for
decontamination.
9. Personnel will be provided with full
body protection suits and nose
masks to prevent exposure to
chemicals.
10. Fire hydrant system with hydrant
points with hose reels and nozzles
1. Area will be cordoned off.
2. Information will be passed to
Emergency control center is
informed.
3. Information will be given to the
declarer of emergency on the
scale of Leakage.
4. Emergency Response teams will
be kept on alert for swift response.
5. All hot works being carried out in
the surrounding areas will be
stopped
6. Personnel working in the area will
be evacuated.
7. Spilled powders will be collected
using vacuum cleaners.
8. The spillage will be cleared and
the area is made fit work
9. In case of liquid chemical spillage,
the container will be shifted from
ware house to the outside for
arresting the leakage and
transferring the contents to another
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 242
S. No.
AREA IDENTIFIED
HAZARD
SEVERITY & NO. OF
PERSONS EXPOSED
PRECAUTIONS PROPOSED MITIGATION MEASURES
will be installed to mitigate fire
hazards
11. Fire extinguishers will be deployed
adequately
12. Fully fledged medical center will
be arranged
13. Periodical occupational health
checks will be done to personnel
working in the area to Access
health effects, if any.
14. Liquid chemicals such as ,
MIBK,THF and Thionyl chloride
will be stored in dedicated area.
Solid chemicals such as Sodium
borohydride, Sodium hydroxide,
Potassium hydroxide will be stored in
dedicated area.
Solid and liquid chemicals will not be
stored in the same area.
vessel depends on situation.
The area where leakage is occurred
will be neutralized if necessary and
cleaned.
The warehouse will have good
ventilation so as to minimize the
concentration of respective chemical
in the working area.
2] Solvents Storage area
Fire, Flammable area of vapor cloud
Medium to High & 2 persons
1. Storage facility will be provided in
isolated area to have natural
ventilation
1. Area will be cordoned off.
2. No Hot work will be carried out in
the vicinity to prevent accidental
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 243
S. No.
AREA IDENTIFIED
HAZARD
SEVERITY & NO. OF
PERSONS EXPOSED
PRECAUTIONS PROPOSED MITIGATION MEASURES
2. Flameproof electrical fittings to be
allowed in storage area to prevent
any fire hazard.
3. No electrical gadgets or items
capable of generating static
electric charges will be permitted
in the area.
4. Personnel will be trained about
Do‘s & Don‘ts during emergency.
5. No heat sources will be permitted
near the Facility.
6. Hot work will be controlled through
a work permit system
7. For all storage tanks double
earthing will be arranged
8. Adequate size Dyke wall will be
provided to for containment in
case of leakage of chemical
/solvent.
9. Storage quantity and material will
be handled by trained and
authorized personnel.
10. Mechanical foam type fire & DCP
fire extinguishers will be provided
spread of fire.
3. Personnel working in the area will
be evacuated
4. Emergency control center will be
informed
5. Information will be given to the
declarer of emergency on the
scale of Leakage of solvent, Fire.
6. Emergency Response teams will
be kept on alert for swift response.
7. The leakage will be cleared and
the area is made fit work
8. In case leakage is found, the
contents will be transferred to a
spare tank or in to HDPE drums.
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 244
S. No.
AREA IDENTIFIED
HAZARD
SEVERITY & NO. OF
PERSONS EXPOSED
PRECAUTIONS PROPOSED MITIGATION MEASURES
at all solvent storage tanks
11. Fire hydrant system with hose
reels will be provided in the
solvents storage area.
12. Hydrocarbon detectors will be
provided in the storage tanks area.
13. Flame arrestor will be provided for
each storage tank.
3] Production Block
Spillages / Fire/ Toxic gas release
Low to medium 25 persons
1. Flame proof electrical fittings will
be installed
2. Freight lift will be installed for
movement of material
3. Material will be stored at
production blocks in safe
containers for batch charging
with secondary containment to
prevent Spillages.
4. Earthing and bonding will be
carried out for all reactor vessels
and pipelines
5. Nitrogen lines will be provided to
reaction vessel to create inert
atmosphere inside the reactor to
avoid fire and explosion
1. Area will be cordoned off.
2. Power supply will be cut off to the
area to prevent accidental fire.
3. All hot work carried out in the
vicinity will be stopped.
4. Emergency control center will be
informed.
5. Information will be given to the
declarer of emergency on the
scale of spillage / fire/Toxic gas
release
6. Emergency Response teams will
be kept on alert for swift
response.
7. Personnel working in the area will
be evacuated.
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 245
S. No.
AREA IDENTIFIED
HAZARD
SEVERITY & NO. OF
PERSONS EXPOSED
PRECAUTIONS PROPOSED MITIGATION MEASURES
6. Work permit system will be
implemented for hazard
assessment in case of any hot
work / work at elevated places.
7. Manufacturing area will be
ventilated by a Forced air
ventilation system to prevent
formation of flammable mixture.
8. Fire hydrant system with hydrant
points with hose reels and
nozzles will be installed to
mitigate fire hazards
9. Fire extinguishers will be
deployed adequately
10. Emergency exit door will be
provided to each floor for safe
escape in case of emergency
11. Eye wash fountain / Body shower
will be provided for
decontamination at each floor.
12. Limit switches will be provided for
centrifuges for safe operation.
13. Nitrogen purging will be
arranged for each Centrifuge to
8. Scrubber will be kept in operating
condition with caustic scrubbing
solution
9. Fire hydrant system will be put in
use.
10. If situation beyond control
information will be given to
Inspector of factories, police, fire
department for their assistance.
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 246
S. No.
AREA IDENTIFIED
HAZARD
SEVERITY & NO. OF
PERSONS EXPOSED
PRECAUTIONS PROPOSED MITIGATION MEASURES
Production operations
Toxic gases release
25 persons
prevent formation of explosive
flammable mixture.
14. Each reactor will be connected to
a scrubber to neutralize or
decrease the pressure in case
sudden rise in pressure.
Material will be transferred to reactor
by experienced operating personnel
under mild negative pressure to avoid
release of fumes to atmosphere
1. Scrubber will be kept in operating
condition with cooled water
circulation during transfer of the
material.
2. Emergency Response teams will
be kept on alert for swift response
3. Area will be cordoned off.
4. Emergency control center will be
informed
5. Information will be given to the
declarer of emergency on the
scale of Leakage.
6. Neighboring industries and
statutory authorities will be
informed in case situation is
severe.
4] Boiler House
Fire/ Explosion
Low to medium &
1. All requirements specified under Boiler Act will be followed
1. Shutting down the plant, declaring the emergency.
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 247
S. No.
AREA IDENTIFIED
HAZARD
SEVERITY & NO. OF
PERSONS EXPOSED
PRECAUTIONS PROPOSED MITIGATION MEASURES
2 persons 2. All electrical fittings will be of
flame proof Type.
3. Entry will be restricted only to
trained and authorized personnel
to work in the area.
4. Fire extinguishers will be
positioned at different locations in
case of any Emergencies.
5. No material storage will be
permitted in the Area.
6. Auto level controller for Water
and high temperature alarms will
be provided.
7. Water hardness will be checked
on shift wise.
8. Area will be well ventilated and
illuminated for safe working.
9. 24 x 7 manning of the area is
done for monitoring of operation.
10. All maintenance /repair works will
be carried out after issuing work
permits and under constant
supervision of experts.
11. Periodical cleaning of soot in
2. Electrical supply will be isolated.
3. Type of emergency will be
informed to the emergency
declarer/ central authority.
4. Emergency response teams will be
kept on alert for swift action.
5. Movement of personnel and
vehicles will be prohibited.
Adequate no. of Fire hydrant
system will be put in use.
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 248
S. No.
AREA IDENTIFIED
HAZARD
SEVERITY & NO. OF
PERSONS EXPOSED
PRECAUTIONS PROPOSED MITIGATION MEASURES
furnace to prevent formation of
explosive mixtures.
12. Checking of boiler internals as
per given schedule to prevent
Accidents.
13. Signage‘s will be displayed to
inform personnel about the
hazards present in the area
5] Diesel Generator
Noise & Fire Low & 1 person
1. Noise abatement through modular
acoustic paneling of D. G. set
2. Secondary containment is done to
prevent Diesel leakage from day
tanks.
3. Adequate no. of fire extinguishers
will be kept to handle emergency.
4. Entry access to the area will be
only for Authorized personnel.
1. Information will be given to
Emergency control center.
2. Power supply will be cut off to the
storage area to prevent
accidental fire.
3. All hot work around the area will
be stopped and the area will be
cordoned off
4. The concerned maintenance
personnel will be carried repairs
to mitigate the leakages.
5. Emergency Response Team will
be kept on alert for swift
response.
6. Periodical occupational health
checks will be done to personnel
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 249
S. No.
AREA IDENTIFIED
HAZARD
SEVERITY & NO. OF
PERSONS EXPOSED
PRECAUTIONS PROPOSED MITIGATION MEASURES
working in the area to assess
exposure to noise.
6] Electrical sub -station
Electric shock / fire
Low to Medium & 2 persons
1. Layout confirm to legal requirements as per Indian Electrical Rules.
2. Entry will be restricted to licensed and authorized personnel only.
3. Earthing will be provided for leakage of stray currents.
4. Electronic mimic panels will be installed for fault indication at the entry of the sub-station.
5. Insulating rubber mats confirming to IS: 15652- 2006 will be provided in front of all electrical panel boards.
6. Periodical inspection and maintenance will be carried out to ensure good health of the equipment.
7. CO2 / DCP fire extinguishers will be deployed to handle emergency fires
1. Information will be given to
Emergency control center.
2. Power supply will be cut off from
incoming source.
3. Electricity supply company will be
alerted for cut off power supply in
case of major risks
4. All hot work around the area will
be stopped and the area is
cordoned off.
5. The concerned maintenance
personnel will be carried repairs
to restore normalcy.
6. Emergency Response Team will
be kept on alert for swift
response
7] Hazardous waste storage shed
Fire/Leakage
Low to Medium & 1 Person
1. Storage shed will be at an
isolated location.
2. Conditions specified in
hazardous waste Authorization
1. Information will be given to
Emergency control center.
2. Power supply will be cut off from
incoming source.
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 250
S. No.
AREA IDENTIFIED
HAZARD
SEVERITY & NO. OF
PERSONS EXPOSED
PRECAUTIONS PROPOSED MITIGATION MEASURES
issued by SPCB will be
implemented.
3. Compatible wastes will be stored
in separate enclosures
4. Layout provides adequate
ventilation and illumination
5. Secondary containment provided
to prevent leakages / spillages
6. Storage quantity will be limited.
7. Periodical disposal of
accumulated waste will be sent
to authorize landfills.
8. Flame proof electrical fittings will
be installed to prevent fire /
explosion hazards
9. Eye wash / body shower will be
provided for decontamination in
case of spillage on body parts.
10. PPE box will be equipped with
gum boots, splash proof safety
goggles, aprons for use during
handling of chemicals.
11. Access to the area will be
restricted to authorize personnel
3. All hot work around the area will
be stopped and the area is
cordoned off
4. The concerned maintenance
personnel will be carried repairs
to restore normalcy
5. Fire hydrant system will be put in
use
6. Emergency Response Team will
be kept on alert for swift
response.
7. Support of external agencies will
be sought in case situation poses
major risks and is not controllable
by in-house infrastructure
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 251
S. No.
AREA IDENTIFIED
HAZARD
SEVERITY & NO. OF
PERSONS EXPOSED
PRECAUTIONS PROPOSED MITIGATION MEASURES
only.
12. Fire hydrant point with hose reels
will be provided for fire mitigation
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 252
7.3 List of Solvents/Chemicals
Table 7.2: LIST OF SOLVENTS/ CHEMICALS
S. No
NAME OF SOLVENT/CHEMICAL
PHYSICAL STATE
MODE OF STORAGE
MAX. INVENTORY IN
TONS
NATURE OF HAZARD
NFPA RATING
1 Methanol Liquid MS Tank 40 Flammable H : 1 F: 3 R : 0
2 Toluene Liquid MS Tank 40 Flammable H : 2 F: 3 R : 0
3 MDC Liquid MS Tank 20 Harmful H : 2 F: 1 R : 0
4 Acetone Liquid MS Tank 20 Flammable H : 1 F: 3 R : 0
5 Ethyl acetate Liquid MS Tank 10 Flammable H : 1 F: 3 R : 0
6 HCl Liquid PP+FRP Tank 2 Corrosive H:3 F:0 R:1
7 Sulfuric acid Liquid HDPE Carboys 0.5 Corrosive H:3 F:0 R:2
8 Hydrogen Gas Cylinders 50 nos Explosive H:0 F:4 R:0
9 THF Liquid HDPE Drums 5 Flammable H : 2 F: 3 R : 1
10 Thionyl chloride Liquid HDPE Carboys 2 Toxic H:4 F:0 R:2
11 Raney nickel Solid HDPE Carboys 0.1 Flammable H:2 F:4 R:1
12 Sodium borohydride Solid HDPE Carboys 0.3 Flammable H:3 F:4 R:2
13 n-Hexane Liquid HDPE Drums 3 Flammable H:1 F:3 R:0
14 DMF Liquid HDPE Drums 1 Flammable H:1 F:2 R:0
15 Acetic acid Liquid HDPE Drums 0.3 Corrosive H:3 F:2 R:0
16 IPA Liquid MS Tank 20 Flammable H : 1 F: 3 R : 0
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 253
7.4 Potential Hazards of solvents and chemicals
Acetone: It is a clear, volatile, flammable liquid. Vapors may form explosive
mixtures with air. Vapors are heavier than air and may travel along the ground to
some distance source of ignition and flash back.
On combustion may emit toxic fumes of carbon monoxide and CO2.
This product causes irritation of eyes, skin, and mucous membranes in case of
contact. It will cause lung damage if swallowed. Do not breathe vapors.
Flash point: -20o C. Boiling point; 56.2o C
Explosive limits: Lower: 2.6%
Upper: 12.8 %
N-Hexane: It is a clear, volatile, highly flammable liquid. Vapors may form explosive
mixture with air. Vapors are heavier than air and may travel along the ground to
some distance source of ignition and flash back. Fire or intense heat may cause
violent rupture of packages. Hazardous combustion products may include carbon
monoxide, carbon dioxide.
Use foam, carbon dioxide or dry chemical. Suppress vapors/mists with a water spray
jet.
In case of spillage soak up with inert absorbent material such as sand, silica gel, saw
dust. Do not use sparking tools. Do not allow product to enter sewer or waterways.
Store in a well-ventilated place to effectively remove and prevent buildup of any
vapors or mists generated from handling of this product.
While handling wear impervious gloves and anti-static protective clothing. For leak,
spills, or other emergency, use full protective equipment.
It is incompatible with oxidizers, halogens, chromates, perchlorates, peroxides.
Flash point: -22o C. Boiling point; 69o C
Explosive limits: Lower: 1.1%
Upper: 7.5 %
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 254
Methanol: Extremely flammable and vapor may form ignitable vapor- air mixtures in
storage tanks or other containers. Ignition and busing can release carbon monoxide,
carbon dioxide and non combustible hydrocarbons (Smoke)
Use foam, carbon dioxide or dry chemical. Suppress vapors/mists with a water spray
jet.
While handling wear impervious gloves and anti-static protective clothing. For leak,
spills, or other emergency, use full protective equipment.
Inhalation can Cause dizziness, head ache and nausea, kidney and liver disorder
Flash point: 12o C. Boiling point; 64.5o C
Explosive limits: Lower: 6%
Upper: 36.5 %
Raney nickel catalyst: Keep container tightly closed and to be stored in a cool, well-
ventilated area. Do not allow material to dry. If allowed to dry in air, it turns to red hot
and provides a combustion source for exposed combustible materials.
It should be kept away from incompatibles such as oxidizing agents, combustible
materials, organic materials, metals, acids, flammable solvents and source of
ignition.
In case of spill, do not touch the spilled material. Cover with wet earth and sand.
Eliminate all ignition sources.
Always use protective clothing with dust respirator and goggles while handling.
Hydrogen: It is a flammable, colorless, compressed gas packaged in cylinders at
high pressure. It poses an immediate fire and explosive hazard when concentrations
exceed 4%. It is much lighter than air and burns with an invisible flame.
It should be noted that, before suffocation could occur, the lower flammability of
hydrogen in air would exceed possibly causing both an oxygen-deficient and
explosive atmosphere. Exposure to moderate concentrations may cause dizziness,
headache, nausea and unconsciousness.
Cylinder storage locations should be well protected, well ventilated, dry, and
separated from combustible materials. Cylinders should never knowingly be allowed
to reach a temperature exceeding 52 0C. Cylinders of hydrogen should be separated
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 255
from oxygen cylinders or other oxidizers by minimum distance of 20 ft. Do not keep
any other cylinders in Hydrogen storage area.
Cylinders should be stored upright with valve protection cap in place and firmly
secured to prevent falling or being knocked over. Protect cylinders from physical
damage, do not drag, roll, slide or drop. Post ―No Smoking or Open flames‖ signs in
the storage areas. There should not be any sources of ignition.
All electrical equipment should be explosion proof in the storage and use areas.
Provide natural or explosion-proof ventilation adequate to ensure hydrogen does not
reach its lower explosive limit of 4% .Hydrogen is incompatible with oxidizing agents.
Sulfuric acid: Water Reaction
Reaction with water is negligible unless acid strength is above 70% then heat from
hydrolysis is extreme, may cause severe burns
Fire Hazard
It is highly reactive and capable of igniting finely-divided combustible materials on
contact. When heated, it emits highly toxic fumes. Avoid heat; water and organic
materials. Sulfuric acid is explosive or incompatible with an enormous array of
substances. It can undergo violent chemical change at elevated temperatures and
pressure. It may react violently with water.
Health Hazard:
Corrosive to all body tissues. Inhalation of vapor may cause serious lung damage.
Contact with eyes may result in total loss of vision. Skin contact may produce severe
necrosis.
Fatal amount for adult: between 1 teaspoonful and one-half ounce of the
concentrated chemical. Chronic exposure may cause tracheobronchitis, stomatitis,
conjunctivitis, and gastritis. Those with chronic respiratory, gastrointestinal, or
nervous diseases and any eye and skin diseases are at greater risk.
Protective Clothing:
Skin: Wear appropriate personal protective clothing to prevent skin contact.
Eyes: Wear appropriate eye protection to prevent eye contact.
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 256
Wash skin: The worker should immediately wash the skin when it becomes
contaminated.
Remove: Work clothing that becomes wet or significantly contaminated should be
removed and replaced. Provide: Eyewash fountains should be provided in areas
where there is any possibility that workers could be exposed to the substance; this is
irrespective of the recommendation involving the wearing of eye protection.
Facilities for quickly drenching the body should be provided within the immediate
work area for emergency use where there is a possibility of exposure.
It is intended that these facilities provide a sufficient quantity or flow of water to
quickly remove the substance from anybody areas likely to be exposed.
Hydrochloric acid:
Water Reaction
It is an aqueous solution. Dilution may generate heat. Fumes in air.
Fire Hazard
Special Hazards of Combustion Products: Toxic and irritating vapors are generated
when heated.
Health Hazard
Inhalation of fumes results in coughing and choking sensation, and irritation of nose
and lungs. Liquid causes burns.
Reactivity Profile
Hydrochloric Acid is an aqueous solution of hydrogen chloride, an acidic gas. Reacts
exothermically with organic bases (amines, amides) and inorganic bases (oxides and
hydroxides of metals).
Reacts exothermically with carbonates (including limestone and building materials
containing limestone) and hydrogen carbonates to generate carbon dioxide.
Reacts with sulfides, carbides, borides, and phosphates to generate toxic or
flammable gases.
Reacts with many metals (including aluminum, zinc, calcium, magnesium, iron, tin
and all of the alkali metals) to generate flammable hydrogen gas.
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 257
Protective Clothing:
Skin: If chemical is in solution, wear appropriate personal protective clothing to
prevent skin contact and to prevent skin from becoming frozen from contact with the
liquid or from contact with vessels containing the liquid.
Eyes: Wear appropriate eye protection to prevent eye contact with the liquid that
could result in burns or tissue damage from frostbite.
Wash skin: If the chemical is in solution, the worker should immediately wash the
skin when it becomes contaminated.
Remove: If chemical is in solution, work clothing that becomes wet or significantly
contaminated should be removed and replaced.
Provide: Eyewash fountains should be provided (when chemical is in solution) in
areas where there is any possibility that workers could be exposed to the substance;
this is irrespective of the recommendation involving the wearing of eye protection.
Facilities for quickly drenching the body should be provided (when chemical is in
solution) within the immediate work area for emergency use where there is a
possibility of exposure. It is intended that these facilities provide a sufficient quantity
or flow of water to quickly remove the substance from anybody areas likely to be
exposed.
Quick drench facilities and/or eyewash fountains should be provided within the
immediate work area for emergency use where there is any possibility of exposure to
liquids that are extremely cold or rapidly evaporating.
Thionyl chloride:
A colorless to yellow fuming liquid with a suffocating pungent odor. A lachrymator.
Highly corrosive and toxic.
Long-term inhalation of low concentrations or short-term inhalation of high
concentrations has adverse health effects.
Emits dense corrosive fumes in moist air. Violently reacts with water to liberate
hydrochloric acid and sulfur dioxide. Based on a scenario where the chemical is
spilled into an excess of water (at least 5 fold excess of water), half of the maximum
theoretical yield of Sulfur Dioxide gas will be created in 0.25 minutes.
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 258
Protective Clothing
Skin: Wear appropriate personal protective clothing to prevent skin contact.
Eyes: Wear appropriate eye protection to prevent eye contact.
Wash skin: The worker should immediately wash the skin when it becomes
contaminated.
Provide eyewash fountains in areas where there is any possibility that workers could
be exposed to the substance; this is irrespective of the recommendation involving
the wearing of eye protection
7.5. SAFE PRACTICES [HANDLING, STORAGE, TRANSPORTATION AND
UNLOADING OF CHEMICALS]
Liquid Raw materials will be transferred from the drums to the day tank situated at
the production block with the help of leak proof drum pumps / AODD pumps
/Vacuum. From day tank to process reactor unloading is by gravity.
7.5.1 Measures to Avoid Evaporation
All liquid chemicals/solvents stored in containers will be tightly closed.
Will Keep away from heat, sparks, and flame
Will Keep away from sources of ignition
Ammonia will be stored in well ventilated area away from combustibles,
oxidizable materials etc.
7.5.2 Safety Systems
Designated areas with proper indication & safety signs
Double earthling systems for all solvent storage tanks & process reactors
Flame arrestor to the vent of Solvent storage tanks
Flame proof transferring pumps for all flammable chemicals
Handling precautions/sop protocol
Pressure Gauges and temperature gauges on each reactor
Level indicators, Vent lines, earthing system on all solvent storage
tanks(Methanol, Toluene, MDC, Ethyl acetate, ,Acetone,THF)
Each solvent storage tank will be placed in dyke wall with Fire hydrant system
Flame proof lighting to solvent storage yard
Safety valve & Rupture disc on each process reactor.
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 259
Well ventilated warehouse with suitable fire extinguishers will be used for
storage of liquid chemicals/ Thionyl chloride/ HCl / H2SO4/Solid Chemicals.
7.5.3 TRANSPORTATION / UNLOADING
Highly inflammable chemicals will be transported by road. Therefore, adequate
safety precautions for transportation will be followed. During transportation of
hazardous chemicals, MSDS & TREM card will be provided to driver. As per Motor
Vehicle Rules, PESO rules and Factory Rules all safety precautions will be followed
during transportation of hazardous chemicals.
The following safety precautions are suggested during transportation of toxic,
inflammable and corrosive chemicals in tankers, while loading and unloading,
transportation and meeting the emergencies arising out of leakages and spillages of
hazardous materials:
The name of the chemical along with pictorial sign denoting the dangerous
goods should be marked on the vehicle and the packing material.
The name of the transporter, his address and telephone number should be
clearly written on the road tanker and on the vehicle.
Only trained drivers and cleaners should transport hazardous chemicals.
The Tanker / Vehicle should be checked for its fitness and safe condition
before loading.
During loading and unloading, the tanker/vehicle should be braked and
isolated against any movement, while loading/unloading, use safety
appliances.
Park the vehicle at designated place.
Stop the engine.
Check-up spark arrester.
Provide earthing to tanker securely.
Ensure that fireman is available near the place with proper equipment‗s.
Connect the piping properly
Before start unloading, check that, there should not be any leakage.
In case of leakage, immediately attend the leakages & rectify it.
After unloading is over, close the lid properly.
Vehicle to be started only after removal of all pipelines connected with tanker.
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 260
7.5.4 SPILL CONTROL
For all chemicals spill control procedures will be displayed. Spillage shall be
controlled as per concerned spill control procedure.
Like any spilled materials to contain, absorb spilled liquid by dry absorbent
clay or vermiculite.
Collect most of the contaminated absorbent with shovel for further
disposal/incineration.
If material spills directly on the ground, dig up and remove saturated soil for
disposal/incineration.
In case HCl/ H2SO4 spills on to the ground use dry absorbent clay/vermiculate
and neutralize with sodium carbonate
The plant is more vulnerable for solvent leakages, fire due to Raney nickel
exposure to dry condition.
7.5.5 EFFECT AND CONSEQUENCE ANALYSIS
In a plant handling hazardous chemicals, the main hazard due to storage &
handling of solvents, Thionyl chloride, Hydrogen, HCl/ H2SO4, Sodium
borohydride,
If Flammable chemicals are released into the atmosphere, they may cause
damage due to resulting fires or vapor clouds.
Toxic gas dispersion due to leakage of Thionyl chloride into atmosphere may
cause health problems to plant personnel and surrounding areas of the plant.
7.6 INVENTORY
Inventory analysis is commonly used in understanding the relative hazards
and short listing of release scenarios.
Inventory plays an important role in regard to the potential hazard.
Larger the inventory of a vessel or a system, larger the quantity of potential
release.
The potential vapor release [source strength] depends upon the quantity of
liquid release, the properties of the materials and the operating conditions
[pressure, temperature].
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 261
If all these influencing parameters are combined into a matrix and vapor
source strength estimated for each release case, a ranking should become a
credible exercise.
7.7 LOSS OF CONTAINMENT
Plant inventory can get discharged to environment due to Loss of
Containment.
Certain features of materials to be handled at the plant need to the clearly
understood to firstly list out all significant release cases and then to short list
release scenarios for a detailed examination.
Liquid release can be either instantaneous or continuous.
Failure of a vessel leading to an instantaneous outflow assumes the sudden
appearance of such a major crack that practically all of the contents above the
crack shall be released in a very short time.
The more likely event is the case of liquid release from a hole in a pipe
connected the vessel. The flow rate will depend on the size of the hole as well
as on the pressure, which was present, in front of the hole, prior to the
accident. Such pressure is basically dependent on the pressure in the vessel.
The vaporization of released liquid depends on the vapor pressure and
weather conditions.
In the study the largest potential hazard inventories have been considered for its
consequence Risk estimation how vulnerable the organization is to a specific icident
consequence.
There are a number of hazards that are present at the proposed project site that may
result in injury to people or a fatality in more serious cases. This study is only
concerned with ‗major hazards‘, which are as follows:
Pool fires
Hydrocarbon fires associated with tank failures;
Vapor cloud explosion;
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 262
Each of these hazards has been described below.
Jet Fire
Jet fires result from ignited releases of pressurized flammable gas or
Superheated/pressurized liquid. The momentum of the release carries the material
forward in a long plume entraining air to give a flammable mixture.
Jet fires only occur where any other flammable gas is being handled under pressure
or when handled in gas phase and the release are unobstructed.
Pool Fires
If a liquid release has time to form a pool and is then ignited before the pool
evaporates or drains away, then a pool fire results.
Because they are less well aerated, pool fires tend to have lower flame temperatures
and produce lower levels of thermal radiation than some other types of fire (such as
jet fires); however, this means that they will produce more smoke. Although a pool
fire can still lead to structural failure of items within the flame, this will take several
times longer than in a jet fire.
A burning liquid pool can spread along a horizontal surface or run down a vertical
surface to give a running fire. Due to the presence of kerbs, slopes, drains and other
obstacles; pool fire areas and directions can be unpredictable.
Vapour Cloud Explosion
The facility presently stores and also plans to store highly flammable Chemicals
Methanol, Acetone, Toluene, MDC, Ethyl acetate, THF, Raney Nickel, etc. for a
maximum credible loss scenario the release of such chemicals is likely to form a
vapor cloud. If the cloud encounters an ignition source, the parts of the cloud where
the concentration is within the flammable range will burn and may in some situations,
also create an explosive force (blast wave). The effects of an explosion, defined by
blast overpressure, can be significant.
In most VCEs the expanding flame front travels more slowly than the pressure
Wave; this type of explosion is called a deflagration and the maximum Overpressure
is determined by the expansion ratio of the burning gases. If the flame front travels
fast enough to coincide with the pressure wave then the explosion is called a
detonation and very severe overpressures can be produced. Detonation is most
likely to occur with more reactive gases such as hydrogen.
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 263
Toxic vapor release:
Toxic vapor release due to Thionyl chloride leakage and effected area with airborne
concentration.
7.8 Damage Criteria
In consequence analysis, use is made of a number of calculation models to estimate
the physical effects of an accident [spill of hazardous material] and to predict the
damage [lethality, injury, material destruction] of the effects. The calculations can
roughly be divided in three major groups.
Determination of the source strength parameters;
Determination of the consequential effects;
Determination of the damage or damage distances.
Table 7.3: Severity Categories and Criteria
Consequence Ranking Criteria Definition
Catastrophic 5 Multiple fatalities/permanent total disability
Major 4 Single fatality/permanent total disability
Moderate 3 Short term hospitalization & rehabilitation leading to recovery
Minor 2 Medical treatment injuries
Insignificant 1 First Aid treatment
Risk Evaluation
Based on ranking of likelihood and frequencies, each identified hazard has been
evaluated based on the likelihood of occurrence and the magnitude of
consequences. The significance of the risk is expressed as the product of likelihood
and the consequence of the risk event, expressed as follows:
Significance = Likelihood X Consequence
The below table illustrates all possible product results for the five likelihood and
consequence categories while the next table assigns risk significance criteria in three
regions that identify the limit of risk acceptability.
Depending on the position of the intersection of a column with a row in the risk
matrix, hazard prone activities have been classified as low, medium and high thereby
qualifying for a set of risk reduction / mitigation strategies.
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 264
Risk Matrix
Likelihood
Consequence Frequent Probable Unlikely Remote Improbable
5 4 3 2 1
Catastrophic 5 25 20 15 10 5
Major 4 20 16 12 8 4
Moderate 3 15 12 9 6 3
Minor 2 10 8 6 4 2
Insignificant 1 5 4 3 2 1
Risk Criteria and action Requirements
S. No. Risk Significance Criteria Definition & Action Requirements
1 High (16-25)
―Risk requires attention‖ – Project Management need to ensure that necessary mitigation are adopted to ensure that possible risk remains within acceptable limits.
2 Medium (10-15)
―Risk is tolerable‖ – Project Management to adopt necessary measures to prevent any change/modification of existing risk controls and ensure implementation of all practicable controls.
3 Low (5-9)
―Risk is acceptable‖ – Project related risks are managed by well established controls and routine processes/procedures. Implementation of additional controls can be considered.
4 Very Low (1-4)
―Risk is acceptable‖- All risks are managed by well established controls and routine processes/procedures. Additional risk controls need not to be considered.
The basic physical effect models consist of the following.
Source strength parameters
Calculation of the outflow of liquid, vapor out of a vessel or a pipe, in case of
rupture. Also two-phase outflow can be calculated.
Calculation, in case of liquid outflow, of the instantaneous flash evaporation
and of the dimensions of the remaining liquid pool.
Calculation of the evaporation rate, as a function of volatility of the material,
pool dimensions and wind velocity.
Source strength equals pump capacities, etc. is some cases.
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 265
Consequential effects
Dispersion of gaseous material in the atmosphere as a function of source
strength, relative density of the gas, weather conditions and topographical
situation of the surrounding area.
Intensity of heat radiation [in KW / m2] due to a pool fire, as a function of the
distance to the source.
Energy of vapor cloud explosions [in KW / m2], as a function of the distance to
the distance of the exploding cloud.
Concentration of gaseous material in the atmosphere, due to the dispersion of
evaporated chemical. The latter can be either explosive or toxic.
It may be obvious, that the types of models that must be used in a specific risk study
strongly depend upon the type of material involved:
Gas, vapor, liquid, solid
Inflammable, explosive, toxic products
Stored at high/low temperatures or pressure.
Selection of Damage Criteria
The damage criteria give the relation between extent of the physical effects
(exposure) and the percentage of the people that will be killed or injured due
to those effects
The knowledge about these relations depends strongly on the exposure. For
instance, much more is known about the damage caused by heat radiation,
than about the damage due to toxic exposure, and for these toxic effects, the
knowledge differs strongly between different materials.
In consequence analysis studies, in principle three types of exposure to hazardous
effects are distinguished:
Heat radiation from pool fire.
Explosion
Toxic effect from toxic materials or toxic combustion products.
Heat Radiation
The consequence caused by exposure to heat radiation is a function of:
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 266
The radiation energy onto the human body [KW / m2]
The exposure duration [sec]
The protection of the skin tissue [clothed or naked body]
7.9 DAMAGES TO HUMAN LIFE DUE TO HEAT RADIATION
Injuries to People —Definition of Burn Degrees
First Degree: A mild level of skin burn affecting the epidermis, with persistent
redness but no formation of blisters. More severe first - degree burns will produce
some pain, but no permanent damage. Flaking or scaling of the outer skin layer will
occur several days after exposure.
Second Degree: An intermediate level of skin burn characterized by the formation of
blisters. The blister depth may be shallow (epidermis), with only the surface layers of
the skin damaged, or more severe with nearly the full depth of the skin destroyed
(epidermis and dermis).
Third Degree: Deep burns characterized by the destruction of all skin layers and by
charring. The underlying tissue may also be damaged.
Table 7.4 Heat flux Intensity and exposure time-Damage criteria for people
Thermal Radiation Intensity (kW/m2)
Type of Damage
1.6 No harm for long exposures.
4 to 5 Pain for 20 seconds exposure; first degree burn
9.5 Second degree burn after 20 Seconds
10 to 15 Potentially lethal with in 1 minute.
25 Significant injury in 10 seconds; 100 % lethality in 1 minute.
35 to 37.5 1 % lethality in 10 seconds.
Since in practical situations, only the own employees will be exposed to heat
radiation in case of a fire, it is reasonable to assume the protection by clothing. It can
be assumed that people would be able to find a cover or a shield against thermal
radiation in 10 sec. time. Furthermore, 100% lethality may be assumed for all people
suffering from direct contact with flames, such as the pool fire, a flash fire or a jet
flame.
Explosion
In case of vapor cloud explosion, two physical effects may occur:
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 267
A flash fire over the whole length of the explosive gas cloud;
A blast wave, with typical peak overpressures circular around ignition source.
As explained above, 100% lethality is assumed for all people who are present within
the cloud proper.
The following damage criteria may be distinguished with respect to the peak
overpressures resulting from a blast wave:
Table 7.5: DAMAGE DUE TO OVERPRESSURES
PEAK OVERPRESSURE
DAMAGE TYPE
0.83 bar Total destruction
0.30 bar Heavy damage
0.10 bar Moderate damage
0.03 bar Significant damage
0.01 bar Minor damage
7.10 MAXIMUM CREDIBLE LOSS ACCIDENT SCENARIOS
A Maximum Credible Accident (MCA) can be characterized as the worst credible
accident. In other words: an accident in an activity, resulting in the maximum
consequence distance that is still believed to be possible. A MCA-analysis does not
include a quantification of the probability of occurrence of the accident. Another
aspect, in which the pessimistic approach of MCA studies appears, is the
atmospheric condition that is used for dispersion calculations. The Maximum
Credible Loss (MCL) scenarios have been developed for the Facility. The MCL
cases considered, attempt to include the worst ―Credible‖ incidents-what constitutes
a credible incident is always subjective. Nevertheless, guidelines have evolved over
the years and based on basic engineering judgment, the cases have been found to
be credible and modeling for assessing vulnerability zones is prepared accordingly.
The objective of the study is Emergency planning, hence only holistic & conservative
assumptions are used for obvious reasons. Hence, though the outcomes may look
pessimistic, the planning for emergency concept should be borne in mind whilst
interpreting the results.
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 268
In Consequence analysis, geographical location of the source of potential release
plays an important role. Consideration of a large number of scenarios in the same
geographical location serves little purpose if the dominant scenario has been
identified and duly considered.
The Consequence Analysis has been done for selected scenarios. The details of
software used for MCA analysis are described below.
A computer based version ALOHA is used to calculate toxic and explosive
effect of the accidental release of liquid chemicals within the plant area.
ALOHA models key hazards-toxicity, flammability, thermal radiation (Heat),
and over pressure (expansion blast force)-related to chemical releases that
result in toxic gas dispersion, fire and/or explosion
7.11. Risk analysis
Risk Analysis – Thionyl chloride/ Solvents (Methanol, IPA and Acetone)
The main hazard Toxic gas release associated with the storage and handling of
Thionyl chloride with respect to the proposed Unit.
Hazards associated with the storage and handlings of Flammable chemicals
(Solvents) are pool fire and VCE‘s resulting from the ignition of released material.
The hazards may be realized during tank overfilling and leaks/failures in the storage
tank and ancillary equipment such as transfer pumps, metering equipment, etc. all of
which can release significant quantities of flammable material or toxic material on
failure.
7.12 Risk Modeling Scenarios
In addition to overfill, the scenarios considered for liquid and gaseous
Chemical leaks and catastrophic failures. Factors that have been identified as having
an effect on the integrity of tanks are related to design, inspection, maintenance, and
corrosion.
From the liquid chemicals Thionyl chloride has been considered for the
consequences analysis considering its hazardous nature, Storage conditions and
threshold values.
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 269
From the Solvents – Methanol, Acetone, IPA have been considered for the
consequences analysis considering their hazardous nature, Storage conditions and
threshold values.
RISK & VULNERABLE AREAS
SITE DATA:
Location: SGR LABORATORIES, TELANGANA, INDIA
CHEMICAL DATA:
Chemical Name: ACETONE
CAS Number: 67-64-1
Molecular Weight: 58.08 g/mol
Ambient Boiling Point: 55.6° C
ATMOSPHERIC DATA:
Wind: 1 meters/second from N at 3 meters
Ground Roughness: open country
Air Temperature: 44.5° C
Relative Humidity: 65%
SOURCE STRENGTH:
Leak from hole in vertical cylindrical tank
Flammable chemical is burning as it escapes from tank
Tank Diameter: 2.5 meters
Tank Length: 5.2 meters
Tank Volume: 25.5 cubic meters
Tank contains liquid
Internal Temperature: 30° C
Chemical Mass in Tank: 16000 kilograms
Tank is 80% full
Circular Opening Diameter: 4 inches
Opening is 2 inches from tank bottom
Total Amount Burned: 15907 KGS
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 270
THREAT ZONE:
Threat Modeled: Thermal radiation from pool fire
Red : 17 yards --- (10.0 kW/(sq m) = potentially lethal within 60 sec)
Orange: 27 yards --- (5.0 kW/(sq m) = 2nd degree burns within 60 sec)
Yellow: 43 yards --- (2.0 kW/(sq m) = pain within 60 sec)
In case the Leakage of Acetone from storage tank got ignited, the vulnerable
areas, which are in radius of 15.5 meters within a minute, will get affected.
The Thermal radiation from pool fire of Acetone having value of 10 kw/sqm is
potentially lethal to the plant personnel from North of the plant with in the
radius of 15.5 meters .The plant personnel with in radius of 24.6 meters are
vulnerable for second degree burns within a minute.
The leakage of Acetone in the plant and its consequence considered as Major
and its likelihood is unlikely
Significance = Likelihood X Consequence
=3*4
=12
As defined in Risk Criteria and action requirements
The risk significance is Medium.
―Risk is tolerable‖ –
Mitigation measure: It is Flammable liquid. Storage tank should be checked at
regular intervals for any corrosion, weak joints and tank bottom isolation valve for
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 271
its operating condition and earthing of the tank. Check regularly earth pit
resistance. At any point of time do not place any ignition source near by the tank.
In case of fire use fire hydrant system to extinguish the fire in order to minimize
the risk level and avoid fire spread to other areas of the plant. Inform plant head
for emergency preparedness. Put water curtain on adjacent tanks to avoid heat
radiation to contents of the tank.
Each tank will have dyke wall in all four sides and capacity of dyke wall will retain
entire contents of storage tank in case leakage of its contents.
Each tank is fitted with Flame arrestor.
The fabrication and installation of Storage tank will be as per the Petroleum rules -
2002.
Construction of tank will be as per IS 10987(1992).
The scale of fire fighting will be provided as per Oil Industry Safety Directorate
(OISD) Standard-117 and it will be approved by Chief controller of explosives.
For firefighting water storage tank will be provided and water will be sufficient for four
hours.
Adequate fire hydrants and fire extinguishers will be provided as per OISD-117
Standard.
Capacity of each fire hydrant will have water flow rate of 36m3 /hr at a pressure of 7
kg/cm2
Flash Point: -20 deg C
In view of low flash point continuously Acetone vapors will be generated from the
tank contents hence, to condense the vapors a heat exchanger will be fitted to the
vent .The condensing liquid will be put back to Storage tank
Explosion Limits, Lower: 2.6 vol % Upper: 12.8 vol %
To avoid formation of explosive limits Nitrogen positive pressure will be arranged in
the tank.
CHEMICAL DATA:
Chemical Name: METHANOL
CAS Number: 67-56-1
Molecular Weight: 32.04 g/mol
Ambient Boiling Point: 64° C
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 272
ATMOSPHERIC DATA:
Wind: 1 meters/second from N at 3 meters
Ground Roughness: open country
Air Temperature: 44.5° C
Relative Humidity: 65%
SOURCE STRENGTH:
Leak from hole in vertical cylindrical tank
Flammable chemical is burning as it escapes from tank
Tank Diameter: 2.5 meters
Tank Length: 5.2 meters
Tank Volume: 25.5 cubic meters
Tank contains liquid
Internal Temperature: 30° C
Chemical Mass in Tank: 16000 kilograms
Tank is 80% full
Circular Opening Diameter: 4 inches
Opening is 2 inches from tank bottom
Total Amount Burned: 14999 KGS
THREAT ZONE:
Threat Modeled: Thermal radiation from pool fire
Red : 17 yards --- (10.0 kW/(sq m) = potentially lethal within 60 sec)
Orange: 24 yards --- (5.0 kW/(sq m) = 2nd degree burns within 60 sec)
Yellow: 36 yards --- (2.0 kW/(sq m) = pain within 60 sec)
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 273
In case the Leakage of Methanol from storage tank got ignited, the vulnerable
areas, which are in radius of 15.5 meters within a minute, will get affected.
The Thermal radiation from pool fire of Methanol having value of 10 kw/sqm is
potentially lethal to the plant personnel towards North side of the plant with in the
radius of 15.5 meters.
The plant personnel will be vulnerable for second degree burns within the radius
of 21.9 meters in a minute.
The fire due to leakage of Methanol in the plant and its consequence considered
as Major and its likelihood is unlikely
Significance = Likelihood X Consequence
=3*4 =12
As defined in Risk Criteria and action requirements
The risk significance is Medium.
―Risk is tolerable‖ –
Mitigation measure: It is highly flammable liquid in presence of open flames and
spark. Storage tank should be checked at regular intervals for any corrosion,
weak joints and tank bottom isolation valve for its operating condition and
earthing of the tank. Check regularly earth pit resistance. At any point of time do
not place any ignition source near by the tank.
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 274
In case of fire use fire hydrant system and fire extinguisher -alcohol foam to
extinguish the fire in order to minimize the risk level and avoid fire spread to other
areas of the plant.
Inform plant head for emergency preparedness. Put water curtain on adjacent
tanks to avoid heat radiation to contents of the tank.
Each tank will have dyke wall in all four sides and capacity of dyke wall will retain
entire contents of storage tank in case leakage of its contents.
Each tank is fitted with Flame arrestor.
The fabrication and installation of Storage tank will be as per the Petroleum rules -
2002.
Construction of tank will be as per IS 10987(1992).
The scale of fire fighting will be provided as per Oil Industry Safety Directorate
(OISD) Standard-117 and it will be approved by Chief controller of explosives.
For firefighting water storage tank will be provided and water will be sufficient for four
hours.
Adequate fire hydrants and fire extinguishers will be provided as per OISD-117
Standard.
Capacity of each fire hydrant will have water flow rate of 36m3 /hr at a pressure of 7
kg/cm2
Flash Point: 12 deg C
In view of low flash point continuously Methanol vapors will be generated from the
tank contents hence, to condense the vapors a heat exchanger will be fitted to the
vent .The condensing liquid will be put back to Storage tank
Explosion Limits, Lower: 6 vol % Upper: 36.5 vol %
To avoid formation of explosive limits Nitrogen positive pressure will be arranged in
the tank.
CHEMICAL DATA:
Chemical Name: ISOPROPANOL
CAS Number: 67-63-0
Molecular Weight: 60.10 g/mol
Ambient Boiling Point: 81.8° C
ATMOSPHERIC DATA:
Wind: 1 meters/second from N at 3 meters
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 275
Ground Roughness: open country
Air Temperature: 44.5° C
Relative Humidity: 65%
SOURCE STRENGTH:
Leak from hole in vertical cylindrical tank
Flammable chemical is burning as it escapes from tank
Tank Diameter: 2.5 meters
Tank Length: 5.2 meters
Tank Volume: 25.5 cubic meters
Tank contains liquid
Internal Temperature: 30° C
Chemical Mass in Tank: 16000 kilograms
Tank is 81% full
Circular Opening Diameter: 4 inches
Opening is 2 inches from tank bottom
Total Amount Burned: 15904 KGS
THREAT ZONE:
Threat Modeled: Thermal radiation from pool fire
Red : 19 yards --- (10.0 kW/(sq m) = potentially lethal within 60 sec)
Orange: 28 yards --- (5.0 kW/(sq m) = 2nd degree burns within 60 sec)
Yellow: 45 yards --- (2.0 kW/(sq m) = pain within 60 sec)
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 276
In case the Leakage of IPA from storage tank got ignited, the vulnerable areas,
which are in radius of 17.3 meters within a minute, will get affected.
The Thermal radiation from pool fire of IPA having value of 10 kw/sqm is
potentially lethal to the plant personnel towards south side of the plant with in
the radius of 17.3 meters .The plant personnel with in radius of 25.6 meters are
vulnerable for second degree burns within a minute.
The leakage & fire of IPA in the plant and its consequence considered as Major
and its likelihood is unlikely
Significance = Likelihood X Consequence
=3*4 =12
As defined in Risk Criteria and action requirements
The risk significance is Medium.
―Risk is tolerable‖ –
Mitigation measure: It is flammable liquid in presence of open flames and spark.
Storage tank should be checked at regular intervals for any corrosion, weak joints
and tank bottom isolation valve for its operating condition and earthing of the
tank. Check regularly earth pit resistance. At any point of time do not place any
ignition source near by the tank.
In case of fire use fire hydrant system and fire extinguisher -alcohol foam to
extinguish the fire in order to minimize the risk level and avoid fire spread to other
areas of the plant. Inform plant head for emergency preparedness. Put water
curtain on adjacent tanks to avoid heat radiation to contents of the tank.
Each tank will have dyke wall in all four sides and capacity of dyke wall will retain
entire contents of storage tank in case leakage of its contents.
Each tank is fitted with Flame arrestor.
The fabrication and installation of Storage tank will be as per the Petroleum rules -
2002.
Construction of tank will be as per IS 10987(1992).
The scale of fire fighting will be provided as per Oil Industry Safety Directorate
(OISD) Standard-117 and it will be approved by Chief controller of explosives.
For firefighting water storage tank will be provided and water will be sufficient for four
hours.
Adequate fire hydrants and fire extinguishers will be provided as per OISD-117
Standard.
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 277
Capacity of each fire hydrant will have water flow rate of 36m3 /hr at a pressure of 7
kg/cm2
Flash Point: 18.3 deg C
In view of low flash point continuously IPA vapors will be generated from the tank
contents hence, to condense the vapors a heat exchanger will be fitted to the vent
.The condensing liquid will be put back to Storage tank
Explosion Limits, Lower: 2 vol % Upper: 12.7 vol %
To avoid formation of explosive limits Nitrogen positive pressure will be arranged in
the tank.
CHEMICAL DATA:
Chemical Name: THIONYL CHLORIDE
CAS Number: 7719-9-7
Molecular Weight: 118.97 g/mol
Ambient Boiling Point: 75.3° C
ATMOSPHERIC DATA:
Wind: 1 meters/second from N at 3 meters
Ground Roughness: open country
Air Temperature: 44.5° C
Relative Humidity: 65%
SOURCE STRENGTH:
Direct Source: 100 kilograms
Total Amount Released: 100 KGS
THREAT ZONE:
Model Run: Heavy Gas
Red : 783 yards --- (14 ppm = AEGL-3 [60 min])
Orange: 1436 yards --- (2.4 ppm = AEGL-2 [60 min])
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 278
The leakage of Thionyl chloride liquid and its consequences are considered
as Minor and its likelihood is probable
Significance = Likelihood X Consequence
=2*4 =8
As defined in Risk Criteria and action requirements
The risk significance is low.
―Risk is Acceptable.‖ –
Mitigation measure: During unloading from Drum if unloading transfer pipe is not
fixed properly there may be sudden leakage of contents on to the ground. This
results in formation toxic area of vapor cloud of AEGL value 14 ppm up to a distance
of 715 mts in which people may experience life threatening health effects within one
hour.
AEGL value having more than 2.4 ppm up to a distance of 1313 mts in which people
may experience long lasting adverse health effects within one hour towards N side of
the plant.
During transfer of material it is advisable to use Air operated double diaphragm
pumps where spillages can be eliminated. While transferring the material the
responsible officer should be present.
7.13. OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH
Hazardous and toxic substances will be defined as those chemicals present in the
work place which are capable of causing harm.
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 279
For handling hazardous chemicals and to take care of employee‘s health, and
predictive maintenance looking to the nature of hazardous chemicals being
handled/processed. All the equipments in the plant areas shall be inspected /
tested by an outside agency.
The various safety equipments like breathing apparatus and critical
instrumentation will be provided on various equipments are inspected and tested
frequently to ensure their operability all the time. Besides, all the first aid, fire
fighting devices will be inspected, tested and maintained by a competent third
party and kept all the time in ready to use condition.
Health of all the employees in plant area will be monitored by outside physician.
If any abnormality is found necessary treatment is also being given time to time.
Necessary history cards, records will be maintained which is up-dated time to
time.
Common Hazards
Physical such as ventilation, poor illumination, noise, extreme temperature,
humidity and radiation.
Biological such as variety of pathogenic bacteria and parasites.
Chemical due to hazardous gases and dusts.
Ergonomic.
Industrial Hygiene Monitoring
Industrial hygiene monitoring is to be located and identify source of exposure in
the workplace so that they can be corrected and to quantify the exposure of
employees to chemicals in the air.
Air monitoring is conducted by industrial hygienists or other trained personnel.
Occupational Health Monitoring System
A. Air samples
Locations of samples – air samples are generally collected in one or three locations:
At the breathing zone of the worker [Personal sample]
In the general room air [Area sample]
At the operation which is generating the hazardous substance [Area sample]
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 280
Lengths of samples – Air samples are generally collected for two lengths of time.
Grab samples [instantaneous] measure conditions at one moment in time and
can be linked to a still photograph. They give only a picture of conditions at one
place at one instant in time.
Continuous Samples [range from twenty minutes to 8 – 10 Hours].These is
used to evaluate all day exposure by a series of continuous samples.
B. Other sampling methods
Bulk samples
Bulk samples will be collected from settled dust in the work place or from drums or
bags. Their purpose is to analyze and identify the substances present. For example,
bulk samples are used to analyze the percent of asbestos in insulation, dust &
Chemical Powder. Usually, a substance which is greater than one percent of bulk
sample is considered a concern.
Wipe Samples
Wipe samples will be used when skin absorption or ingestion is a suspected route of
exposure. The purpose is to show whether skin, respirators, clothing, lunch rooms,
lockers, etc. are contaminated.
It can show which surfaces are clean and which are contaminated. It can also show
if some surfaces are more contaminated than others.
7.13.1 Sampling Devices
The general principle of sampling is to collect an amount of a contaminant onto a
medium from a known quantity of air.
Air samples will be collected using small pumps to suck air from the workroom. The
pump is attached by tubing to a sampling device which contains the sampling
medium; for example a glass tube containing charcoal.
The sampling method will be used depends on the physical form of the substance:
DUSTS –The sampling device is a filter of plastic or paper in s holder:
VAPORS –The sampling device is a glass tube containing activated charcoal
as a medium.
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 281
GASES –The sampling device is a bubbler containing a fluid medium to
dissolved or react with the gas
The collected samples will be sent to a laboratory where the amount of the
substance on the sampling medium [filter, tube, etc.] is measured.
In some cases air monitoring will be conducted by using direct reading instrument
such as a monitoring for carbon monoxide these instruments can measure the
amount of a contaminant in the air immediately without being sent to a laboratory.
PELs [Permissible Exposure Limits] – these are legal‘s limits which have been
established by OSHA.
Recommended PELs – also reference to as RELs [Recommended Exposure
Limits] often these values are based on more recent scientific information than
the legal PELs enforced by OSHA.
TLVs [Threshold Limit Values] – These are exposure limits put out by a
nongovernmental group, the ACGIH [American Conference of Governmental
Industrial Hygienists]. Many of these were adopted as legal requirements.
Revised TLVs are often based on the most recent and accurate scientific
information.
Permissible Exposure Limits by OSHA [Occupational Safety and Health
Administration] when it started back in 1970.
IDLH [Immediate Dangerous to Life or Health] limits are prescribed by NIOSH
[National Institute of Occupational Safety and Health]
PAC [Protective action criteria] for Hazardous chemicals prescribed by
Emergency management issues special interest group, UNITED STATES.
AEGL [Acute exposure guideline levels] values given by U.S. Environmental
protection agency.
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 282
7.14 CHEMICALS EXPOSURE LIMITS
TABLE: 7 .6 CHEMICAL EXPOSURE LIMITS
S. No Chemical name ACGIH
[TLV ] ppm OSHA
[ PEL ] ppm
1 Methanol 200 200
2 Toluene 50 200
3 IPA 200 400
3 Acetone 500 1000
4 Ethyl acetate 400 400
5 MDC 50 500
6 Cyclohexane 300 300
7 Thionyl chloride 1 1
8 n-Hexane 50 50
Notes:
All the above Values are in ppm
PPE Means Personal Protective Equipment like Helmets, Safety Google,
Breathing apparatus, Nose Masks, Gloves, Gum Shoes etc.,
EMP for the Occupational Safety & Health Hazards: Chemicals exposure can be
kept within permissible exposure level (PEL) / Threshold Limit value (TLV) so as to
protect health of workers.
1. It is proposed to formulate and implement an EMP for Occupational Safety and
Health with following aim:
To keep air-borne concentration of toxic and hazardous chemicals below PEL
and TLV.
Protect general health of workers likely to be exposed to such chemicals
Providing training, guidelines, resources and facilities to concerned
department for occupational health hazards
Permanent changes to workplace procedures or work location to be done if it
is found necessary on the basis of findings from workplace Monitoring Plan.
2. Proposed EMP will be incorporated in Standard Operating Procedure also
3. The proposed EMP will also include measure to keep air-borne concentration of
toxic and hazardous chemicals below its PEL and TLV, like
Leak Surveys
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 283
Separate storage for toxic chemicals
Exhaust Ventilation
Proper illumination
Close processes to avoid spills and exposures
Atomization of process operations to hazards of manual handling of chemicals
Supply of proper PPEs like Air mask, Breathing canisters, Decontamination
procedure for empty drums and carboys.
Regular maintenance program for pumps, equipment, instruments handling
toxic and corrosive chemicals
Display of warning boards
Training to persons handling toxic and corrosive chemicals.
.4. Workplace Monitoring Plan
It is proposed that a Workplace Monitoring Plan to be prepared &
implemented accordingly.
Each workplace must be evaluated to identify potential hazards from toxic
substances or harmful physical agents. Air-borne concentration of toxic
chemicals will be measured and record will be kept.
The current state-of-the-art exposure measurement model is as follows: For
purposes of measuring worker exposure across a single shift it is sufficient to
place a reasonably accurate exposure measuring device near the worker‘s
area, within the worker‘s breathing zone, and have it operate for nearly the full
shift. Client has been proposed to study the exposure data when the plant is
operative.
5. Health Evaluation of Workers
It is proposed that management will devise a plan to check and evaluate the
exposure specific health status evaluation of workers.
Workers will be checked for physical fitness with special reference to the
possible health hazards likely to be present, where he/she is being expected
to work before being employed for that purpose. Basic examinations like
1. Liver Function tests
2. Chest X-ray
3. Audiometry
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 284
4. Spirometry Vision testing (Far & Near vision, color vision and any other
ocular defect)
5. ECG, etc. will be carried out.
However, the parameters and frequency of such examination will be decided in
consultation with Factory Medical Officer.
While in work, all the workers will be periodically examined for the health with
specific reference to the hazards which they are likely to be exposed to during
work. Health evaluation will be carried out considering the bodily functions
likely to be affected during work. The parameters and frequency of such
examination will be decided in consultation with Factory Medical Officer. Plan
of monthly and yearly report of the health status of workers with special
reference to Occupational Health and Safety, will be maintained.
7.15. TREATMENT OF WORKERS AFFECTED BY ACCIDENTAL SPILLAGE OF
CHEMICALS
[Interim First Aid for General Injuries & Wounds]
Interim First Aid is essential in many injuries while injured waits for trained personnel
to arrive.
BLEEDING
Apply direct pressure on the wound with a clean dressing.
If bleeding continues and you do not suspect a fracture, elevate the wound
above the victim‘s heart and continue to apply direct pressure.
If bleeding continues, apply pressure at a pressure point.
Maintain body temperature.
Do not use a tourniquet unless this is a serious amputation.
BREATHING PROBLEMS
Move victim to fresh air if smoke or dangerous gases are present.
Otherwise, do not move victim.
If victim loses consciousness, call doctor
Never enter into a room with toxic gases released -call without protection
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 285
UNCONSCIOUS VICTIM
Move victim to fresh air if smoke or dangerous gases exist.
Begin rescue breathing- is First Aid trained ahead of time
Never enter into a room where toxic gases released
CHEMICAL BURNS
Have victim remain under a safety shower or flush skin with an available
water source for 15-30 minutes.
Remove all contaminated clothing and jewellery.
Cover burns with dry, loose dressings.
Wash all clothing thoroughly before wearing it again.
ACID BURNS
In case of acid burn, the operators with all possible speed gets under a safety
shower and use the full flow of water. A small amount of water will incase
severity of the burn Water should be used until all traces of acid have been
washed from the burn. Alkaline solutions are not needed; if used at all they
will use only after all acid has been washed from the burn, it may to treat in
the same manner as a heat burn.
CHEMICAL INGESTIONS
Never enter into a room where toxic gases released, without protection
Do not give victim any food or liquids without specific advice from physician.
EYE INJURIES FROM CHEMICALS
Get victim to a safety shower or eye wash immediately.
Never enter into a room where toxic gases released
Flush eye for 15-30 minutes with both lids held open. Keep the injured eye
lower than the uninjured eye.
Keep the eyelids open hold fingers at top and bottom of the eyeball. Wrap a
bandage loosely around both eyes.
SAFE OPERATING PROCEDURES
Safe operating procedures will be available for all materials, operations and
equipment.
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 286
The workers will be informed of consequences of failure to observe the safe
operating procedures.
Safe operating procedures will be formulated and updated, specific to process
& equipment and distributed to concerned plant personnel.
Safety procedures will be prepared and displayed meticulously in Telugu and
English languages.
FIRE PROTECTION
Well-designed pressured hydrant system comprising with jockey pump,
electrical & diesel pumps, hydrant, monitor etc. Will be installed at the plant.
The fire fighting system and equipment will be tested and maintained as per
OISD-117 standard.
Heat and smoke detectors will be provided at the plant and warehouse
(solvent storage area) and calibrated.
STATIC ELECTRICITY
All equipment and Storage tanks / Containers of flammable chemicals are will
be bounded and earthed properly.
Electrical pits will be maintained clean and covered.
Electrical continuity for earthing circuits shall be maintained.
Periodic inspections shall be done for earth pits and record will be maintained.
7.16 COMMUNICATION SYSTEM
Communication facilities will be checked periodically for its proper functioning.
7.17 SAFETY INSPECTIONS
The system will be initiated for checklist based routine safety inspection and internal
audit of the plant. Safety inspection team will be formed from various disciplines and
departments.
7.18 PREDICTIVE AND PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
Predictive and preventive maintenance schedule will be followed in religious manner.
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 287
ELECTRICAL SAFETY
Insulation pad at HT panels will be replaced at regular interval.
Housekeeping in MCC room will be kept proper for safe working conditions.
COLOUR CODING SYSTEM
Colour coding for piping and utility lines are will be followed in accordance with IS:
2379:1990.
DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN
ONSITE EMERGENCY PLAN
OFFSITE EMERGENCY PLAN
7.19. ONSITE EMERGENCY PLAN
The details of Onsite emergency plan system are discussed in the following sections
DEFINING THE NATURE / LEVEL OF EMERGENCY
The levels of emergency can be classified in three categories
LEVEL-1
The leakage or emergency which is confinable the plant, premises. It may be due to-
Small fire in the plant
Low toxic gas release for short duration.
Collapsing of equipment that do not affect outside premises.
LEVEL-2
The emergency which is confinable within the factory premises. It may arise due to
Major fire inside the factory premises.
Medium scale explosion confined to the factory premises.
Heavy toxic/flammable gas leakage for short duration.
LEVEL-3
The emergency which is not confinable within the factory premises and general
public in the vicinity likely to be affected. It may arise due to
Explosion of high magnitude affecting the adjacent area
Heavy/profuse leakage of toxic/flammable gases for a long duration.
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 288
7.20 STRUCTURE OF EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
The company will develop an emergency management team. The management
structure includes the following personnel
Site main Controllers
Incident Controllers and Deputy Incident Controllers
Key Personnel‘s
Essential Workers
The other elements of Disaster management plan are
Assembly points
Emergency control center
Fire control center
Medical arrangements
Other arrangements
7.21 EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM – ROLES & RESPONSIBILITIES
Roles and responsibilities of the responsible persons are described.
7.21.1 SITE MAIN CONTROLLER [SMC]
PLANT HEAD will be the site main controller. In absence of PLANT HEAD, EHS
HEAD will act as a SMC.
His task will be to co-ordinate all internal and external activities from the emergency
control centre at main security gate from where all operations will be directed. He
shall:
Immediately on being informed of the emergency and its location, will arrive
at the scene and handle the situation.
Relieve the incident controller from responsible of the main controller
Co-ordinate to avail services from external agencies like fire brigade,
hospitals etc. is called for, following the declaration of major emergency. If
necessary, major installations in the vicinity may also be informed of the
situation.
Exercise direct operational control of the unaffected section of the plant.
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 289
In consultation with the advisory team, expedite the shutting down of
loading/unloading operations of tankers and if necessary, instruct the
supervisor/security/personnel to evacuate tankers.
Ensure that all employees are evacuated from the affected area and the
casualties, if any, are given necessary medical attention. Instruct P&A
Assistant/security for rushing casualties to hospitals if required.
Liaise with fire and police officials, pollution control board officials and other
statutory bodies and advise them of all possible consequence effects
outside the premises.
Arrange for relief of personnel when emergency is prolonged
Issue authorized statement or press release to the news –media
Ensure preservation of evidence for enquiries to be conducted by statutory
authorities.
Authorize the sounding of “All Clear” and “Evacuation Siren”
Arrange for obtaining the head-count of all personnel within the premises
and cross-checking with the data from records available for no. of persons
within the premise.
7.22 INCIDENT CONTROLLER/ DEPUTY INCIDENT CONTROLLER
Role of Incident Controller [Plant Manager/ Shift in Charge]: He is the shift supervisor
of the plant. Assume the role of the incident controller and take charge of the
situation. Keep the SMC informed of the situation from time to time.
1. Proceed to the scene of emergency and assess the situation
2. Direct all operation within the affected area with the following priorities
Safety of personnel
Minimize damage to property and loss of material
Arrange for rescue of trapped workers and those in a state of shock
Get all non-essential persons safely evacuated after stopping all the
engineering/hot jobs.
Set up a communication system with the main control center at the main
security gate through telephone or messenger system.
Pending arrival of the main controller, direct the shutting down and
evacuation of the site
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 290
Report all developments to the main controller
Preserve all evidence for use in the subsequent enquiry.
Intimate to the Emergency Control Center (Main Security Gate) the head
count of plant.
7.23 KEY PERSONNEL’S
Key Personnel are required to provide and to implement the decisions made
by the SMC in the light of information received on the developing situation at
the time of emergency.
As necessary, they will decide the actions needed to shut down plants,
evacuate personnel, carryout emergency engineering work, arrange for
supplies of equipment, utilities, carryout environment monitoring, provide
catering facilities, liaise with police, fire brigade and other local authorities,
relative of casualties, hospital, press & neighboring industries
Action at assembly points, outside shelters and mutual aid center under the
direction of the SMC.
All the key personnel and other called in so to assist shall report to the ECC.
They shall be available at any time on duty or on call or on holiday.
7.24 ESSENTIAL WORKERS
A task force of essential trained workers [Expert‘s team] is available to get the work
done by the Incident controller and the SMC. Such work will include:
Fire fighting and spill control till a FIRE BRIGADE takes the charge
To help FIRE BRIGADE and MUTUAL AID teams, if it is so required
Shutting down plant and making it safe
Emergency engineering work e.g. isolating equipments, material process,
providing temporary by pass lines, safe transfer of materials, urgent repairing
or replacement, electrical work, etc
Provision of emergency power, water, lighting, instruments, equipments,
materials, etc
Movement of equipment, special vehicle and transport to or from the scene of
the accident.
Search, evacuation, rescue and welfare.
The injured is given First Aid.
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 291
Moving tankers or other vehicles from area of risk.
Carrying out atmospheric test and pollution control.
Manning of assembly points to record the arrival of evacuated personnel.
Manning for outside shelters and welfare of evacuated persons there.
Assistance at causalities reception areas to record details of causalities.
Assistance at communication centers to handle outgoing and incoming calls
and to act as messengers if necessary.
Manning of works entrances in liaison with the police to direct emergency
vehicles entering the work. To control traffic leaving the works and to turn
away or make alternative safe arrangements for visitors for visitors,
contractors and other traffic arriving at the works.
Inform neighboring factories and the public as directed by the Site Main
Controller.
Any special help required.
7.25 OTHER ELEMENTS OF DMP
There are some other elements of DMP which are described as follows:
7.26.1 ASSEMBLY POINT
Assembly points are those locations where the persons who are not connected with
emergency operations can await either for further instructions or for rescue transport
and rehabilitation. Presently outside the plant area is considered as such assembly
points, taking into consideration of the size of the plant facilities. As the location of
security gate is far off the Assembly Point is not vulnerable for emergencies.
The affected & vulnerable plants, all non-essential workers [who are not
assigned any emergency duty] will be evacuated from the area & they shall
report to specified Assembly point.
Assembly Point shall be located at a safe place, well away from area of risk
and least affected by the down wind direction.
To ensure that workers do not have to approach the affected area to reach
the Assembly point proper location and numbers have been marked at
Assembly point.
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 292
Each Assembly Point is manned by a nominated person to record the names
and dept.
At each Assembly point duties of in - charge shall be displayed in brief.
Before reaching an Assembly point or subsequently, if it is required to pass
through an affected area or due to presence of toxic substances, suitable
PPE‘s including respirators, helmet etc., are issued & made available with
workers.
7.26.2 EMERGENCY CONTROL CENTER
The Emergency Control Center is the place or room from where the operations to
handle the emergency are directed and coordinated. Main Control Room has been
earmarked / identified as the Emergency Control Room. Fire Control Room shall be
earmarked / identified as the alternative Emergency Control Room to be operated in
case of unfavorable wind direction. Adequate Telecommunication System is
available in the Emergency Control Room.
The ECC center has been equipped with the following facilities.
1. Internal and external telephone including STD facility
2. Telephone directory
3. Factory layout plan
4. Map of the area
5. Employee blood group and their address
6. Messengers / Runners for sending messages
7. Adequate numbers of PPE‘s
8. Telephone nos. of mutual aid centers, Statutory authorities & Hospitals
7.26.3 FIRE SERVICES
Fire Fighting, Gas leak Control and Rescue operation
A] Role of Manager [Fire and Safety/shift in-charge]
Manager- Fire and Safety/ Shift In-charge will be the only person to direct
the fire fighting and emergency operation.
Keep the constant touch with the chief emergency controller.
Direct the crew members to the scene of emergency and arrange
replenishment of man power/equipment/extinguishing media etc.
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 293
B] Fire and Safety officer
On being notified about the location of fire/gas leakage immediately
proceed to the scene of incident with fire tender and crew.
Position the fire tender in upwind direction.
Decide his line of action in consultation with incident controller and take
appropriate measures to handle the emergency.
Assessing the severity of the incident immediately report to emergency
controller about the gravity of the situation.
He will assess the extra requirement required if any from the neighboring industry.
C] Fire Crew Members
On hearing fire alarm, emergency siren they shall immediately report to
control room and proceed to the scene of emergency and work under the
direction of shift fire & safety officer.
The personal availability at the scene of incident to be made optimize.
D] Emergency Squad Members
On hearing Emergency Siren ,they shall immediately report to site main
controller, safety in charge or incident controller
They shall combat the emergency situation as per the direction of site main
controller, Safety In- charge or Incident controller
They shall help for safe evacuation
7.26.4 MEDICAL SERVICES
A] Role of Chief Medical Officer/Medical Officer
He will contact immediately to chief emergency controller
He will render necessary treatment as first aid center and hospital.
He will arrange for hospitalization and treatment at outside hospitals if
required.
He will mobilize extra medical assistance from outside if necessary.
He will make arrangement for treating public if necessary.
B] Role of other Medical staff
As directed by medical officers.
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 294
7.26.5 SECURITY SERVICES
Role of H.O.D. (Security) / Security Officers
Receive message from the observer
Initiate the emergency siren to declare the emergency
Announce on the public address system
Arrange to close all the gates and stop traffic
Keep vehicle/ambulance ready and keep track of casualty sent to hospital
during off hours
Ensure that unauthorized persons/vehicles do not enter the premises
Organize the positioning and transport of vehicles near the main gate
Depute security guard for controlling traffic at the scene of emergency
Call up for additional help from the outside agency like fire brigade,
hospitals during off hours.
Role of Security Guard
On hearing emergency siren contact security officer and work under his
directions
7.26.6 MUTUAL AID
In emergency situations, resources over and above those available at the works may
be needed. Emergency Coordinator would be contacting neighboring factories for
help. A survey of industries who can come to help and also the help, they can extend
is done as mentioned below.
The help would be in the form of technical manpower, medical aid,
transport for rescue and Rehabilitation, fire fighting, additional special
protective wear or any other help as the case may be.
Manager – Fire & Safety who is Emergency Coordinator is assigned with
this responsibility and he would maintain liaison during non-emergency
period and ensure co-operation
Similarly, the help required from civil administration, in respect of medical
aid, transport, law and order, rehabilitation etc. are identified and liaison is
established with Mandal Revenue Officer and Police Officials.
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 295
7.27 EMERGENCY RESPONSE
Concept of operations deals with the possible steps associated with an emergency
response assuming the most severe emergency scenario. This includes:
Accident initiation and rising of alarm
Accident evaluation and emergency declaration
Off site and external agency notification
Implementation of onsite response actions
Implementation of protective actions and evacuations
Co-ordination of response action with external agencies
Management of emergency resources
Recovery and facilitate re-entry procedures
7.28 EMERGENCY CAPABILITIES
The primary emergency response facilities comprise with emergency control center
upon declaration of emergency, the main security gate office will become the
emergency control center [ECC]. The ECC is located in a low /minimal risk zone of
the plant.
7.29 EMERGENCY HANDLING PROCEDURES
Action plan
On hearing emergency declaration siren and announcement on public
address system, all key persons will rush to their nominated location and
start actions.
The main controller will continuously assess the situation by taking
feedback from the incident controller. He will consult the advisory team
members to get essential information if required but if does not required to
take help from advisory team; he can assign other jobs to advisory team.
Once the emergency is brought under control, Main Controller will inform to
security to give “ALL CLEAR” siren and announce on Public Address
System about termination of emergency.
In the case the emergency assumes off site dimensions and cannot be controlled,
then if the chief controller with his advisory team decides to evacuate the plant, he
will instruct the security to sound ―EVACUATION SIREN”
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 296
Procedure in case emergency tends to have off site implications
As per the sire plan and wind direction at the time of emergency, the likely
affected area will be identified and population within will estimated.
The police will be informed so that in-coming traffic on highway can be
controlled from both the ends. The police force will be helpful in
evacuation of villages, factories or other public places in the vicinity
The fire brigade will be informed and ambulance will be called and kept
ready to meet any eventuality.
Neighboring factories will be communicated for sending help.
Statutory authorities such as factory inspector, district collector and others
concerned to be intimated.
Procedure for salvage operations
The salvage operation will be carried out under the guidance of the main
controller, his advisory team and incident controller.
They will conduct accident investigation; assess the damages-the clock by security
supervisors.
During emergency, the main controller and his advisory-team will confirm:
Layout of facility, equipment and storages, displayed on table and wall
Availability and location of personal protective equipment
Self-contained breathing apparatus sets and the spare cylinders
External telephone with direct dialing and STD facilities/Mobile phone
Internal telephone
List of important internal and external telephone numbers displayed on
table and wall.
Transport facility
Extra copies of plant layout for marking during emergency
General stationary like paper, pencil etc.
Nominal roll and address of all employees with contract telephone no‘s
and blood group
List of first aiders and emergency squad members
Details of all contractors and their employees.
Details of meteorological information during different seasons such as
wind speed, direction, temperature, humidity etc.
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 297
The location of ECC, Assembly point, availability of first aid boxes, fire extinguishers,
PPE should be marked onsite.
7.30 MITIGATION OF ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT DURING FIRE EMERGENCY
In case of fire, prevent contact of fire with flammable material or prevent
of fire by other means
Use water or suitable fire extinguisher to extinguish fire
Contain the contaminated water or any other liquid to prevent it going to
soil or drain and divert it to ETP storage tank. If required treat it before
sending to ETP tank.
Any solid waste generated should be collected, stored and send to TSDF
site.
During fire emergency use necessary PPE.
Bottom valve failure: mitigation of environment impact during failure of
between valves or tank failure.
In case of material coming out of the bottom valve shall be contained
inside the dyke wall and will be transferred to HDPE plastic drum by help
of pump/piping.
In case of acid spillage after pumping shall be neutralized and waste shall
be cleaned with help of water and send the water to ETP.
The failed bottom valve shall be replaced or repaired and restart. After
tank is empty valve will be repaired, or replaced. In case of leakage form
tank body tank will be repaired.
Preventions of failure: preventive maintenance of bottom value shall be
carried out as per schedule. To prevent any leakage from tank body,
thickness checking shall be same as per schedule.
In case of bottom value failure or heavy leakages from tank body material
in the tank shall be transferred to the HDPE drums, by running the pump.
Preventions of failure: preventive maintenance of bottom valve shall be
carried out as per schedule. To prevent any leakage from tank body,
thickness checking shall be same as per schedule.
In case of any material leaching the soil it shall be neutralized and
washed with water.
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 298
7.30.1 RAISING THE ALARM
Emergency alarm shall be raised in the event of an emergency.
Any person noticing an unusual occurrence, fire, toxic or corrosive
substance leakage etc. shall inform the concerned department/section
head/shift in charge immediately and try to control/contain the incident.
Departmental head/shift in charge will immediately go to the site of
incident, assess the situation and initiate the action to ―blow the
emergency Alarm‖ by telephoning the main gate to security officer/Asst,
security officer/Security supervisor.
In case of telephone failure a messenger will be sent running to main gate
to inform.
Details of siren are given below
Siren codes
Declaration of emergency:- A long short wailing siren for one minute will
mean that there is an emergency within the premises.
All clear siren: - A long siren for one minute will mean that the emergency
declared is under control, i.e. all clear. This siren code will mean All clear,
normal condition.
Evacuation siren: - A long short wailing siren for 3 [three] minutes, will
mean that emergency declared cannot be controlled. Hence all persons in
the premises will evacuate as per the plan.
7.31 DECLARING MAJOR EMERGENCY
Major emergency may be declared after sufficient thought because it activates many
agencies and the nominated persons to declare major emergencies.
7.32 TRANSPORT AND EVACUATION ARRANGEMENTS
Arrangements shall be made for the transport and evacuation of persons in
case of any emergency situation arises in the factory.
Those employees who have own vehicles will make arrangements to shift the
injured.
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 299
7.33 PLANT OPERATIONS
1. Role of HOD
He will take plant related decisions, which will facilitate the fire fighting
operation.
2. Plant Employees
They shall:
On heaving the siren, report to plant supervisor
Do as directed by plant supervisor
Stop all hot works
Remove unwanted persons from the affected area to the ―Assembly Point
―near main security gate viz visitors, guests
Stop all non-essential operations
3. Non-plant Employees
On hearing the siren, shall stop their work assemble at ―Assembly Point‖ near main
security gate along with guests and visitors.
7.34 TELEPHONE MESSAGES
Telephone operator has to pay vital role in case of emergency. After hearing the
siren/ hooter, he/ she should inform to all key personnel immediately on phone. He/
she should receiving be very sharp, precise, attentive and quick in & noticing the
message.
7.35 MOCK DRILL
In spite of detailed training, it may be necessary to try out whether, the OSEP works
out and will there be any difficulties in execution of such plan. In order to evaluate
the plan and its effectives of meeting the objective of the OSEP, occasional mock
drills are contemplated. After a few pre- informed mock drills, few un-informed mock
drills would be taken. All this is to familiarize the employees with the concept and
procedures and to see their response. These scheduled and unscheduled mock
drills would be conducted during shift change, public holidays, in night shifts etc, to
improve preparedness. Emergency Coordinator [EHS] is responsible for organizing
planned and unplanned mock drills.
Two types of Mock drills are in practice. They are
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 300
1. Announced-Once in 3 months
2. Unannounced –Once in 6 months.
Mock drill observation
Mock drill observation team is constituted and they note down the action of various
coordinators in chronological order. The time of arrival of each coordinator and their
duties are detailed in a note. Immediately after mock drill, the advisory team and
emergency coordinators meet and review the mock drill records in chronological
order and take note of corrective action. The record of this meeting note is circulated
for compliance of concerned.
Role of Mock drill observers
Note readings of plant instruments
Meteorological conditions
Time of emergency declaration and time when the personnel responded /
reported
Ambulance reported and time when additional vehicles reported
Collect information description of the event, estimated quantity of the gas
release, fire, contamination and effected levels at various locations, injuries
and equipment damage.
7.36 OFFSITE EMERGENCY PLAN
―If the accident is such that its affects inside the factory are uncontrollable and it
may spread outside the factory premise, it is called as “OFFSITE EMERGENCY”
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 301
FLOWCHART FOR OFFSITE EMERGENCY PLAN
The Offsite emergency plan is made based on events, which could affect people and
Environment outside the premises. The off site plan is largely a matter of ensuring
the co-ordination of proposed services and their readiness as far as possible, for the
specific hazards and problems, which may arise in as incident. Briefly two main
purposes of the plan are as under:
To provide the local district authorities, police, fire brigade, doctors etc. the basic
Information of risk and environmental impact assessment and to appraise them of
the consequences and the protection / prevention measures and control plans and to
seek their help to communicate with the public in case of major emergency.
To assist the district authorities in preparing the Offsite emergency plan of the
district or particular area. We will make our key personnel and others fully aware
about this off-site emergency plan. The function of the offsite plans are as under:
Structure of the offsite emergency plan includes the following:-
Organizational set up-Incident controller /Site main controller, Key personnel,
etc
Communication facilities - List of important telephones
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 302
Specialized emergency equipment - Firefighting equipment
Specialized Knowledge - Trained people
Voluntary Organization - Details of organization
Chemical information - MSDS of hazardous substances
Meteorological information - Weather condition such as Wind velocity, Wind
Speed, Humidity, Temperature etc
Humanitarian arrangement - Transport, First aid and Ambulance
7.37 ROLE OF THE FACTORY MANAGEMENT
The Onsite and Offsite plans are come together so that the emergency services are
call upon at the appropriate time and are provided with accurate information and a
correct assessment of situation.
7.37.1 ROLE OF LOCAL AUTHORITY
Generally the duty to prepare the off-site plan lies with the local authority. They may
have appointed an Emergency Planning Officer (EPO) to prepare whole range of
different emergency within the local authority area.
7.37.2 ROLE OF FIRE AUTHORITY
The control of a fire is normally the responsibility of the senior fire brigade officer who
would take over the handling of fire from the Incident Controller on arrival at the site.
7.37.3 ROLE OF POLICE
The overall control of an emergency is normally assumed by the police with a senior
officer designated as emergency coordinating officer. Formal duties of the police
during emergency include protection of life and property and controlling traffic
movements.
7.37.4 ROLE OF HEALTH AUTHORITIES
Health authorities, including doctors, surgeons, hospitals, ambulances etc. have a
vital role to play following a major accident and they should form an integral part of
the emergency plan. Major off site incidents are likely to require medical equipments
and facilities in addition to those available locally.
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 303
7.37.5 ROLE OF THE “MUTUAL AID” AGENCIES
Some types of mutual aids are available from the neighboring factories, as per need,
as a part of the onsite and Offsite emergency plan.
7.37.6 ROLE OF THE FACTORY INSPECTORATE
In the event of an accident, the factory inspector will assist the District Emergency
Authority for information and help in getting mutual aid from neighboring factories.
Unit maintains the records of details of emergency occur, corrective preventive
measures taken and in future the same practice will be continued. Unit will be
displayed the details like list of assembly points, name of the persons involve in the
safety team like Site Controller, Incident controller etc.
PROJECT BENEFITS
CHAPTER -VIII
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VIII Page 304
CHAPTER – VIII
PROJECT BENEFITS
The proposed project will become beneficial to the surrounding area or community in
terms of employment, social development and other benefits as described hereunder;
8.1 EMPLOYMENT POTENTIAL
The proposed project has employment potential for skilled (50 persons), semi-skilled
(10 persons) and unskilled (40 persons). The preference will be given to local
population for employment; this will increase the employment opportunity in the
surrounding area. Indirect employment is also bound to be generated to provide day-to-
day needs and services to the work force and industrial activity. This will also increase
the demand for essential daily utilities in the local market. The employed people will be
benefited financially.
8.2 CORPORATE SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY (CSR) & CORPORATE
ENVIRONMENT RESPONSIBILITY (CER)
SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd. not only carries out business but also understands
obligations towards the society. Unit will employ people from the nearby villages for the
proposed project. The wages paid to direct and indirect workforce in the proposed
project will fulfill their monetary requirements, which in turn leads to socio economic
development in the surrounding villages. The Project proponent is well aware of the
obligations towards the society and to fulfill the social obligations Unit will also try to
generate maximum indirect employment in the nearby villages by appointing local
contractors during construction phase as well as during operation phase. Unit will be
contributing reasonably as part of their CSR & CER activities. Unit will spend about
2.5% for CSR & 2% for CER activities like potable water supply & educational aid and
conduct medical camps & Self Help Skill Training to the nearby villages. CSR activities
identified and planned at present are described below Table.
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VIII Page 305
CSR & CER BUDGET FROM SGR LABORATORIES PVT. LTD. Project Location : SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
CSR Plan Period : Five Years from the date of commercial production.
Project cost : Rs. 12 Crores
Corporate Social Responsibility Budget : Rs. 30 Lakhs [2.5% of the Project cost] for 5 Years
Corporate Environment Responsibility Budget : Rs. 24 Lakhs [2% of the Project cost]
S. No CSR & CER
Activity 1st
Year 2nd
Year 3rd
Year 4th
Year 5th
Year
Total (Rs. In Lakhs)
Proposed Action Plan
1 Drinking water supply to nearby villages.
5.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 21.0
Proposed to establish RO plant for
drinking water supply to Dondapadu,
Mukteshwarapuram, Bugga Madharam
and Vajinepalli villages.
2 Educational Aid to the school students
2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 10.0
Supply of books, uniforms and other
educational aides like computers with
internet facilities to nearby village schools.
3 Medical Camps 3.0 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 13.0
Free Health checkup and supply of
medicines to the sick people in the nearby
villages.
4 Self Help Skill Training
2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 10.0
Based on local identified needs, we will
set up training centre to impart skills such
as tailoring, toys making, book binding and
basic computer skills to local women and
men
Self help skill Training: Unskilled/
Semiskilled persons will be identified in
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VIII Page 306
S. No CSR & CER
Activity 1st
Year 2nd
Year 3rd
Year 4th
Year 5th
Year
Total (Rs. In Lakhs)
Proposed Action Plan
villages and given necessary training as
per industry requirement and we will
absorb the personnel in industry as and
when need arises
Total CSR & CER Budget
12 10.5 10.5 10.5 10.5 54.0
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VIII Page 307
8.3 DIRECT REVENUE EARNING TO THE NATIONAL AND STATE EXCHEQUER
This project will contribute additional revenue to the Central & State exchequer in the
form of Central GST & State GST. Thus, the proposed project will help the Government
by paying taxes from time to time, which is a part of revenue and thus, will help in
developing the area. Demand of the proposed products in foreign market is also
significant, which will boost the export potential of the company as well as country.
Export oriented units plays vital role in development of economy as well as local
physical infrastructure for further boosting of industrial development with sustainable
approach as the industries need to maintain good environment & safety environment to
get better foreign market.
8.4 IMPROVEMENTS IN THE PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE
The project proponent has proposed to develop infrastructural facilities like roads,
drinking water and power to the proposed site, easily accessible approach roads
required for public transport and material transport to the project site. Hence major
benefit to the public infrastructure is anticipated due to the proposed project.
8.5 IMPROVEMENTS IN THE SOCIAL INFRASTRUCTURE
The proposed project will have many employment & trade opportunities from the
inception of the construction activities. Thus, these considerable employment & trade
opportunities will eventually result in appreciable economic benefits to the local people
& businesses/ contractors and helps to improve in the social infrastructure.
8.6 OTHER TANGIBLE BENEFITS
With this new unit, SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd. contributes to growth in manufacturing
sector and the country will also benefit from GST revenues, Foreign exchange earnings
from exports are envisaged. Beside economic benefits, the general social & cultural
development of the area is anticipated due to the CSR & CER activities planned by the
company. The long-term implications of this change can be definitely considered as
progressive development of surrounding area.
ENVIRONMENT COST
BENEFIT ANALYSIS
CHAPTER -IX
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd Chapter – IX Page 308
CHAPTER - IX
ENVIRONMENT COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS
9.0 COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS
During the scoping stage; no recommendation of environmental cost benefit analysis is
suggested by the appraisal committee.
ENVIRONMENTAL
MANAGEMENT PLAN
CHAPTER -X
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – X Page 309
CHAPTER – X
ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN
10.1 INTRODUCTION
Environmental Management Plan reflects the commitment of the management to
protect the environment within and outside the industrial premises. An environmental
management plan is required for formulation and monitoring of environmental
protection measures during and after construction / Modification and commissioning
of the projects. Hence, the construction and operational phase is considered for
outlining the Environmental Management Plan for the said industry. The plan
indicates the details as to how various measures have been taken by the industry to
mitigate the pollutants generated due to its operations.
The Potential Environmental Impacts from the construction and operational activities
of the industry are summarized below.
A. Construction / Modification Phase:
Site preparation, sanitation, noise, construction equipment & waste and site
security.
B. Operation Phase:
Air pollution due to emission of Particulate Matter, Sulphur dioxide, Nitrogen
oxide from the boiler stack and D.G. Set.
Gaseous emissions from process leading to workroom air pollution.
Noise pollution due to noise generating equipment operation.
Disposal of effluent generated due to plant operations.
Disposal of Solid Wastes generated due to the plant operation.
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – X Page 310
FIGURE 10.1: FLOW CHART OF EMP
IDENTIFICATION OF THE
POTENTIAL IMPACTS
RECOMMENDED MITIGATION
MEASURES
DESCRIPTION OF MONITORING PROGRAM
ENSURE COMPLIANCE WITH RELEVANT STANDARDS AND
RESIDUAL IMPACTS
ALLOCATION OF RESOURCES AND RESPONSIBILITIES FOR
PLAN IMPLEMENTATION
IMPLEMENTATION SCHEDULE
AND REPORTING
PROCEDURES
CONTINGENCY PLAN WHEN
IMPACTS ARE GREATER THAN
EXPECTED
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – X Page 311
10.2 PRE- PROJECT ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN
Construction related impacts:
The industry is proposed to establish Bulk Drugs & Intermediates manufacturing unit.
The potential for environment pollution during the construction is obviously
considerably less than when the plant is in operation. The following factors require
control during the construction phase.
10.2.1 Site Preparation
The leveling operation will involve stockpiling of backfill materials. All the disturbed
slopes shall be stabilized with grass cover and dust nuisance controlled.
10.2.2 Sanitation
The site will be provided with sufficient and suitable toilet facilities with proper
hygiene for construction workers. Adequate potable water supply will be provided for
onsite workers.
10.2.3 Noise
The total noise effect in the vicinity during construction stage will be negligible in the
site and the site is far away from the nearest human habitation.
10.2.4 Construction Equipment and Waste
It will be ensured that construction related vehicles are properly maintained to
minimize exhaust emissions. Combustible waste will be burnt in a controlled manner.
Other wastes will be disposed off in to a dedicated dump. Spent liquid waste if any,
arising from chemical treatment of built-up portions for termite etc., will be correctly
neutralized and disposed off.
10.2.5 Site Security
The site will be secured by fencing and manned at entry points.
10.3. ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT DURING OPERATION
10.3.1 AIR QUALITY
The emissions from boilers & D.G. Set are the sources likely to contribute to air
pollution. Adequate measures are being taken to minimize the impacts of these
emissions on the environment.
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – X Page 312
The baseline data collected during the study period indicate that all seven pollutants
namely PM2.5, PM10, SO2, NOX, CO, NH3 and VOCs.
For generation of Steam, the industry proposed to install 2 TPH & 3 TPH coal fired
boilers.
The coal requirement of 15.5 TPD will be met from local authorized sources.
A 500 KVA DG set is proposed for this project for usage during the power failures.
The industry proposed to install 3 x 200 TR & 1 x 300 TR cooling towers.
10.3.1.1 AIR POLLUTION CONTROL / MANAGEMENT
Following are the proposed pollution control schemes and which will be used to
minimize and control the emission of air pollutants as well as their effective
dispersion into the atmosphere.
A. Stack Design
The stacks of height 30 mtrs each with controlling equipment (cyclone separator
followed by Bag Filters) will be provided for the coal fired boilers with the
approximate flue gas exit velocities of 12 m/s & 14 m/s ensures proper dispersion of
the flue gas into atmosphere. This design will ensure the ground level concentration
of the pollutants to comply with the ambient air quality standards.
DG Set Stack emission Controlled by providing adequate stacks height to disperse
into atmosphere and maintain the air pollutants within the limits prescribed by CPCB.
B. Fugitive Emissions from Solvents
Various types of solvents will be used in the proposed Bulk Drugs & Intermediates
manufacturing process. The solvents will be stored in drums and Bulk quantities will
be stored in storage tanks with vent condensers. These are handled in closed
conditions thereby reducing the losses in the form of evaporation. The industry will
take measures for reduction of fugitive emissions by providing Chilled brine
circulation to the condensers, which ensures the recovery of 95% and also controlled
by closed operations and handling methods. Good ventilation will be provided to
reduce the workroom concentrations. The reactor generating solvent vapors will be
connected to condensers with receivers.
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – X Page 313
C. Storage and Transportation of Raw Materials
The Raw materials / chemicals will be received in Fiber drums, HDPE drums, PP
bags by trucks. The same will be stored in ware house under lock & key
arrangement. Slight increase of Ground level Dust and VOC in air and it can be
minimized by developing Greenbelt in and around the plant premises and providing
proper roads for transportation.
10.3.2 NOISE POLLUTION
All the equipment in the plant would be designed as per the requirement of CPCB
standards.
NOISE ENVIRONMENT
Compressors, Boiler and DG set will be the major noise generating units in the plant,
of which generator will be functioning only at the time of power failure. There is no
need for the workers to be near the DG set & compressor units continuously. The
Generator sets will be placed in acoustic enclosures to maintain the noise levels as
permitted by CPCB.
NOISE POLLUTION CONTROL / MANAGEMENT
The noise levels in the work place environment will be monitored periodically
and if necessary action will be taken in the form of regular maintenance
schedule to reduce noise and vibration in generating sources.
The effects of the vibrations coming out of the base of the body over the
surrounding civil structures are minimized by providing Damping pads/Resilient
mounting at the time of installation.
Under the general health check up scheme as per factory act, the workers will
however be checked up for any Noise induced Hearing Loss (NIHL) by a trained
ENT Doctor.
10.3.3 WATER QUALITY
Water is essentially used in process, Boiler and for cooling tower along with
domestic purpose. The total water required for the plant operations will be met from
Ground Water source.
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – X Page 314
WATER POLLUTION CONTROL / MANAGEMENT
The effluent generation is from process, boiler blow down, Scrubbing System, Floor
& Reactor washings and Domestic sections.
The unit will provide proper wastewater collection and Treatment methods to
treat the trade effluent in the plant premises.
Process effluent will be segregated based on COD & TDS concentration and
collected separately by gravity from all sources into a collection Pit.
Collected waste water will be pumped in to the above ground level tanks
separately.
The industry by opting ZLD treatment system to recover water for recycle and
reuse for plant operations and to conserve the scarce resource of water.
Treatment system
The effluent will be neutralized, the HTDS/ HCOD effluent will be sent to
steam stripping Column for collection of Organic distillate which is mixed in
the waste water stream. After stripping, effluent will be sent to Multi Effect
Evaporation System, Stripped Organics collected and sent to cement industry/
TSDF incinerator.
The concentrate from the MEE System will be sent to ATFD and salts from
the ATFD will be collected and sent to TSDF for safe disposal.
The condensate from MEE followed by ATFD sent to biological system for
Treatment.
The LTDS effluent along with MEE / ATFD condensate will be sent to
Biological treatment, treated effluent sent to RO for water recovery.
The RO permeate will be reused and RO reject will be sent to MEE followed
by ATFD for further evaporation. MEE condensate collected along with RO
permeates for reuse. Salts from ATFD collected and sent to TSDF.
All the treatment tanks etc. is constructed only with acid proof tiles and 1.5 to
2.5 meters above the ground Level.
Roof Water Harvesting System will be put in practice to recharge the ground
water.
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – X Page 315
Strategic Control / Management
Minimizing water usage.
Segregation and collection of effluent for proper treatment and to minimize
waste generation at treatment facility and to recover water for recycle and
reuse.
Reducing the water consumption for the process by way of developing the
process and operation methods.
Prepare SOPs for handling and treatment of effluent water.
Minimize spillage and leakage of effluent to avoid Land pollution.
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – X Page 316
FIGURE 10.2: SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM OF PROPOSED WASTE WATER TREATMENT- ZLD SYSTEM
*Water recovery from ZLD system is 43.50 KLD
HTDS Effluent
19.18 KLD
Stripper
MEE 18.80 KLD
ATFD
Salts to TSDF
Organic Distillate to Cement Industry
0.38 KLD
Vapor Condensate@80%
15.04 KLD
LTDS Effluent
33.68 KLD
BTP
48.72 KLD
Losses @5%
2.44 KLD
MEE 13.88 KLD
ATFD
RO System
46.28 KLD
RO permeate for Reuse
@70% 32.40 KLD
RO Reject to
MEE 13.88 KLD
Condensate
@80% 11.10 KLD
Water for Reuse
43.50 KLD
Salts to TSDF
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – X Page 317
FIGURE 10.3: FLOW CHART FOR EFFLUENT TREATMENT HTDS
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – X Page 318
FIGURE 10.4: FLOW CHART FOR LTDS EFFLUENT TREATMENT LTDS
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – X Page 319
10.3.3.1 DETAILS OF ZLD SYSTEM
All the effluent generated from the plant are collected in the Effluent collection pits
and from those pits effluent will be pumped to the above ground storage tanks
through the closed HDPE pipe lines. All these effluent collection pits are lined with
acid proof tiling or HDPE lining.
The Industry will construct the above ground storage tanks to store the collected
effluent from various streams. The tanks consist of 6 Compartments and are used to
store the HTDS in two compartments and LTDS in four compartments effluents
separately. These tanks can accumulate more than 4 days generation of effluent.
The HTDS effluent consists of COD will be sent to the Stripping Column for the
removal of same and thereafter the effluent will be sent to the MEE system which
consists of 3 Calendrias and the condensate will be collected. The concentrate will
be sent to ATFD for separation of salts. The condensate collected from MEE &
ATFD sent to ETP for treatment. The salts generated from the ATFD will be stored &
disposed to TSDF for secure Land Fill.
Now, the Condensate water from the MEE system along with the LTDS effluent will
be sent to the ETP system for the removal of BOD etc., The ETP system consists of
Aeration and Clarification. After this the treated effluent from biological system is
passed through the Sand Filter, Carbon Filter and Micron Filters and finally sent to
RO System.
70% water recovered as RO permeates. Remaining 30% reject water will be sent to
MEE followed by ATFD system for Evaporation. In this ZLD treatment we can
recover 70% of the water for recycle and reuse in the plant Utilities.
Figure 10.5: FLOW CHART FOR EFFLUENT TREATMENT
Effluent Type Treatment Flow
HTDS
Collection Equalization & neutralization Stripper MEE ATFD TSDF MEE/ATFD Condensate sent to Biological Treatment followed by RO.
LTDS
Collection ETP (Biological Treatment) Sand Filter Carbon Filter Cartridge Filter RO Plant RO Reject to MEE. RO Permeate for Re-usage.
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – X Page 320
10.3.3.2 THE TECHNICAL DETAILS OF THE SYSTEMS ARE AS FOLLOWS:
MEE System Capacity: 40 KLD
RO System Capacity: 50 KLD
10.3.3.3 MEE PLANT CONFIGURATION
Part – A: Stripper Unit with Flash Condenser, Re boiler and Recirculation Pump
Part–B: Triple Effect Forced Circulation Evaporation Plant with Thermo
Compressor, Required Equipment & Components.
Part – C: Agitated Thin Film Dryer
10.3.3.4 PROCESS DESCRIPTION (Part – A)
1. Feed will enter to the series of Pre heaters of Evaporator P4, P3, P2 and then
P1 using Feed Pump. From Discharge of Feed Pump Feed will be heated
through Series of Pre heater using Vapour from Jacket of respective
Calendria. Feed will be heated to the boiling point and will enter to the
recirculation loop of Stripper.
2. Recirculation Loop of Stripper will comprise of Flash Vessel, Recirculation
Pump and Re boiler.
3. Feed coming out from Pre heater of Evaporation Plant will re-circulated
through boiler and heated up using Steam.
4. Heated Feed will allow flashing in Flash Vessel and by flashing high volatiles
and Water will convert to vapour. Vapour will travel from bottom to top of
Stripping column where feed liquid will flow from top to bottom. Random
packing inside the stripping column provide mass transfer surface to vapor
liquid interface.
5. Rich organic vapour with some water vapour will come out from the top of
Stripper column. This vapour will be condensed in Flash Condenser at the top
of Stripper column.
6. Condensed organic rich liquid will be collected in Reflux pot from condenser.
From Reflux pot partly it will be withdraw according to the desired Water
Vapour/ Organic ratio and remaining will enter to the column as reflux.
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – X Page 321
10.3.3.5 PROCESS DESCRIPTION (Part - B)
1. From Discharge of Stripper recirculation Pump feed will enter to the
Evaporation Plant. Feed will enter to the Evaporation Plant from Discharge of
recirculation pump of Stripper.
2. First Effect is a Forced Circulation Type comprising of Calendria-1, Vapour
Separator-1 and Recirculation Pump– 1. Liquid will re-circulate continuously a
through Calendria Tubes at high velocity and will get heated using Heat of
Condensation of First Effect Jacket. This Heated Mass will allow flashing in
Vapour Separator and Water Vapour being generated.
3. This Flash Vapour will partly recompressed to the Jacket of First Effect using
Thermo compressor which will convert high pressure motive steam to low
pressure and will create suction and take part of the water vapour from
Vapour Separator -1.
4. Condensate from Jacket of First Effect will travel to 2nd Effect using pressure
difference available between these two Jackets.
5. Concentrate will be coming out from 1st Effect will be sent to Balance Tank -1
which will be placed between 1st and 2nd Effect.
6. Second Effect also is a Forced Circulation Type comprising of Calendria-2,
Vapour Separator-2 and Recirculation Pump– 2. Liquid will re-circulate
continuously a through Calendria Tubes at high velocity and will get heated
using Heat of Condensation of Second Effect Jacket. This Heated Mass will
allow flashing in Vapour Separator and Water Vapour being generated.
7. Concentrate coming out from 2nd Effect will be below saturation level and
there will not be any crystallization takes place in 2nd effect.
8. This Heated Mass will allow flashing in Vapour Separator and Water Vapour
being generated.
9. Concentrate will be coming out from 2nd Effect will be sent to Balance Tank -2
which will be placed between 2nd and 3rd Effect
10. Condensate coming out from 3rd Effect Jacket is a mixture of Steam utilized in
Thermo compressor and Evaporated Water Vapour from 2nd and 3rd effect.
Condensate will be taken out from plant using Condensate Outlet Pump and
send for Storage.
11. Concentrate from Evaporation will be taken out from the Plant using
Concentrate Outlet Pump and send to ATFD.
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – X Page 322
12. Water Vapour from Last Effect will be condensed in surface type condenser
using Cooling Water as condensing media. Steam Jet Ejectors/ Water ring
Vacuum Pump will maintain vacuum in the plant back to the condenser.
10.3.3.6 PROCESS DESCRIPTION (Part - C)
1. Feed Pump will be gear/ roto type pump to handle viscous Feed. Feed will not
required to preheat as it will come at 85-90 Deg C from the tank. Feed will
enter to the Vertical ATFD first for initial evaporation. Feed will splash to the
Heat Transfer Surface of ATFD using liquid distributor.
2. V-ATFD will be a hollow cylindrical Jacketed Vessel having Agitator and
specially designed Scrapper blades to wipe out the Surface of ATFD all the
time to keep it clean. This will maintain consistent performance of ATFD for a
long time.
3. ATFD Scrapper will rotate at medium RPM using Gear Box for reduction of
RPM which will be govern by Variable Frequency Drive.
4. ATFD Heat Transfer Surface will be heated through Steam in Jacket. Vapour
outlet will be connected with Entrainment Separator to avoid product
contamination in Condensate. Vapor will be condensed in Condenser and
Negative draft will be maintained by Water Ring Vacuum Pump.
5. Product coming out from bottom of Vertical ATFD. Steam will be applied in
Jacket of same to allow the product dry.
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – X Page 323
FIGURE 10.6: SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM OF MEE SYSTEM
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – X Page 324
10.4 HAZARDOUS / SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT
Generation of hazardous / Solid Wastes
The hazardous / solid waste generation from process, spent carbon, used oils, ETP
sludge, Evaporation Salts, ash from boiler; will be sent to TSDF/Cement plants/Brick
manufacturers as per respective waste category.
Resource Conservation / Waste Minimization
The unit will also implement the concept of waste minimization circle including:
Volatiles in the by-products will be condensed and reused.
Volatile raw materials will be separated by rectification and these can be
recycled into process.
Good House Keeping practices make the system easier and less costly.
Some of these are as follows:
Solid wastes e.g. powders, spills, etc. in process, and packaging will be
separately collected and disposed off instead of allowing these to join
effluent streams. This will reduce load and increase the efficiency of
treatment system.
Search for future recycling schemes and evaluate their worth and
implement such schemes wherever a promise of economic feasibility
exists.
Discarded Container / Barrels/ Liners Management
Discarded containers/ barrels/ liners will be kept at a designated place
with paved surface.
These will be decontaminated (washed/ cleaned) and stored in the
designated area in scrap yard. Washed water sent to ETP.
These will be sold to the actual users/ recyclers as per the Hazardous
Waste (Management, Handling and Transboundary Movement) Rules,
2016.
The record of discarded containers/ barrels/ liners stored in scrap yard
shall be maintained and also, inventory of their selling to the registered
recyclers shall be maintained. The same shall be reviewed by the HSE
Department of the project.
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – X Page 325
Handling of Solid Waste and Hazardous Waste
The solid wastes and hazardous wastes will be packed in double lined
PP bags and stored in dedicated area. As and when sufficient stock is
accumulated, Organic Waste will be sent to Cement Industry for
incineration and Inorganic waste will be sent to TSDF for further
treatment and safe land fill.
Industry will enter into an agreement with concerned Hazardous Waste
Management unit.
10.5 EB [ECOLOGY & BIODIVERSITY]
The project activity does not require tree cutting. Also, the study zone does not have
any ecologically sensitive location and hence, the plant activities are not expected to
have any impact on ecology and biodiversity.
Air emissions, liquid effluent disposal and solid waste generation are likely to have
some impact on terrestrial ecosystems. However there will be no net increase in air
pollution.
Proponent will develop greenbelt around 37.51% of its total area.
Management
Raw material dispensing stations will be equipped with vacuum duct
hoods with top cover.
All tanks vents being used for storage flammable chemicals will be
connected to respective condensers to avoid VOCs in the plant area.
10.6 SE [SOCIO-ECONOMIC ASPECTS]
This project will have positive impacts on Socio-Economic Environment.
Positive impacts
Direct employment generation potential of the project will be for about 100
persons, wherein the first preference will be given to the Qualified People
from within the Study Area.
Various modes of indirect employment i.e. providing Conveyance,
Transportation, Goods and Services will also increase.
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – X Page 326
Overall improvement in quality of life of people of the study area will
increase.
10.7 HG [HYDROGEOLOGY, GROUND WATER & WATER CONSERVATION]
The proposed project is located on the divide portion of the catchment and is over
the run off zone. No major streams are passing through the site. The catchment area
of the plant site is small and recharge conditions are moderate. However, the buffer
zone of 10 km radius has good catchment and recharge potential with streams and
tanks of considerable storage potential.
All the stream courses are ephemeral in character and carry large volumes of storm
flows during rainy season and remain dry during non - monsoon season. The width
of the streams is narrow and follows the weak planes within the hard rock
formations.
Ground Water Conditions
Groundwater occurs under semi-confined conditions in the fissured zone of the
banded biotitic hornblende gneisses. Ten bore wells were inventoried to assess the
groundwater conditions. The depth to water levels was found to be 8 -132 m bgl. The
yield ranges of bore wells were found to be 1-3 lps. The quality of water is found to
be potable.
As the extent of the proposed site is very small only roof top rainwater harvesting is
suggested for improving the recharge to the groundwater.
The proposed area is categorized as safe by the Groundwater department and
scope for development & stage of groundwater is good. The site is feasible for
groundwater extraction for the proposed Bulk drug intermediates manufacturing unit.
Possible Impacts on Groundwater & Mitigation
The generation of ash from the industry will have sedimentation affect over
the wind ward side on the soil regime as well as the buffer zone over a period
of time affecting the flow rates of water.
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – X Page 327
The chemically loaded waste water leakage from the industry may affect the
soil, surface and groundwater sources, so we will closely monitor to avoid any
spillage or leakages.
The ash spreading in and around the plant will be avoided by storing under
closed conditions at dedicated place till it is disposed to users. The prevention
suggested is not to allow the waste water leakage from the industry by
implementing proper storage tanks for wastewater collection and ZLD system.
Ash generation and storage will be monitored closely to avoid leakages and
will be disposed safely to the brick manufacturing industries and infrastructure
projects.
All the chemically charged liquid discharges will not be allowed to be in
contact with surface/ groundwater.
10.8 GEO [GEOLOGY]
The district is underlain by variety of geological formations comprising from the
oldest Archaeans to Recent Alluvium.
10.9 SC [SOIL CONSERVATION]
The proposed project does not have any impact on the soils beyond the boundaries
of the project site and it is a Zero Liquid Discharge Unit; the chances of any
enhanced soil erosion are not anticipated. But improper disposal of toxic wastes and
accidental spillages of toxic chemicals can pose a serious threat to the soil, ground
and surface waters. But the chances of such events cannot be quantified and
predicted. Since the industry is expected all rules and regulations relating to the use,
handling and disposal of all toxic and hazardous chemicals, no additional safety
methods are required especially to prevent contamination of soil. Liberal use of
locally available farmyard manure will be used for the plants in the greenbelt and
block plantations for improving the productivity, fertility and health of soils.
The project does not have any impact on the soils beyond the boundaries of the
project site since it is a zero liquid discharge unit.
Physicochemical characteristics of the soil samples obtained from 7 areas in the
buffer zone and one from the project site reveals that all basically sandy loams.
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – X Page 328
10.10 RH [RISK & HAZARDS MANAGEMENT]
All the provisions as per the Factories act, 1948 manufacture, storage and import
of hazardous chemicals [MSIHC] Rules, 1989 and amendments thereafter and
also, the Hazardous Waste (Management, Handling and Transboundary
Movement) Rules, 2016 will be followed.
Work environment monitoring as well as noise monitoring will be carried out on
regular interval through third party.
Following hazards may occur during the operation.
Fire Hazards
Chemicals handling and Storage
Road accidents
Process hazards
Health hazards
Following procedures will be followed for effective management of any disaster in
the plant.
Identification of Hazards and Risk assessment
Identification of persons at risk
Mitigation measures to minimize or elimination of Risk
Disaster management plan
10.11 GREENBELT DEVELOPMENT
10.11.1 OBJECTIVE
The purpose of a green belt around the plant site is to capture the fugitive emissions
emanating from Plant operations, attenuate the noise generated and improve the
aesthetics.
Environmental protection has been considered as an important domain for industrial
and other developmental activities in India. Ministry of Environment, Forest and
Climate Change (MoEF&CC) has taken several policy initiatives and promoted
integration of environmental concerns in developmental projects. One such initiative
is the notification on Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) of developmental
projects issued in 1994 and further revised notification in year 2006 under the
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – X Page 329
provisions of Environment (Protection) Act, 1986 EIA Guidance Manual for building,
construction, townships and area development projects proactively talks about the
importance of greenbelts in such projects.
Greenbelt in India refers to a buffer zone created beyond which industrial activity
may not be carried on. This concept has developed through a long line of cases and
today, greenbelts are present not only for the purpose of protecting sensitive areas
to maintain ecological balance, but are also be found in urban areas so as to act as a
sink for the harmful gases released by vehicles and industries operating in the city
area. In this regard, comprehensive Guidelines for Developing Greenbelts have been
compiled by the Central Pollution Control Board.
10.11.2 ACTION PLAN
As per the stipulations of MoEF&CC, greenbelt is to be provided all along the
boundary by planting tall, evergreen trees and the total green area including
landscaping area will be about 37.51% of the project area. There are block
plantations within the project site. Typical industrial greenbelt on all sides of the plant
site with 5 to 10 m width patches and strips of greenbelt with a spacing of 2m x 3 m
(1500 trees per Ha). About 1965 trees will be grown in the space available in the
project area. Since there will be two rows of trees, they get direct light at least from
one side and the branches can expand. Hence, potentially large trees with wide
canopy are chosen instead of the less branched and straight growing trees. In
addition to greenbelt development in the plant site, proponent proposed to develop
green area with trees such as fruit bearing, Neem, Kadamba plantations of 1000
trees/year for five years in the nearby three identified villages (Dondapadu,
Mukteshwarapuram, Bugga Madharam and Vajinepalli). Soil is good and suitable for
plant growth but water supply is critical during the dry season. Special care shall be
taken to water them at least once in 3 days during the dry period. A list of plants
suitable for greenbelt and to the local agro climatic conditions.
A list of multipurpose trees proposed to be planted in the greenbelt is given in Table
10.1.
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – X Page 330
TABLE 10.1: List of Plants Identified For Greenbelt and Avenue Plantations
Botanical name Local or common
name Importance
Acacia auriculiformis Australian wattle Avenue tree
Albizia lebbeck Dirisana Shade and timber
Azadirachta indica Vepa or Neem Neem oil & neem products
Conocarpus lancifolius Lanceleaf button wood Evergreen drought resistant naturalized tree
Dalbergia sissoo Sissoo Avenue and timber tree
Dendrocalamus strictus Bamboo Bamboo products
Grevellea robusta Silver Oak Erect non-shedding tree
Holoptelia integrifolia Nemali naara Fibre and timber
Leucaena leucocephala Subabul Fodder and pulp wood
Mangifera indica Mango Edible fruit
Mimosops elengi Pogada Shade and edible fruit
Muntingia calabura Wild cherry Shade and edible fruit
Pongamia pinnata Gaanuga Source of biodiesel
Polyalthia pendula Ashoka Majestic tree
Polyalthia longifolia Ashoka Avenue tree
Samania saman Nidrabhangi Shade, timber & fodder.
Spathodea companulata Flame of the forest Ornamental avenue tree
Syzygium cumini Neredu Edible fruits
Tamarindus indica Chinta Tamarind fruit and leaf
Terminalia arjuna Nallamaddi Timber and shade tree
Terminalia catappa Baadam Edible nuts
Terminalia mantaly Madagascar Almond Beautiful avenue tree
10.12 POST PROJECT MONITORING
Regular monitoring of all significant environmental parameters is essential to check
the compliance status vis-à-vis the environmental laws and regulation. The objective
of the monitoring will be as follows.
To verify the results of the impact assessment study with respect to the
proposed project.
To study the trend of concentration values of the parameters, which have
been, identified as critical and planning the mitigate measures.
To check and assess the efficacy of pollution control equipment.
To implement the EMP, a structured Environment Management Cell (EMC)
interwoven with the management system will be created.
EMC will undertake regular monitoring of the proposed pollution control
system and conduct yearly audit of the environmental performance of the
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – X Page 331
system. It will also check that the stipulated measures are being satisfactory
implemented and operated.
A comprehensive environmental monitoring program that will be prepared for the
purpose of implementation in the proposed manufacturing unit by the EMC is
described below.
10.12.1 AIR POLLUTION MONITORING
The Stack emissions from boilers & DG Set will be monitored once in a month for
PM10, NOX & SO2. The ambient air at the plant site will be monitored once in a month
for PM10, NOX & SO2. The Fugitive Emissions like VOC’s will be monitored in
Production block, Raw Material and Finished goods section.
10.12.2 WASTE WATER MONITORING
The quantity of waste generated from ETP unit will be regularly measured using flow
meters. Wastewater samples will be collected and analyzed for critical parameters
like pH, TDS, BOD, COD, Oil and Grease, Chlorides, Sulphates etc.,
10.12.3 GROUND WATER MONITORING
Ground water quality of bore well will be regularly monitored preferably once in a 6 /
12 months.
10.12.4 HAZARDOUS / SOLID WASTE MONITORING
Hazardous / Solid waste generated from the plant will be monitored once in a
month/change of the product.
Table 10.2: The Details of the Monitoring Program
S. No
Type of Monitoring
Location of Monitoring
station
Frequency of
Sampling
Duration of
Sampling Instrument
Parameters to be tested
1 Ambient Air 3 Places at 120o angle
Once in a month
8 hrs/ 24 hrs
RDS PM10, SO2 & NOX
2 Work room concentration
Production Block, Store rooms
Once in 3 Months
--- Personal Sampler
VOCs
3 Stack Monitoring
Boilers, D. G. Set, Scrubber vents
Once in a month
--- Stack Monitoring Instrument
PM10, SO2, NOX and Scrubbing gases.
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – X Page 332
4 Noise Levels
D. G. Set, Compressors, Chillers, Boilers section, Production block, Admin. block, ETP area, Open area etc.
Once in a month
--- Noise meter
Day – Night Noise levels in Leq
5 Effluent
Raw HTDS & LTDS effluent, Condensate, Treated wastewater
Daily --- Internal & External Lab
Physical and Chemical Parameters
6 Ground water
Nearest Bore well
Once in six months
---
7 Solid Waste Sludge from Process, ETP
Once in six months
---
All the above observations will be complied and documented by the EMC to serve
the following purposes.
Identification of any environmental problems that are occurring in the area.
Initiating or providing solution to those problems through designed channels
and verification of the implementation status.
Controlling activities inside the plant, until the environmental problem is
corrected.
Suitably responds to emergency situations.
The industry will engage recognized laboratories to carry out all necessary
monitoring parameters. Qualified staff will be appointed for the purpose of Operation
and maintenance of the pollution control facilities. Stand-by facilities are provided to
all the facilities so as to ensure fail proof treatment.
10.13 MANAGEMENT OF PUBLIC INTERESTS
10.13.1 OBJECTIVE
To assure the neighboring communities that the promoters and management have
high consideration for the welfare of this region, the following commitments are made
by the project promoters.
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – X Page 333
10.13.2 PREFERENCE TO LOCAL POPULATION
For the recruitment of semi-skilled and unskilled workers preference will be given for
the local people.
10.13.3 HEALTH CAMPS
Health camps will be organized along with the local administration and voluntary
organizations like Red Cross, Rotary Club etc., in the surrounding villages.
10.13.4 PUBLIC AMENITIES
The management will support the local administration with funds and other forms of
assistance for the development of public amenities in this region.
10.13.5 PUBLIC RELATIONS
The management will set up a public relations office to maintain to good line of
communication between the management and the public on matters of
environmental concern.
10.14 WATER REQUIREMENT
Proposed Water Consumption Details
Table 10.3: Proposed Water Consumption Details
S. No Purpose Water input
KLD
1 Process 25.13
2 Washings 5.00
3 Boiler make up 30.00
4 Cooling towers make up 63.00
5 Scrubbing system 3.00
6 Domestic 5.00
7 Gardening 3.00
Total 134.13
The fresh water of 90.63 KLD will be met from Ground Water source.
Recovered water 43.50 KLD from ZLD system is reused.
10.15 PROCESS EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM
a) No. of scrubbers and capacity: 2 No. scrubbers installed.
1 No: 300 mm (Diameter) X 3 meters (Height)
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – X Page 334
b) Type of scrubber: Scrubber material of construction is PP+FRP with one inch poly
propylene rings as packing material with a circulation pump.
c) Chemical used in scrubber: Alkali solution
FIGURE- 10.7: SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM OF EMISSION CONTROL SCRUBBING
SYSTEM
10.16 FUGITIVE EMISSIONS
Various types of solvents will be used in the manufacturing process. The solvents
will be stored in storage tanks with vent condensers. These are handled in closed
conditions. The industry will take measures for reduction of fugitive emissions by
providing chilled brine circulation to the condensers which, ensures the recovery of
95%. Good ventilation will be provided to reduce the workroom concentrations. The
reactor generating solvent vapors will be connected to condensers with reflux
system. Dyke walls will be provided to the solvent storage tanks. The solvents like
Ethyl acetate, Methanol and Toluene will be recovered up to 95 % by using
distillation and the remaining 5% will be the loss.
10.17 SOLVENT MANAGEMENT PLAN
Solvent management consists of the following:
Unloading
Storage
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – X Page 335
Handling / transferring
Process / Reaction
Recovery
i) Unloading
Solvents are received in drums / tankers
Drums
Before unloading the drums from the truck, check the drums condition.
Drums may be MS or HDPE Carboys
Drums / barrels will be unloaded from the vehicles onto the unloading platform
by using the drum lifter provided for the purpose. Under no circumstances
drums shall be dropped or rolled on the ground or on any other material
Carboys will not be dropped or allowed to strike against each other and shall
be unloaded on the pallets
Personal protective equipments like safety goggles, hand gloves, PVC aprons
and safety shoes will be used while handling chemicals.
Road tankers
Security will ensure that vehicle personnel shall not carry any match box /
lighters
The store personnel, has to check the paper work before unloading to confirm
that the correct chemical received as well as discharged into the dedicated
tank.
Barriers and flags should be positioned to warn personnel at the unloading.
Brakes should be set and the wheels chocked.
The truck should be earthed.
Tanker should be kept under inert gas flushing through vent while unloading
Make sure that the inert gas valve remains open during the entire unloading
period of delivery is by gravity or by pumping.
Connect the flexible hose to the tanker and to the transfer pump
Check liquid level gauge on storage tank to ensure liquid is being transferred
When tanker is empty, stop pump and close valves on tanker, close valves in
transfer line.
[For flammable material, stop inert gas purge]
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – X Page 336
Disconnect flexible hose and put into proper catch container to ensure no
product is lost on to the ground.
Remove choked warning signs, earthing and switch locks
Read storage tank liquid level gauge and record reading
ii) Storage/ handling/ transferring
Storage Tanks
2 or 3 Square meter condenser [depends on solvent volatility] with cooling
water circulation is connected to each solvent storage tank to prevent solvent
vapors escaping from tank surface in to atmosphere. The condensed solvent
will go to respective tank. This results in recovery of solvent and prevention of
VOCs into the atmosphere.
The solvent pump which is having mechanical seal will be used for
transferring the solvent to the Day Tank of the respective reactor as and when
required. The entire solvent transfer takes place in a closed system. There is
no manual handling.
The above management will results in recovery of solvent more than or equal to
95%.
Drums
As and when required the solvent drums in closed condition will be transferred
to the respective reactor.
By using AODD pump the solvent will be transferred in to the reactor. Hence,
there is no loss of solvent during transfer.
iii) Reaction /Recovery
During reaction stage the solvent vapors will be sent to a primary condenser
having cooling water circulation and later to secondary condenser having
temperature < 50 C chilled brine circulation.
Above system will eliminate solvent losses during reaction stage and recovery
will be the maximum extent possible.
The above management will results in recovery of solvent more than or equal to 95%.
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – X Page 337
Chlorinated solvents
Solvent drums will be stored in ware house below 25 ⁰C
As and when required the solvent drums in closed condition will be transferred
to the respective reactor. By using AODD pump the solvent will be transferred
in to the reactor. Hence, there is no loss of solvent during transfer.
During reaction stage the solvent vapors will be sent to two primary
condensers which are arranged in parallel having cooling water circulation
followed by a secondary condenser having brine circulation at temperature of
5 ⁰C.
System will eliminate solvent losses during reaction and recovery will be the
maximum extent possible.
The above management will results in recovery of solvent more than or equal to
95%.
10.18 EMISSIONS – UTILITIES
For generation of Steam, the industry proposed to install 2 TPH & 3 TPH coal fired
boilers. The coal requirement will be met from local authorized sources.
The unit is proposing 500 KVA DG set, for usage during the power failures.
The emission details are presented in below Table 10.4 & 10.5
Table 10.4: Characteristic Details of Proposed Boilers
Particulars Units 2.0 TPH Coal fired
Boiler 3.0 TPH Coal fired
Boiler
Type of Fuel -- Indian Coal with CV of 4000 kcal/kg to
5000 kcal/kg
Indian Coal with CV of 4000 kcal/kg to
5000 kcal/kg
Coal Consumption TPD 8.00 7.50
Ash Content % 35 35
Sulphur Content % 0.4 0.4
No. of Stacks No 1 1
Height of stack M 30 30
Diameter of Stack M 0.40 0.50
Temperature of Flue Gas oC 175 175
Velocity of Flue Gas m/s 12 14
Particulate Matter gm/sec 0.16 0.15
Sulphur dioxide emission gm/sec 0.74 0.69
Oxides of Nitrogen emission gm/sec 2.43 2.28
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – X Page 338
Table 10.5: Stack Emission Details of Proposed DG Set
Capacity In KVA
Emission of SPM in mg/Nm3
Emission Of SO2 in mg/Nm3
Emission of NOx In mg/Nm3
Stack dia. In m
Flue Gas Temp. in
OC
Stack Height in (m)
Flue gas Velocity In m/sec.
500 KVA 60 85 110 0.2 300 10 14
10.19 WASTEWATER LOADS
The waste water generation will be 52.86 KLD which is from process, floor & reactor
washes, cooling tower blow down, boiler blow down, scrubber, DM plant and
domestic usage. The effluent generation and its HTDS & LTDS effluent details are
given below.
Table 10.6: Effluent Generation Details
S. No Purpose Effluent in KLD
1 Process 28.36
2 Washings 5.00
3 Boiler Blow down 5.00
4 Cooling towers blow down
7.00
5 Scrubbing System 3.00
6 Domestic 4.50
Total 52.86
Table 10.7: HTDS & LTDS Effluent Details
Unit HTDS KLD
LTDS KLD
Effluent Generation
in KLD Treatment Method
Process 16.18 12.18 28.36 HTDS Effluent sent to stripper
followed by MEE system.
LTDS effluents treated in ETP along with MEE condensate. Treated effluent is sent to RO, RO permeate water is recycled and RO rejects taken for evaporation in MEE followed by ATFD to collect evaporation salts for disposal to TSDF.
Washings 0.00 5.00 5.00
Boiler Blow down 0.00 5.00 5.00
Cooling towers blow down 0.00 7.00 7.00
Scrubbing system 3.00 0.00 3.00
Domestic 0.00 4.50 4.50
Total 19.18 33.68 52.86
The pollution loads for various pollutants viz., TDS, In-organics, Organics; COD for
proposed products has worked out based on the material balance.
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – X Page 339
10.20 STAGE WISE EFFLUENT CHARACTERISTICS
The stage wise effluent characteristics have been arrived for the proposed products
based on the material balance, which is given in Chapter-II.
10.21 HAZARDOUS & SOLID WASTE DETAILS
Solid Waste Generation Details
The Hazardous & Solid waste generated and disposal methods from proposed
project are given below.
Table 10.8: Hazardous & Solid Waste Generation, Disposal Details
S. No Name of the Waste Quantity Kg/Day Disposal Method
Hazardous Waste Details
1 Organic waste (Process Residue)
1406
Sent to Cement Industries
2 Spent Carbon 71
3 Solvent distillation residue 441
4 Organic Evaporate ( liquid from MEE stripper)
380
5 Spent Mixed Solvents 2 KL/Day SPCB Authorized Agencies for Reprocessing/Recycling
6 ETP Sludge 350 Sent to TSDF 7 Inorganic waste 504
8 MEE Salts 2868
9 Used Oils 500 Ltrs/Annum SPCB Authorized Agencies for Reprocessing/Recycling
10 Detoxified Containers 500 No’s/Month After Detoxification sent back to suppliers/sent to outside Parties
11 Used Lead Acid Batteries 2 No’s/Year Send back to suppliers for buyback of New Batteries
Solid Waste Details
12 Ash from boiler 5425 Sent to Brick Manufacturers
Hazardous & Solid waste will be segregated. Detoxified containers, HDPE
Drums/Bags will be stored in the covered and raised platform with Leachate
collection system and disposed to authorized parties. Non- incinerable solid waste
will be disposed to TSDF for secured landfill.
The Hazardous & solid waste will be disposed off through 7-copy manifest system
within 90 days from the generation. All records will be maintained properly.
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – X Page 340
10.22 PROPOSED ROOF WATER HARVESTING
To augment the declining ground water levels and water harvesting is the need of
the hour.
Rainwater harvesting is a mechanism involved in collecting, storing and using. A
rainwater harvesting system comprises various stages – flow of rainwater through
pipes or drains, filtration and storage in tanks for reuse or recharge. There are five
components in rainwater harvesting namely catchment, conveyance, filtration,
storage and recharge.
Roof top area is considered for harvesting rainwater for this project and other areas
are excluded due to possibility of chemical contamination. Roof top rainwater
harvesting is one of the appropriate options for augmenting ground water recharge/
storage in urban areas where natural recharge is considerably reduced due to
increased urban activities and not much land is available for implementing any other
artificial recharge measure. Roof top rainwater harvesting can supplement domestic
requirements in rural areas as well.
Design of Roof Water Harvesting Structure
Quantity of Rain water collection and recharging depends upon
Average rainfall
Catchment area
Run-off coefficient
Infiltration rate
Evapo Transpiration
Porosity
Permeability
Generally used Rain water harvesting structures are like Recharge Pits, Invert Well,
Surface storage pond (where areas are large and Optimum rainfall), Check Dams,
Nalla Bunds.
The rain water from the Roof top will be collected through PVC pipes and transferred
to the proposed roof water harvesting pits through steps of eliminating suspended
particles, oil & grease through finally to the ground.
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – X Page 341
Since the area of harvesting is small the above parameters are not studied in detail
and only applicability as to conserve and harvest the available quantum is
considered and suitable structure suggested Based on IMD Climatological Normals,
1981-2010.
Normal Annual Rainfall = 982 mm (0.98 m)
Table 10.9: Available Rainwater (Annual) for Harvesting
Description Area (m2) Rainfall
(m/Annum)
Runoff
coefficient
Total Rainwater
(m3/Annum)
Roof Area 8998 0.98 0.8 7054.43
Total available rainwater (in m3/annum) 7054
Details of Roof water harvesting pits:
Size of pits 8m x 4m x 3m
Size of Bore 350 mm dia.
Size of pipe 150 mm dia.
FIGURE-10.8: ROOF WATER HARVESTING STRUCTURE
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – X Page 342
10.23 INVESTMENT
The proposed total gross investment in Buildings and Plant & Machinery will be
approximately Rs. 12 Crores. Industry will allocate an amount of about Rs.110
Lakhs for Environmental Protection measures. Recurring cost will be about Rs. 15
Lakhs per annum.
10.23.1 BUDGETARY ALLOCATION
The management will be set aside adequate funds in its annual budget to fully meet
the stated objectives of the environmental policy. The capital equipment for
environmental management include effluent treatment plants, pipelines and channels
for waste water discharge, green belt development and the environment laboratory.
Table 10.10: Proposed Budget for Environmental Management Plan [EMP]
S.
No Particulars
Proposed
Capital Cost
(Rs. Lakhs)
Recurring
Cost
(Rs. Lakhs)
1
Pollution Control Equipment
(Scrubbers, Cyclone separator, Bag filter,
Sampling port arrangements etc.,)
20.0 2.0
2 ZLD System
(MEE, RO, ETP system) 80.0 7.5
3
Rain Water Harvesting
(Roof top water collection pit and Roof top
water towards the rain water harvesting pit)
3.0 0.5
4 Green Belt Development
(Plantation and Maintenance) 4.0 2.0
5
Health & Safety
(PPEs, Medical Surveillances Expenses
etc.,)
3.0 1.0
6
Environmental Monitoring
(Air, Water, Noise, VOCs, Boiler Stack flue
gases, DG sets stack monitoring expenses
etc.,)
0.0 2.0
Total 110 15
10.24 MITIGATION PLAN
There will be few gaseous emissions generated or released from the manufacturing
process. The industry will provide the efficient scrubbers for controlling the gaseous
emissions and plant will be well ventilated to improve the work zone environment
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – X Page 343
and layout is worked out in such a way that the workman works in a comfortable
atmosphere by using adequate personal protective equipment. Industry will be taking
all precautions to minimize the emissions on handling of various chemicals etc.
Sufficient fire extinguishers and fire hydrants will be provided in the plant to handle
any emergency.
Full-Fledge ZLD Treatment system will be provided for treating the effluents
generated from the industrial activity. Full-Fledge Treatment facility will be
constructed above ground level to prevent seepage.
First aid kits will be provided in all the departments and training on First aid will also
provide to all the employees for early treatment.
Candidates to be recruited to work in the factory will be subjected to pre employment
medical checkup. Only those certified to be medically fit will be recruited. Candidates
on recruitment safety training will be given for one week on handling of chemicals.
SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd. will strictly follow the safety norms as per the guidelines
of the Director of Factories for a process industry and will provide all the necessary
safety equipment for the protection of the Industrial establishment as well as the
personnel working in the plant premises. Personnel Protective Equipment will be
provided to all its employees who are involved in the handling of hazardous
activities. The storage and handling of various chemicals will be according to the
norms of MSDS and the Inspector of Factories. Personnel involved in the production
will be provided with protective clothing, helmets, goggles, masks, gloves, etc.
These handling operations will be carried out under the strict supervision of the
trained and highly skilled personnel. Supervision will be provided to ensure the
usage of these PPE’s. Necessary fire fighting facilities like extinguishers, sand
buckets, etc. will be provided to meet the on-site emergencies. A detailed On-site
Emergency plan will be prepared and implemented comply the provisions of
Factories Act. An agreement with a nearest hospital for treating the employees due
to unforeseen emergencies will be entered into.
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – X Page 344
10.25 SOCIO-ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT ACTIVITIES
Socio-Economic Development activities will be implementing in coordination with the
NGOs, Village Panchayats and other Governmental Entities.
A. Social Activities:
Health check up camps and Medical facilities to Infants and senior citizens,
free medicine supply etc., will be provide on regular basis.
Help Implement and Run a Safe Drinking Water in Dondapadu village where
the project site is located to facilitate Healthy Water for both Drinking &
Cooking Purposes.
Contribution towards any development activity useful for village development.
B. Economic Activities:
The company will give preference to the local people for employment.
The company will be giving contract works like civil, machine repair,
transportation, canteen, etc. to the local people / parties.
The proposed project will create jobs for at least 100 persons.
10.26 WASTE MINIMIZATION / RESOURCE CONSERVATION 5 R Concept
(Recycle / Refuse / Reduce / Reuse / Reform)
In our company, the 5R, representing five environment-conscious words starting with
the letter R, has been adopted as a keyword for environmental activities. The five
environment-conscious words include the three R words of the 3R, the keyword for
establishing a recycling-oriented society, and two additional words that are "Refuse"
and "Reform".
Refuse: Avoid purchase of environmentally burdensome materials
whenever possible
Reduce: Reduce waste material
Reuse: Reuse waste material without processing
Reform: Reuse materials in a different form
Recycle: Reuse materials as resources
We will achieve the above concept; all efforts will be made by the industry to carryout
R&D on the isolated by-products / wastes
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – X Page 345
FIGURE- 10.9: 5 R CONCEPTS
The units shall also implement the waste minimization circle including:
Good House Keeping: Proper housekeeping practices make the system
easier and less costly.
Roof water harvesting system shall be adopted to reduce the fresh water
requirement.
Cleaner production technology may be adopted for the resource conservation
and pollution control.
10.27 CONCLUSION
The industrialization plays an important role in their development process. The
countries with rapidly growing industrial sector were able to manage the
development problems particularly employment, poverty and inequality. The
Industrial development as legitimate objective to solve economic and social
problems, therefore project Management have appropriately decided to setup a
manufacturing unit. The infrastructure like roads, water and regular supply of power
are available at the project site. Availability of adequate skilled, semi-skilled man
power at reasonable salaries and wages, local amenities at reasonable cost, has
encouraged the technocrat. Importantly, the helping hand extended to the most
experienced and reputed person in the bulk drugs manufacturing industrial belt, by
the state Government in meeting the needs of the aspirant.
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – X Page 346
The likely adverse effects due to the operations of the unit are marginal. More over
the residential area is far away. However, the effective implementation of the
recommended Environment Management Plan and Monitoring Program, by which all
the negative effects on the environment, will be minimized.
SUMMARY & CONCLUSION
[SUMMARY OF EIA REPORT]
CHAPTER -XI
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter -XI Page 347
CHAPTER – XI
PROJECT SUMMARY & CONCLUSIONS
SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd. proposed to establish a Bulk Drug & Intermediates
manufacturing unit with the production capacity of 81 TPM respectively.
11.1 SALIENT FEATURES OF THE PROJECT
S.
No Contents Details
1 Name of the Project: SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Sy No: 290 & Parts, Dondapadu (V), Chinthalapalem (M), Suryapet District, Telangana.
2 Details of Applicant Mr. A. Koti Reddy (Director) Plot No.108, SVCIE, IDA, Jeedimetla, Hyderabad -500055, Telangana State.
3 Status
SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd. proposed to establish
a Bulk Drugs & Intermediates manufacturing unit at
Sy No: 290 & Parts, Dondapadu (V),
Chinthalapalem (M), Suryapet District, Telangana.
4 Type of Land & Status Industrial land.
Proposed Land: 9.0 Acres (36414 Sq. m)
5 Capital Investment of the
Project, Rs. in Crores 12 Crores
6 Capital cost for EMP, Rs. in
Lakhs 110 Lakhs
7 Recurring cost for EMP, Rs.
in Lakhs 15 Lakhs
8 Employment opportunity 100 persons
9 Green belt Development
It is envisaged to develop greenbelt on all sides of
the industry in an area of about 9.00 Acres (36414
Sq. m).
10
Pollution control measures adopted
Effluent water disposal ZLD System
Flue gas emission control
Adequate stacks of height of 30 mts each will be
provided for wider dispersion of pollutants.
For SPM control, provided cyclone separator followed by bag filter
Process gas emission control Two stage scrubbers installed for process gas emissions
Fugitive emission control Vent condensers to the storage tanks and reactors
Draft EIA Report SGR Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter -XI Page 348
S.
No Contents Details
Solvents and chemicals are handling in closed system
Hazardous waste management
All the hazardous waste will be collected, stored, handled, transported and disposed to TSDF as per the Hazardous Waste (Management, Handling and Trans boundary Movement) Rules, 2016, amended time to time etc are major Act/rules/notification applicable to industry.
11 Expenditure for CER & CSR
activities Rs. 54 Lakhs for five years.
11.2 CONCLUSIONS
It can be concluded on a positive note that due to the adequate provision and efficient
operation of Environmental Management Systems and after the implementation of the
proposed mitigation measures and environmental management plans, the project
activities during the construction and operation phase would have manageable & largely
have reversible impacts on the environment, and on balance the project would be
beneficial to surrounding communities and the region.
ENCLOSURES
LAND DOCUMENT
ENCLOSURE - I
LAND CONVERSION
DOCUMENT
ENCLOSURE - II
Scanned with CamScanner
Scanned with CamScanner
Scanned with CamScanner
Scanned with CamScanner
NABET ACCREDITATION
DETAILS
ENCLOSURE - III
Quality Council of India
QCI National Accreditation Board for Education & Training
· .. · ... . . ....... ·.·.. .
. <Gt!llTIFIC.AIE OF A<GCREDITATIQN ... Rightsource Industrial Solutions Private limited
Plot No.203, H.No.S-36/203, Prashanthi Nagar, IDA Kukatpally Hyderabad- 500072, Telangana
Accredited as Category c A organization under the QCI-NABET Scheme for Accreditation of EIA
Consultant Organizations· Version 3 for preparing EIA-EMP reports in the following Sectors· 51.
Sector Description Sector (as per)
Cat. No. NABET MoE FCC
1 Mining of minerals including opencast I underground mining 1 1 (a) (i) B
2 Pesticides industry and pesticide specific intermediates (excluding
17 5 (b) A formulations)
Synthetic organic chemicals industry (dyes & dye intermediates;
bulk drugs and intermediates excluding drug formulations; 3
synthetic rubbers; basic organic chemicals, other synthetic organic 21 5 (f) A
chemicals and chemical intermediates)
Isolated storage & handling of Hazardous chemicals. (As per
4 threshold planning quantity indicated in column 3 of schedule 2 & 28 6 (b) B 3 of MSIHC Rules 1989 amended 2000)
5 Common Effluent Treatment Plants (CETPs) 36 7 (h) B
6 Building and construction projects 38 8 (a) B Note: Names of approved EIA Coordmators and Functional Area Experts are mf!ntlonf!d m RA AC mmutf!s dated July 20, 2018 posted on QCI-NABET website.
The Accreditation shall remain in force subject to continued compliance to the terms and conditions mentioned in QCI-NABET's letter of accreditation bearing no. QCI/NABET/ENV/AC0/18/0741 dated Sep. 07, 2018. The accreditation needs to be renewed before the expiry date by Rightsource Industrial Solutions Private Limited, Hyderabad, following due process of assessment.
Certificate No. NABET/ EIA/1821/ RA 0100
Valid till 25.02.2021
For the updated list of Accredited EIA Consultant Organizations with approved Sectors please refer to QCI-NABET website.